Search results

(21 - 40 of 2,509)

Pages

Title: Augsburg University Graduate Catalog, 2017-2018
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction Graduate Catalog 2017-2018 Official Publication of Augsburg University 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454 The Augsburg University Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and student policies and procedures for Fall Seme...
Show more Introduction Graduate Catalog 2017-2018 Official Publication of Augsburg University 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454 The Augsburg University Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and student policies and procedures for Fall Semester 2017 - Summer Semester 2018. It is subject to change without notice. The catalog is intended to complement other University publications including the Student Guide and University website. It is important for students to be familiar with all University policies and procedures. Students are strongly encouraged to consult their advisor(s) at least once each semester to be certain they are properly completing degree requirements. Published 2017 Phone: 612-330-1000 www.augsburg.edu 1 A Greeting from the President I am pleased to know of your interest in Augsburg University’s exciting and innovative graduate programs. You are part of a select and discerning group of professionals who seek to find a graduate program that combines an excellent curriculum, a values-based approach to work, a talented and experienced faculty, and program formats that meet the needs of busy and successful people. Augsburg University’s graduate-level programs in Business Administration, Creative Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, and Social Work are distinguished by the opportunities they provide students to expand decision-making and strategic skills. Augsburg University is characterized by a strong mission: Augsburg University educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran church, and shaped by its urban and global settings. For our graduate programs, this mission helps to shape an innovative educational experience that features an expansive perspective on social responsibility, economic realities, business initiative, and environmental sustainability. At Augsburg University we believe that our distinctive educational purpose is to help you find your calling, at work and in the world. Augsburg graduate programs are designed to offer you quality educational experiences, personal attention, and opportunities to expand your personal and professional talents and skills. We are confident that our graduates are prepared for leadership in our ever-changing global society, the hallmark of an Augsburg degree. Sincerely, Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D. President 2 Welcome from the Provost and Chief Academic Officer Welcome to graduate study at Augsburg University! Augsburg has a long history of preparing our graduates for leadership in their communities and places of work. Across our graduate programs, students bring perspectives informed by prior study and experience; acquire specialized knowledge in a discipline or field; engage in collaborative learning; develop advanced capacities; encounter diverse perspectives and ideas; test theory through real-world experiences; and equip themselves for the next stage in their vocational journeys. When you join the Augsburg community, you become part of the Augsburg story—a story of academic achievement, experiential learning deepened by reflection, commitment to equity and intentional diversity, and dedication to lifelong learning. We are an institution committed to place, and our locations—whether in the Twin Cities, Rochester, or beyond—offer opportunities to apply what you learn in the classroom to the neighborhood, the local community, and in various urban and rural locations. Inspired by the faith of our Lutheran founders to be inclusive to the early immigrants who came to Augsburg’s doors, we are a community of diverse cultures and faiths. Indeed, the diversity of our community helps ensure that our graduates are uniquely prepared to meet the challenges and opportunities of the 21st century. Our commitment to interdisciplinary thinking is embodied in our newest academic building on the Minneapolis campus--the Hagfors Center for Science, Business, and Religion. We ground learning in the best of the liberal arts tradition, ensuring that our students are prepared not only for their first job but for mid- and late-career success. While connected through these common commitments, each graduate program has its own distinctive identity and curriculum. Your program offers a disciplinary home from which you will join a community of faculty, staff, and fellow students who will collectively extend your network of connections with prospective employers and expand your career opportunities in the future. We’re delighted that you’ll be joining us. Sincerely, Karen Kaivola Provost and Chief Academic Officer 3 About Augsburg At Augsburg University, we believe that graduate education should prepare gifted people for positions of leadership in their communities and places of work. Augsburg graduates will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major field of study, but also the ability to apply critical thinking, problem solving, and advanced communication skills in a collaborative approach within that discipline, thereby engaging others with diverse perspectives in the work of advancing civic and global initiatives critical for a sustainable future. The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg mission, informed by the liberal and professional arts and sciences, to serve our neighbors in the heart of the city and out into the world with faith-based, ethical values. We welcome students from a diversity of backgrounds and experiences. Also, our programs look to the world through international courses and cultural exchanges. Mission Statement Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the University motto, “Education for Service,” and mission: Augsburg University educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran Church, and shaped by its urban and global settings. Augsburg Today Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota in 1872. A Rochester, Minnesota campus was added in 2002. A short history of Augsburg University can be found at www.augsburg.edu/about/history. Today, Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of its founders who believed:    Education should have a solid liberal arts core at the graduate level; this focus centers on the ability to think critically and broadly about the world and the work we do in it. An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and centers of faith. The city—with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity—is an unequaled learning environment. The vision of the University’s work today is lived out in the phrase, “We believe we are called to serve our neighbor.” Through common commitments to living faith, active citizenship, meaningful work, and global perspective, Augsburg prepares its students to become effective, ethical citizens in a complex global society. Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the following graduate degrees:          Master of Arts in Education* Master of Arts in Leadership Master of Arts in Nursing* Master of Business Administration* Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing Master of Music Therapy Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies Master of Social Work Doctor of Nursing Practice* (with tracks in Transcultural Nursing and Family Nurse Practitioner) 4 Augsburg offers the following dual degrees:    Bachelor of Arts in Accounting/Master of Arts in Leadership Master of Arts in Leadership/Master of Business Administration Master of Social Work/Master of Business Administration *Programs offered at both of Augsburg’s campuses (Minneapolis and Rochester, MN) A Community of Learners Essential to the goals of Augsburg’s graduate programs is participation in a community of adult learners. This community is enriched by the presence of men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages students to make use of all University facilities, whether a student in Minneapolis or Rochester, and to participate in University activities such as music and dramatic presentations and lecture/speaker events. Graduate Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg University is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider teaching and service to be the focus of their activity at the University. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but these support and are secondary to their teaching. Faculty are actively involved in a dynamic faculty development program that introduces them to best practices in teaching and learning techniques and theories. Augsburg’s small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisors and participate regularly in campus activities. 5 Locations Minneapolis Campus Augsburg University is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, Minnesota. The campus is bordered by Riverside Avenue and Interstate 94, near the University of Minnesota-Twin Cities West Bank campus and the University of Minnesota Medical Center. Downtown Minneapolis is just minutes away, providing access to internships and careers with some of the country’s leading companies, as well as entertainment, arts, sports venues, shopping, dining, and transportation. The campus is blocks from the METRO Green and Blue light rail lines, which provide easy access to destinations in Minneapolis and St. Paul, as well as the Minneapolis International Airport. Rochester Learning Site Augsburg’s learning site in Rochester, Minnesota, was established in 1998 as a natural extension of the University’s mission and its expertise in teaching working adults. Graduate degrees and undergraduate majors including business, education, and nursing, are offered in Rochester. Graduate programs in Rochester include the Master of Business Administration, Master of Arts in Nursing*, Master of Arts in Education*, and Doctor of Nursing Practice*. The Rochester classrooms and offices are located at Bethel Lutheran Church (ELCA), just a few blocks south of downtown Rochester. Home to approximately 110,000 residents, Rochester is a city that enjoys a rich ethnic diversity and superior technological resources. Augsburg classes in Rochester meet on a semester schedule with classes taking place on alternating weekday evenings and on occasional Saturdays, making them accessible to working adults. Students may also take courses within their program on the Minneapolis campus. Students at the Rochester site are Augsburg University students. They are supported through an array of e-learning resources ranging from access to Lindell Library databases to the use of online course management software. Information about the Rochester learning site is available at augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling the Rochester office at 507-288-2886. *Program includes some Minneapolis courses. Abroad Locations Augsburg is enhanced by its global centers in Namibia, Mexico, and Central America. Students can perform research, take courses, or consult with faculty in those locations to gain new perspectives on their disciplines. 6 Minneapolis Campus Facilities Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg’s main campus are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the two tower residence halls, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall, Lindell Library, Oren Gateway Center, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication. Admissions Office—The Office of Admissions is located on the lower level of Christensen Center. Anderson Hall (1993)—Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, President of Augsburg from 1963 to 1980, and this residence hall is located at 2016 8th Street. Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 students, as well as the Center for Wellness and Counseling, the Sabo Center for Democracy and Citizenship, and the Office of Marketing and Communication. Center for Wellness and Counseling—The Center for Wellness and Counseling, located in Anderson Hall, offers programs and services that enhance student learning by promoting personal development and well-being. Christensen Center (1967)—The University Center includes the Admissions Office, a student lounge, the Strommen Center for Meaningful Work, the Commons dining facility and Einstein Bros. Bagels, two art galleries, the copy center and mailroom, Events and Conference Planning, the Center for Global Education and Experience, International Student and Scholar Services, Latin@ Student Services, American Indian Student Services, Pan-Afrikan Student Services, PanAsian Student Services, Campus Activities and Orientation, LGBTQIA Student Services, and the Auggie’s Nest, a meeting place for student organizations. Edor Nelson Field—The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during winter months, allowing year-round use. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication (1988)—The Foss Center is named in recognition of the Julian and June Foss family. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for Campus Ministry, the Christensen Center for Vocation (CCV), the departments of Theater and Communication Studies, Film, and New Media, classrooms, and administrative offices (Facilities Management and the Enterprise Information Systems and Systems and Networking teams in IT). Hagfors Center (2018) Ice Arena (1974)—Two skating areas provide practice space for hockey and figure skating, and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Kennedy Center (2007)—Completed in 2007 as a three-story addition to Melby Hall and named for Dean (’75) and Terry Kennedy, it features a state-of-the-art wrestling training center, fitness center, classrooms for health and physical education, and hospitality facilities. The James G. Lindell Family Library (1997)—This library and information technology center houses all library functions and is located on the corner of 22nd Avenue and 7th Street. It houses the TechDesk and User Support team in IT and the Gage Center for Student Success: the Deidre Middleton Office of Academic Advising, the Academic Skills Office, the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS), and TRIO/Student Support Services. Luther Hall (1999)—Named for theologian Martin Luther, Luther Hall is a three-story apartment complex along 20th Avenue, between 7th and 8th Streets that houses juniors and seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites. Melby Hall (1961)—Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity Department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center, and general auditorium purposes. The Ernie Anderson Center Court was dedicated in 2001. Mortensen Hall (1973)—Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, the Department of Public Safety and a lounge area. Charles S. Anderson Music Hall (1978)—Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the Music department faculty. 7 Old Main (1900)—Home for the Department of Art and the Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. Oren Gateway Center (2007)—Named for lead donors and alumni Don and Beverly Oren, it is home for the StepUP program, Institutional Advancement offices, the Alumni and Parent and Family Relations Offices, the Master of Business Administration Program, the Master of Arts in Leadership program, the Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing program, and substance-free student housing. It also houses the Barnes & Noble Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo Café, Gage Family Art Gallery, and the Johnson Conference Center. Science Hall (1949)—Houses classrooms, laboratories, and a medium-sized auditorium; the departments of Nursing, Physics, Mathematics & Statistics, Biology, and Chemistry; the Undergraduate Research and Graduate Opportunity (URGO) Office, McNair Scholars, and Administrative Accounting. Sverdrup Hall (1955)—Named in honor of Augsburg’s fourth president, it contains the Enrollment Center (Registrar’s Office and Student Financial Services), the Women’s Resource Center, the Honors Desk, classrooms and computer labs, and the departments of Education and Computer Science. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1938)—Built as a residence hall and named in honor of Augsburg’s second and third presidents, it contains the President’s Office, Human Resources, the Nobel Peace Prize Forum (aka “Norway Hub”), the Academic Affairs Office, Student Affairs Offices, and faculty offices for Political Science, History, Philosophy, American Indian Studies, English, Religion, Psychology, Economics, Business, and Sociology. Urness Hall (1967)—Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, this tower provides living quarters for 324 firstyear students. Each floor is a “floor unit,” providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. 8 Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships Augsburg University is accredited by:      The Higher Learning Commission (HLC) Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA) Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) (Bachelor, Master and Doctoral level degrees) Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) (Bachelor, and Master level degrees) American Music Therapy Association (AMTA) (Bachelor, and Master level degrees) Augsburg’s programs are approved or monitored by:      American Chemical Society (ACS) Minnesota Board of Teaching Minnesota Board of Nursing Minnesota Office of Higher Education (MOHE) National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) Augsburg University is an institutional member of:                     American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU) American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education (AACTE) American Association of Higher Education (AAHE) American Music Therapy Association, Inc. (AMTA) Association of International Education Administrators (AIEA) Campus Compact Council of Independent Colleges (CIC) Council on International Educational Exchange (CIEE) Diversity Abroad Network The Forum on Education Abroad Institute of International Education (IIE) Lutheran Education Council in North America (LECNA) National Association of International Educators (NAFSA) National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) National Society for Experiential Education (NSEE) Physician Assistant Education Association Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Minnesota Private College Council MPCC) Twin Cities Adult Education Alliance (TCAEA) Augsburg University is registered with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education pursuant to sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions. Minnesota Office of Higher Education, 1450 Energy Park Dr., Suite 350, St. Paul, MN 55108, www.ohe.state.mn.us; 651-642-0533. 9 Policies Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg University, as affirmed in its mission, prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, creed, color, religion, gender, age, national or ethnic origin, disability, military service, protected veteran status, genetic information, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, transgender status, marital status, familial status, genetic information, status with regard to public assistance, citizenship in its educational policies, admissions policies, employment, scholarship and loan programs, participation in athletic and/or school administered programs, and any other characteristic protected by federal state or local law, except in those instances where there is a bona fide occupational qualification. (Approved by Board of Regents in April 2017). Title IX Title IX refers to Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972, and it prohibits discrimination on the basis of gender by institutions receiving federal money. Generally, the Title IX Coordinator is responsible for the development, implementation, and monitoring of meaningful efforts to comply with Title IX law. This includes overseeing the Title IX complaint process as well as identifying and addressing any patterns or systemic problems that arise. For further information, please contact the University’s Title IX Officer: Ann Garvey| Vice President of Student Affairs| Student Affairs Memorial Hall, Room 118G| 612-330-1168| garvey@augsburg.edu Additionally, the University has four Deputy Officers: Deputy Officer for Students: Sarah Griesse| Dean of Students Memorial Hall, Room 118F| 612-330-1489| griesse@augsburg.edu Deputy Officer for Employees: Lisa Stock| Director and Chief Human Resources Officer Memorial Hall, Room 19| 612-330-1783| stock@augsburg.edu Deputy Officer for Athletics: Kelly Anderson Diercks| Associate Athletic Director Si Melby Hall, Room 205E| 612-330-1245| diercks@augsburg.edu Deputy Officer: Leif Anderson| Vice President and Chief Information Officer Memorial Hall, Room 124D| 612-330-1497| andersol@augsburg.edu The Deputies work with the Title IX Coordinator to identify any patterns or systemic problems that arise and may assist as investigators of complaints. Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg University is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following: Right to inspect and review education records 10 You have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg University. The student must request to review their education records in writing with their signature. The University will respond in a reasonable time, but no later than 45 days after receiving the request. Right to request amendment of education records You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy. This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records according to your request. Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. One such exception which permits disclosure without consent is for disclosure to school officials who have legitimate education interests. A school official is a person employed by the University in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); person or company with whom the University has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a person serving on the board of regents, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility. Right to withhold disclosure of “directory information” FERPA uses the term “Directory Information” to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg University without notification of the request or disclosure to the student. Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform Augsburg University not to release Directory Information, any future request for such information from persons or organizations outside of Augsburg University will be refused. “Directory information” includes the following:               The student’s name The student’s address The student’s telephone number The student’s e-mail address The student’s date and place of birth The student’s major and minor field of study The student’s academic class level The student’s enrollment status (FT/HT/LHT) The student’s participation in officially-recognized activities and sports The student’s degrees and awards received (including dates) The weight and height of members of athletic teams The student’s dates of attendance Previous educational agencies or institutions attended by the student The student’s photograph Augsburg University will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that such information be withheld. The Registrar’s Office must be notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory Information. Right to complain to FERPA Office 11 You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Policy Compliance Office, US Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave. SW, Washington, DC, 20202, concerning Augsburg’s failure to comply with FERPA. Reporting Educational Information Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter. Annual Security Report The Annual Security Report (ASR) for Augsburg University contains statistics on reported crimes on and near Augsburg property and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning campus security and crime. The Department of Public Safety prepares this annual Crime Report to comply with the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Crime Statistics Act. The report is available online at www.augsburg.edu/dps/reports. For a printed copy, contact Augsburg’s Department of Public Safety at 612-330-1717. Copyright Policy Augsburg University Graduate Programs follows the norms of the US Copyright Law in granting exclusive rights under the Copyright Act to faculty and student authors to reproduce their original works, to use them as the basis for derivative. Student Rights The University has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matter of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal, as outlined in the Augsburg Student Guide, at inside.augsburg.edu/studentaffairs/studentguide. Official Notices A University-provided e-mail account shall be an official means of communication with students, faculty, and staff of Augsburg University. Students, faculty, and staff are responsible for all information sent to them via the Universityprovided e-mail account. Students should regularly check their e-mail account. If a student, faculty or staff member chooses to forward their Augsburg e-mail, they are responsible for all information and attachments sent to the forwarded e-mail account. Students will also receive official notices via the A-Mail online publication and should routinely review the A-Mail. 12 Admission All graduate programs require students to have a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution or an equivalent degree from outside the US. All graduate students must submit completed applications. Each graduate program also has additional program requirements, which may include coursework, professional experience, testing, etc. See the program sections for these additional requirements. Please refer to each individual program’s catalog section (below) for additional instructions and for detailed information on applying to graduate programs, refer to the Graduate Admissions website at www.augsburg.edu/grad. Readmission Graduate students who have not registered for courses at Augsburg University for two or more semesters, must apply for readmission through the Registrar’s Office to resume attendance. Students who have attended other institutions during their absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Registrar’s Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. The last day to receive approval for readmission to the University and register for classes is the Friday prior to the start of the term. Pending approval by the graduate program, students who left on probation or who were dismissed from the University must have their readmission application and file reviewed by the program director. (Please consult with individual programs for information regarding readmission process). Non-degree Students Individuals may take coursework at Augsburg University as a non-degree-seeking student. Non-degree students can enroll on a space-available basis. Registration dates are included in the University’s Academic Calendar. Admission requires program director approval, and the student must be in good standing at all previously attended institutions. To apply for admission as a non-degree seeking student, submit the completed application, academic intent, and unofficial transcript from the bachelor’s degree granting institution to the Admissions Office. Some programs may have additional application requirements. A bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited institution is the minimum requirement for admission. Students who have earned a bachelor’s degree outside of the United States must submit a copy of a foreign credential evaluation from World Education Services (WES) or a member of the National Association of Credential Evaluators (NACES) to confirm it is equivalent to a United States bachelor’s degree or greater. Non-degree status is conferred for only one term of enrollment. Additional terms require reapplication as a non-degree seeking student. Students may count up to 6-8 semester credits earned as a non-degree seeking student toward an Augsburg University degree with approval from the program director. Non-degree seeking students who wish to pursue a degree must reapply for admission by submitting the completed application, academic intent, official transcript from the bachelor’s degree granting institution, and any additional materials required by the program. International Students Augsburg University graduate programs encourage qualified applicants from other countries to apply. An F-1 student is a nonimmigrant who is pursuing a “full course of study” to achieve a specific educational or professional objective at an academic institution in the United States that has been designated by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to offer courses of study to such students, and has been enrolled in SEVIS (Student and Exchange Visitor Information System). 13 A student acquires F-1 status using form I-20, issued by a DHS-approved school through SEVIS. Status is acquired in one of two ways:   If the student is abroad, by entering the United States with the I-20 and an F-1 visa obtained at a US consulate. If the student is already in the United States and not currently in F-1 status, by sending the I-20 to USCIS (United States Citizenship and Immigration Services) with an application for change of nonimmigrant status. A student who is maintaining valid F-1 status may transfer from another DHS-approved school to Augsburg by following the transfer procedures set forth in the F-1 regulations. In addition to fulfilling all general admission requirements for a particular graduate program, prospective F-1 students must also comply with the following: English Proficiency Requirements for International Graduate Applicants To meet Augsburg University admission requirements, you must provide evidence of a sufficient command of both written and spoken English to study college courses conducted entirely in English. Below is a list of the tests and programs Augsburg University accepts as evidence for English proficiency.           TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) www.toefl.org Score report of 80 on the Internet-based TOEFL (iBT) with a sub-score of 20 on the written and 20 on the speaking sections. (The Augsburg University TOEFL code is 6014.) IELTS (International English Language Testing System) www.ielts.org Score report of 6.5. MELAB (Michigan English Language Assessment Battery) www.cambridgemichigan.org/melab Score report of 80, and score report must be accompanied by an official letter from the testing coordinator. Successful completion of a previous undergraduate or graduate degree at an accredited college or university in the US, the United Kingdom, Ireland, English-speaking Canada, New Zealand, or Australia. Score reports must be sent to Augsburg directly from the testing center. Score reports must not be more than two years old. Foreign Credential Evaluation Augsburg requires foreign credential evaluation for any transcript(s) from an institution outside of the United States. This evaluation should include the following:       Analysis of credentials to determine if your degree is equivalent to an accredited US bachelor’s degree Verification the degree is equivalent, at a minimum, to a four-year US bachelor’s degree is required. Course-by-course evaluation to show your complete course listing with credit values and grades received for each course, may also be required for specific programs. Calculation of grade point average to demonstrate your cumulative grade point average using the standard US grading system, i.e., A=4.0, B=3.0, C=2.0, D=1.0, F=0.0. Translation to English (if applicable) The evaluation report must be sent directly to Augsburg’s Office of Admissions. Refer to World Education Services at www.wes.org or member of the National Association of Credential Evaluators (NACES) at www.naces.org for information on how to obtain a foreign credential evaluation. Proof of Financial Support International applicants must provide reliable documentation that they have financial resources adequate to meet expenses for the duration of their academic program, which include tuition and fees, books and supplies, room and board, health insurance, personal expenses, and living expenses for dependents (if applicable). 14 Funds may come from any dependable source, including scholarships, fellowships, sponsoring agencies, personal funds, or funds from the student’s family. Documentation of scholarships and fellowships may be in the form of an official award letter from the school or sponsoring agency; documentation of personal or family funds should be on bank letterhead stationery, or in the form of a legally binding affidavit. Government Form I-134, Affidavit of Support, or Augsburg’s Financial Sponsorship form can be used to document support being provided by a US citizen or US legal permanent resident. All financial documents such as bank statements must be dated within three months prior to the date of application. Health Insurance All F-1 international students and their dependents (if applicable) are required to have adequate health insurance coverage for the duration of their program. International students will be enrolled in the Augsburg international student plan unless they fill out a waiver verifying proof of coverage through an alternative provider for the same period. 15 Financing Your Education Costs The Board of Regents approves the costs for the academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. Augsburg reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Full-Time vs. Half-Time Graduate students will need to be enrolled in 3 credits to be considered half-time and 6 credits to be considered fulltime. Tuition and Fees          Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP) Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN) Master of Arts in Education (MAE) Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) Master of Fine Arts (MFA) Master of Social Work (MSW) Master of Business Administration (MBA) Master of Music Therapy (MMT) Master of Science in Physician Assistant (MPA) $921 per 1.0 credit $724 per 1.0 credit $485 per 1.0 credit $750 per 1.0 credit $661 per 1.0 credit $668 per 1.0 credit $839 per 1.0 credit $847 per 1.0 credit $784 per 1.0 credit* *2017 start cohort Tuition Students are charged per credit. All associated costs must be paid by the beginning of each semester to avoid accruing finance charges, unless you have enrolled in an official payment plan through Student Financial Services. Fees Specific courses or programs may have additional fees associated with them, such as lab or supply fees. DNP Fee MAN Fee $55 $55 Payments Semester Charges Prior to the start of each semester, a statement of estimated charges showing charges and financial aid credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student via e-mail. All statements are available online through AugNet’s Records and Registration site. Payments can be made online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/make-a-payment. Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent accounts. Review the full policy regarding past due balances online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/disclosure Payment Options Augsburg University offers payment plan options for all students. Information about payment plans is available online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/payment-plans-and-discounts. Payment Policy Students at Augsburg University are obligated to pay Term Fees and additional charges when they register for each academic term. “Term Fees” include tuition, room and board charges and other fees initiated during your time as a 16 student. Students are responsible to pay for all of these charges regardless of whether financial aid is received or employers or other third parties pay as agreed. “Term Fees” are subject to refund only to the extent allowed under the Augsburg University Tuition Refund Policy. Augsburg accepts the following forms of payment: Cash Students and guest payers may make cash payments in-person at the Enrollment Center. Cash should never be mailed. Students will receive a receipt of their cash payment. Check Students and guest payers may pay their term fees via check either in-person at the Enrollment Center, through mail, or online using e-check/ACH. A $30 NSF Fee will be added for any payment returned by the bank for Non-Sufficient Funds. A receipt will automatically be sent electronically for any online payments. Students who pay in-person or through mail may request a receipt of the check payment. Credit Card/Debit Card Students and guest payers may make student account payments online with a Visa, MasterCard, Discover, or American Express credit card. As of June 10th, 2016, Augsburg will no longer accept credit card or debit card payments in-person, over the phone, or through the mail. Credit cards will only be accepted online via Cashnet, a vendor contracted by Augsburg. Because Cashnet charges Augsburg for their services, a credit card service fee of 2.75 percent will be associated with any credit card payment made to the University. This is to offset the approximately $250,000 in costs that Augsburg accrues annually for providing credit card payment options to our students. Augsburg will not receive any part of the service fee and will not be profiting from it. Financial Aid All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must reapply each year. In addition to reapplying for aid, students must make satisfactory academic progress toward the attainment of their degree or certificate as stipulated in the Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) section of this catalog. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be a combination of grants and loans. The University cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational expenses, retirement needs, and special considerations. Types of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). Institutional Grants/Discounts Augsburg offers grants/discounts for a variety of different students. Specific information about the different grants and scholarships, along with eligibility requirements, can be found online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/paymentplans-and-discounts. Loan Assistance Graduate students must be enrolled at least half-time in order to receive federal loans. Three semester credits per term is considered half-time. Six semester credits per term is considered full-time.  Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Student Loan 17    Interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue and be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). Federal Graduate Loan Program (PLUS) Graduate PLUS is a loan program to help graduate students meet college costs. Students may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus all other student financial aid). Further information about loan programs can be found online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Federal regulations require that all higher education institutions establish and implement a policy to measure whether students [1] receiving financial aid [2] are making satisfactory academic progress toward the completion of a degree. The purpose of this policy is to make sure that students who receive financial aid are using this money wisely. It is meant to curtail the use of financial aid by students who fail to successfully complete their course work. Failure to meet the following standards makes a student ineligible for all institutional, federal, and state financial aid. Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress  Minimum GPA requirements: Graduate Students must maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA based on the entire academic record.  Minimum Credits Completed: Graduate Students must earn a cumulative 66.67% of the credits attempted based on the entire academic record. A completed credit has a grade of A – D- or P. Credits earned and completed will include accepted cumulative transfer credits as defined by the Registrar’s Office. Unsatisfactory grades “W (withdrawn),” “I (Incomplete),” “F/FN (Zero),” and “N (Not Passing)” are counted towards the cumulative attempted credits. Repeated and remedial courses are not counted towards the cumulative attempted credits.  Maximum Time Frame: To demonstrate academic progress, graduate students must complete their degree objective within 150% of the length of the program. Monitoring and Evaluating Progress In order to ensure SAP standards are being met, the Student Financial Services Office will evaluate students’ academic achievement at the end of each term. After the student’s record is evaluated and the Student Financial Services Office determines the student’s GPA or completion rate to be unsatisfactory, the student will be placed on Financial Aid Warning or Financial Aid Suspension. Students will be notified through their Augsburg email if they fail to meet SAP standards. Financial Aid Warning A student who fails to meet SAP standards will be placed on Financial Aid Warning for the following term of enrollment. Students placed on Financial Aid Warning will still be eligible to receive financial aid. Financial Aid Warning will last for one term. If at the end of the term, the student meets SAP standards the Financial Aid Warning will conclude. Students currently on Financial Aid Warning who do not meet SAP standards at the end of the term will be placed on Financial Aid Suspension. Financial Aid Suspension A student who fails to meet either the minimum GPA requirement and/or minimum credits attempted while on Financial Aid Warning will be placed on Financial Aid Suspension. A student on Financial Aid Suspension is ineligible to receive any form of financial aid. A student on Financial Aid Suspension may submit an appeal to reinstate their financial aid. Financial Aid Suspension will conclude when the student meets SAP standards, or successfully appeals. Financial Aid will be suspended when a student placed on Financial Aid Suspension does not meet SAP standards. Because grades may not be available before the beginning of the next scheduled term, it is possible that financial aid may be disbursed to a student before the review can be conducted. In the event that a student is found to be ineligible for the financial aid that has been disbursed due to a failure to meet one of the Standards, the aid that was disbursed will be canceled, and returned to the appropriate program(s). 18 Right to Appeal Students who have had their financial aid suspended may submit the SAP Appeal Form to the Student Financial Services Office. The SAP Appeal Form must be completely filled out, along with any additional documents required by the SAP Committee. The appeal should state reasons why the student failed to meet SAP standards, and what changed for the student that will allow the student to demonstrate progress towards meeting SAP standards. The appeal will be decided by the SAP Committee. All decisions made by the Committee are final. If a student’s appeal is approved they will be placed on Financial Aid Probation. If a student’s appeal is denied they will remain on Financial Aid Suspension and will remain ineligible for financial aid. Financial Aid Probation A student who has been placed on Financial Aid Suspension and successfully appeals SAP will be place on Financial Aid Probation. A student on Financial Aid Probation will be eligible to receive financial aid. Financial Aid Probation will last for one term. If at the end of the term, the students meets SAP standards, the Financial Aid Probation will conclude. Students currently on Financial Aid Probation who do not meet the standards at the end of the term will be placed on Financial Aid Suspension. [1] Financial Aid is defined as: Augsburg Institutional Aid, Federal Title IV funding, and Minnesota State Financial Aid programs. Student Account Financial Disclosure Students at Augsburg University are obligated to pay Term Fees and additional charges when they register for each academic term. “Term Fees” include tuition, room and board charges and other fees initiated during your time as a student. Students are responsible to pay for all of these charges regardless of whether financial aid is received or employers or other third parties pay as agreed. “Term Fees” are subject to refund only to the extent allowed under the Augsburg University Tuition Refund Policy. Statements and account history are available online through AugNet Records and Registration. Augsburg University may require someone to co-sign on the students’ obligations in special cases, such as when a student has a history of late or missed payments. When a co-signer’s signature is required, both students and co-signers are responsible for payment of all costs incurred (including collection costs and fees of any collection agency and/or attorney, if applicable) and all other conditions outlined on the Student Account Financial Disclosure. Results of Balances Not Paid in Full Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent accounts. Missed or late payments will be subject to a late payment charge and/or a finance charge on the overdue balance from the date the balance was due until payment in full is received. If your account is not paid in full on the first day of the term, finance charges at the rate of 8% per year (.67% per month) will be added onto your student account balance. For example, this means that for every $1,000 owed you will receive $6.70 a month in finance charges. A $30 NSF Fee will be added for any payment returned by the bank for Non-Sufficient Funds. Past Due Accounts If the student does not set up a formal payment plan with Augsburg’s Student Financial Services department, Augsburg reserves the right to demand payment of the entire balance owed by that student and to take steps to collect it. Augsburg may cancel the student’s registration, prevent the student from registering for future terms, withhold transcripts or diplomas, remove the student from on-campus housing, turn the student’s account over to a collection agency or take legal action to collect any past due balance. Each student authorizes Augsburg to release financial information about her or his account and other pertinent information such as address and phone number to third parties who are dealing with the collection of the account balance. By providing us with a telephone number for a cellular phone or other wireless device, you are expressly consenting to receive communications – including but not limited to prerecorded or artificial voice message calls, text messages, and calls made by an automatic telephone dialing 19 system – from us and our affiliates and agents at that number. This express consent applies to each such telephone number that you provide to us now or in the future and permits such calls regardless of their purpose. Calls and messages may incur access fees from your cellular provider. Each student also agrees to reimburse Augsburg University, or its agents, the fees of any collection agency, which may be based on a percentage at a maximum of 40% of the debt, and all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, we incur in such collection efforts. Please note that, due to the Bankruptcy Reform Act, educational benefits are generally exempt from discharge under bankruptcy. The terms of this agreement remain in effect until all Term Fees and other charges are paid in full. Financial Policy Registration is permitted only if the student’s account for a previous term is paid in full or if the student is making scheduled payments in accordance with an approved payment plan. Augsburg University will not release student academic transcripts or graduation diplomas/certificates until all student account charges are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the University (Federal Perkins Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. Tuition Refund Students are eligible for a 100% tuition refund for any courses they drop without notation through the date labeled “Last day to drop without a ‘W’ grade & 100% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. After this date, students are no longer eligible for any refund of tuition unless they withdraw from all of their courses. This policy is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. Students withdrawing from all of a term’s courses may receive a 50% tuition refund when they withdraw by the date labeled “Last day to withdraw with 50% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. Students are responsible for cancelling courses through the Registrar’s Office (or online) in order to be eligible for any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are responsible for all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the student’s last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date that the drop/add form is processed. Medical Refund If a student is forced to withdraw from one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, a request for a medical refund should be made through the Academic/Financial Petition. Petition forms are available through the Registrar’s Office website. An extra medical refund may be granted by the Committee upon submission of documentation from the attending doctor, on letterhead, verifying the medical circumstances. Unofficial Withdrawal Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in all their classes be reviewed. If courses are not completed (e.g., unofficial withdrawal, stopped attending), the University is required to refund financial aid to the appropriate sources according to federal or Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date of attendance. Students are responsible for the entire cost of the term including the portion previously covered by financial aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged to follow guidelines for complete withdrawal. If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have the cost of tuition refunded can be made. Petition forms are available online through the Registrar’s Office website. A student who registers, does not attend any classes, and does not withdraw may petition to withdraw retroactively. The student must petition within six months of the end of term and provide proof of non-attendance. Proof can include, but is not limited to, statements from each instructor that the student never attended, or documentation of attendance for the term at another college or university. If approved, grades of W will be recorded and tuition charges for the term will be replaced with an administrative cancellation fee of $300. 20 Financial Aid Policy Financial aid such as federal, state, and institutional grants and scholarships are awarded based upon the total number of registered credits on the “Last day to add with faculty signature – Full Semester class” as noted on the Academic Calendar. Students must register for internships, Time 2 classes, and ACTC classes before the “Last day to add with faculty signature-Full Semester class”. Financial aid will not be adjusted for classes added after this date. Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester by actively attending and participating in classes throughout the semester. Financial aid is recalculated when students do any of the following: drop classes without a “W” grade, fail to begin classes, cease to attend classes, fail all classes, or fully withdraw from all classes. Financial Aid - Return of Aid Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester. A student can earn their aid by attending classes, or in the event of hybrid/online courses, be an active participant in the course. Federal/State Aid Adjustments Augsburg is required to return unearned federal/state aid for students who fully withdraw from their courses. Student are eligible to keep more aid the longer they attend their courses. After 60% of the term has passed, students are eligible to keep all of their federal/state aid. If you are planning to completely withdraw from your courses, please see a Student Financial Services counselor to determine what aid may need to be returned. Institutional Aid Adjustments Augsburg will return institutional aid for students who partially withdraw or fully withdraw from courses. If students withdraw from their courses they will receive a 50% tuition refund and 50% of their institutional aid will be removed. If a student withdraws after the last day to receive a tuition refund, there will be no adjustment to their institutional aid. Credit Refund Augsburg students may be eligible to receive a credit refund if their financial aid exceeds tuition and fee charges for a term. Credit refunds are issued within two weeks after the last day to drop courses without recorded notation. Financial Aid needs to be finalized (You can verify your financial aid status online through Track Your Financial Aid) and applied to a student’s account (Check your Transaction History online to verify all of your financial aid has been applied to your account and nothing is left pending) before the credit refund can be issued. Changes in enrollment status, housing status, and program status may affect financial aid eligibility and credit refunds. Students who are enrolled less than half-time (less than 6.0 credits for undergraduates, less than 3.0 credit for graduates) may not be eligible for financial aid; however, students may apply for private alternative loans. Registration changes made from the first week of the term through midterm may require a return of financial aid funds. Students who drop courses may receive a tuition refund, but some forms of financial aid may have to be adjusted before a refund will be available. Financial aid return of funds may take up to 30-45 days to be processed. Bookstore Students who are registered for the upcoming term will be allowed to charge up to $700 to their student account. Students DO NOT need to request a bookstore account this year. Please plan ahead and purchase books and supplies before the scheduled cut off dates; plan ahead for courses that start midterm as you will be unable to charge anything to your student account after the cut-off date. Students’ accounts will be billed for only what was spent on their bookstore accounts before credit refunds are issued. If your bookstore charges create a balance on your account, you need to make payments in accordance with your statement. Bookstore purchases charged to a student account are intended for students who have excess financial aid funds to cover their tuition, fees, AND their books or supplies. Please contact Student Financial Services before you purchase books if you need to discuss payment options. Due to the financial aid cycle, you can only charge expenses to your bookstore account during specific times. 21 Third Party If you are expecting a third party to cover the cost of your books, you will need to turn in an itemized receipt of your purchases to the Student Financial Services Office, along with your invoice request. Additional Funds If the cost of your textbooks and supplies are above $700 in one term, you have enough financial aid to cover the additional costs, and you would like to charge the additional amount to your student account, please send the following information to Student Financial Services (studentfinances@augsburg.edu). All requests need to be in writing. Subject: Request for additional funds Full Name: Student ID number: Additional request: Students will receive an e-mail when the additional request has been processed. Accounts are opened as quickly as possible, but it could take up to two business days for activation. Consumer Information Loss of Financial Aid Due to Drug Offense A student, who is convicted of a state or federal offense involving the possession or sale of an illegal drug that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid, is not eligible for Title IV funds. [An illegal drug is a controlled substance as defined by the Controlled Substance Act and does not include alcohol and tobacco. A borrower’s eligibility is based on the student’s self-certification on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Convictions that are reversed, set aside or removed from the student’s record, or a determination arising from a juvenile court proceeding do not affect eligibility and do not need to be reported by the student. A student who is convicted of a drug-related offense that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid loses Title IV eligibility as follows: For the possession of illegal drugs: First offense: one year from the date of conviction. Second offense: two years from the date of the second conviction. Third offense: indefinitely from the date of the third conviction. For the sale of illegal drugs: First offense: two years from the date of conviction. Second offense: indefinitely from the date of the second conviction. A school must provide a student who loses Title IV eligibility due to a drug-related conviction with a timely, separate, clear, and conspicuous written notice. The notice must advise the student of his or her loss of Title IV eligibility and the ways in which the student may regain that eligibility. Regaining Eligibility after a Drug Conviction A student may regain eligibility at any time by completing an approved drug rehabilitation program and by informing the school that he or she has done so. A student regains Title IV eligibility on the date he or she successfully completes the program. A drug rehabilitation program is considered approved for these purposes if it includes at least two unannounced drug tests and meets one of the following criteria: 22     The program received or is qualified to receive funds directly or indirectly under a federal, state, or local government program. The program is administered or recognized by a federal, state, or local government agency or court. The program received or is qualified to receive payment directly or indirectly from a federally or state licensed insurance company. The program administered or recognized by a federally or state-licensed hospital, health clinic, or medical doctor. Policies may change throughout an academic year if necessary to comply with federal, state, or institutional changes or regulations. 23 Student Resources/Academic and Support Services Lindell Library Resources Since 1997 the James G. Lindell Family Library has been home to a wide variety of print and digital collections, now numbering almost 200,000 books, 60,000 e-books, 60,000 e-journals, 4,000 movies on DVD or VHS, and more than 120 databases. Through its streaming video services, Lindell Library provides access to an additional 50,000+ educational videos. Lindell also houses significant collections of juvenile literature and K-12 curriculum materials, as well as the University’s archives and special collections. If that still isn’t enough, Lindell Library belongs to CLIC, Cooperating Libraries in Consortium, a network of seven private liberal arts colleges in the Twin Cities. Augsburg students can borrow books and videos from any of the other CLIC libraries and get those materials delivered directly to Lindell Library through CLIC’s daily courier service. Research Support Research Support Research help is always available, either online or in person, at Lindell Library’s Learning Commons. Our research guides, available on the library’s website, provide access to key research materials on topics as wide-ranging as health and physical education, film studies, computer science, or music therapy. Students can talk to an expert in person at Lindell’s Learning Commons desk, by phone at 612-330-1604, by email at refdesk@augsburg.edu, or chat with an expert 24/7 through our Ask-A-Librarian service at library.augsburg.edu. Other Cool Stuff Libraries are more than just books and databases, they are places to gather for collaborative research or quiet study and reflection. At Lindell Library, you can do both. Ten group study rooms are available on the top floor of Lindell Library, and can be reserved up to two weeks in advance. The lower level is a designated quiet study space for those who prefer to work alone. Whether working alone or in a large group, Augsburg students can check out a laptop from the Library’s Circulation Desk. Other equipment is also available for check out; just ask our friendly staff for assistance. The staff at Lindell Library are eager to help you with all your research needs. Stop by anytime that the library is open (hours are always posted on the library’s website), or contact us at: library.augsburg.edu refdesk@augsburg.edu 612-330-1604 Information Technology Services Augsburg University has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with relevant and timely access to information technology and training. Visit the Student Technology website, inside.augsburg.edu/techdesk, for more on Information Technology at Augsburg. Computing Students have access to more than 250 on-campus computers. Both PC and Macintosh desktop computers are available in the Lindell Library Learning Commons and computer lab, and in the 24-hour Urness computer lab. The University has four computer classrooms, 40+ technology-enhanced classrooms and one video conferencing-enabled classroom. The circulation desk in Lindell Library has 40 laptops available for use in the library. Several computer clusters are available for more specific student use within academic departments. A high-speed fiber optic campus network provides access to AugNet online services, printing, and to the internet. Network-ready student machines can connect to the campus network from residence hall rooms or any building on campus using WiFi. All of the AugNet online services are available securely on- and off-campus. 24 Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) The Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) provides individualized accommodations and academic support for students with documented learning, attention, psychiatric, sensory, and physical disabilities, as well as those with temporary disabilities. CLASS has been recognized as a leader in its field, helping these students gain access to the curriculum. Its mission is a reflection of Augsburg’s commitment to providing a rigorous and challenging, yet supportive, liberal arts education to students with diverse backgrounds, preparations, and experiences. Each term, Disability Specialists work directly with students to develop a plan for ensuring they have equal access to Augsburg courses, programs, activities, and facilities. Students are encouraged to meet regularly with their specialist, and discussions may include:      Accommodations for testing and coursework (e.g., extended time, note-taking) Referrals to other campus resources (e.g., tutoring, student technology assistance, academic advising, counseling, financial aid) Training and use of assistive technology through the Groves Accommodations Laboratory Coaching on academic, organizational, and time management skills Campus living accommodations The Disability Specialists may also consult with instructors, academic advisors, and other members of the faculty, staff, or administration to support each student as they work toward success. Taking advantage of these accommodations and services, however, remains the student’s responsibility. Any Augsburg student who wants to establish eligibility for accommodations and services should schedule a meeting with a Specialist to discuss their needs, as well as appropriate documentation of their disability. CLASS also provides informal screenings for students who suspect they may have a learning-related disability. These screenings are meant only to help students determine whether they should seek a thorough evaluation by a qualified professional. Academic accommodations are intended to ensure access to educational opportunities for students with disabilities and may not fundamentally alter the basic nature or essential components of an institution’s courses or programs. The services and technology provided by CLASS are enhanced by the generous support of the Gage family and Groves Foundation. For further information, call 612-330-1053. International Student and Scholar Services (ISSS) ISSS is responsible for the enrollment planning, recruitment and advising of degree-seeking international students. Members of the ISSS team serve as Designated School Officials (DSO) for the University’s F-1 student visa program and as Responsible Officer (RO) and Alternate Responsible Officer (ARO) for the University’s J-1 student/scholar exchange program. A DSO ensures institutional and individual compliance with the law and government policies pertaining to F-1 students. The RO and ARO ensure institutional and individual compliance with the law and government policies pertaining to J-1 exchange students and scholars. ISSS advises students regarding the F and J regulations so that students maintain their F or J immigration status. 25 Academic Policies and Procedures Academic Calendars All graduate programs meet on a semester calendar. The Academic Calendars can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. All academic calendars are subject to change without notice. Academic Policies The University and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Academic Honesty A university is a community of learners whose relationship relies on trust. Honesty is necessary to preserve the integrity and credibility of scholarship by the Augsburg University community. Academic dishonesty, therefore, is not tolerated. As a University requirement, student course projects, papers, and examinations may include a statement by the student pledging to abide by the University’s academic honesty policies and to uphold the highest standards of academic integrity. (See Augsburg’s Academic Honesty Policy in the Student Guide). Evaluation and Grading Evaluation of academic performance is based on letter grades using an A ‐ F scale. Grading option cannot be changed from traditional (A - F) to Pass/No Credit. Explanation of grades: Grade A AB+ B BC+ C CD+ D DF P N Grade Points Description 4.00 Excellent 3.67 3.33 3.00 Undergraduate: Good Graduate: Satisfactory 2.67 2.33 2.00 Undergraduate only: Satisfactory 1.67 1.33 1.00 Poor 0.67 0.00 Failure 0.00 Pass* 0.00 No Pass *The letter equivalent of a P grade is a C- / 1.67 or higher for undergraduate courses and a B / 3.0 or higher for graduate courses. Pass/No Pass Grades In graduate courses, the grading option cannot be changed from the traditional A ‐ F grading scale to the Pass/No Pass grading system. 26 Some graduate courses only use the Pass/No Pass grading system. In order to receive a grade of P, students must achieve at least a grade of B. Incomplete (I) Grades Incomplete grades (I) are to be given only in the case of extreme emergency (i.e. illness, family emergency, death in the family, military commitment). If you have any questions regarding the qualifying emergency please contact the Registrar’s Office for verification. An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission after determining that a student emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an Application for Incomplete Grade form with the Registrar’s Office that states the reasons for the request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course instructor’s signature. The instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the same course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade before the final day of the following academic term in the student’s program. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the course becomes 0.0. Extension (X) Grades Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X (extension) is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor has the right to not grant an extension where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. If the course is not completed, a grade of F will be assigned. Withdrawal (W) Grade A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a W grade and before the last day to withdraw. Withdrawals negatively impact credit completion rate but do not negatively impact the grade point average. Repeated Courses A course in which a grade of F, FN, D-, D, D+, C-, C, C+, B-, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited (exceptions are made for academic programs with minimum grade requirements of a B+ or higher or other catalog policies that require a course to be retaken). All courses taken each semester and grades earned, including W and N, will be recorded on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned for the most recent attempt, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses completed at Augsburg University must be repeated at Augsburg to be included in the repeat policy. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V) on a space-available basis. Graduate students will be charged an audit fee of $1,000. The signature of the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance, and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript with a V grade. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W. Audited courses do not count towards graduation. 27 Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other institutions. The formula for calculating the GPA = Total grade points divided by number of credits attempted with A to F grades assigned. The following grading symbols are not included in the GPA calculation: Symbol P S N V W I X IP R GRT L NG Explanation Fall 2017 to Present: Pass, C- or higher undergraduate or B or higher graduate work; Prior to Fall 2017: Pass, 2.0 or higher undergraduate or 3.0 or higher graduate work Satisfactory No pass, no credit Audit, no credit Withdrawn Incomplete Extension, incomplete In progress Repeat Credit granted Required lab component (a credit-bearing grade was earned in the corresponding lecture course) Not graded, no credit Attendance Attendance and participation are critical to the success of any course. Evaluation of the level and quality of participation may be incorporated into the course grade. We view attendance as a joint commitment of both instructors and students to our professional development. Each instructor has the authority to specify attendance and participation requirements to address the needs of particular courses, individual students, or various learning styles. Lack of attendance may result in a failing grade and the requirement to repeat the course. Students must notify the professor in advance of any expected absence. In the case of emergency, when prior notification is not possible, students must notify the professor of an absence as soon as possible. Non-Attendance/Non-Participation Attendance/participation in class is important for academic success and financial aid. Therefore, students are dropped for non-attendance/non-participation after the 10th business day of the term if reported by the instructor. Students are ultimately responsible for dropping classes if they no longer plan to attend/participate. Students who have been dropped and wish to re-enroll must submit an Academic/Financial Petition. Graduate Continuation Policy Students registering for the final project course must complete the Final Project Registration/Graduate Continuation Contract by the last day to add with faculty signature for a Full Semester class as noted on the Academic Calendar. Upon receipt of the contract, the Registrar’s Office will enroll the student in the Continuation Program for 7 semesters. Entry into the Continuation Program maintains students’ active status in the graduate program, including library and AugNet Services. If a grade is not received by the grading deadline of the 7th semester, the grade will change from X to N. Students who wish to complete the final project after receiving a failing grade must meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the University and program. Students who are readmitted may need to complete additional coursework 28 and will need to pay tuition and fees for any additional courses. If/when the final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the previous N grade. Students may withdraw from the University, and thus from the Continuation Program and the final project course, at any point during the continuation period and receive a W notation on the transcript for the final project course. Following a withdrawal, students are welcome to meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the University and program. Students who are readmitted may need to complete additional coursework and will need to pay full tuition and fees for any additional courses. If/when the final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the previous W grade. Credit and Contact Hours Augsburg’s credit hour policy follows the federal guidelines in defining a semester credit hour as one fifty-minute period of instruction and 100 minutes of out-of-class work per week for fifteen weeks, or the equivalent amount of student work completed over a different time frame or via a different delivery method. All Augsburg programs follow the semester calendar with semester lengths from 14-16 weeks. Augsburg offers a summer semester which follows the same format as both fall and spring semester. Students must take at least 3 credits to be considered half-time, and 6 or more credits to be considered full-time. Students may take up to 22 credits. Degree Requirements To be conferred the graduate degree, all graduate students must achieve the following:    Successful completion of all required courses A cumulative GPA of 3.0; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. Successful completion of all degree requirements within the stipulated period of matriculation or a signed continuation agreement with Augsburg University. Probation and Dismissal Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on academic probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. Graduate students in the Physician Assistant must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. A student whose GPA falls below the required GPA for his/her graduate program (3.0 in most programs) in two or more terms may be subject to probation or dismissal. A plan for the student to continue in the program may be worked out with the program director. Students may also be dismissed for violation of standards of behavior defined by their profession, their program, or the University. Dismissal Appeals Process A student may appeal a program’s dismissal decision using the University’s program dismissal appeals process. Appeals are limited to procedural errors that the student can demonstrate negatively affected the outcome. The student initiates the appeal process by submitting a hard copy of the statement of appeal to the Assistant Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate Studies (AVP-Graduate Studies); email is not acceptable. The statement must identify each procedural error and state how each error negatively affected the outcome. The statement of appeal will be the only basis of the student’s appeal. The AVP-Graduate Studies must receive the student’s statement of appeal within 14 calendar days of the date on the department’s written notification of dismissal. The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the statement of appeal to the program chair/director. The program must submit a response to the student’s statement of appeal within 15 business days of the date that the statement was 29 received by the AVP-Graduate Studies’ office. A hard copy of the program’s response should be submitted to the AVPGraduate Studies. The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the program’s response to the student. The AVP-Graduate Studies will convene the Program Dismissal Appeals Committee, which will include the AVP-Graduate Studies as a non-voting chair and three program faculty members (one from programs not named in the appeal: Business, Creative Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, Social Work). The Program Dismissal Appeals Committee will schedule its hearing within 15 business days of receipt of the program’s statement of response. The Committee will meet with the student and a program representative to review the procedures and ask questions of both the student and the program representative. The student and program representative may each bring a third party to the review meeting (limited to an Augsburg University faculty member, staff member, or student). The role of the third party representative is to provide support to the student or the program representative, not to serve as an advocate during the meeting. Dropping or Withdrawing Courses may be dropped or withdrawn online through AugNet Records and Registration or with a Registration Form. For drop and withdrawal deadlines see the Academic Calendar. Independent Study Students may request to complete an independent study course as an addition to the required coursework. A faculty sponsor is required for an independent study project, and project proposals must be approved by the program director in order to receive credit. Normally, independent study may not be used as a replacement for a standard course offered in the curriculum, with the exception of the general elective (if approved). A special Directed/Independent Study Registration form is required. Term Off Students may take up to two semesters off and have continued access to Augsburg email and AugNet Services. If a student is not registered after 10th day of the third semester, the student’s file will be deactivated and the student will need to submit an Application for Readmission to re-enroll. For an absence of any length, students should coordinate with their program director prior to leaving. Due to a variety of program schedules and cohorts for some degrees, it is required that students meet with their advisor and obtain the advice of their director. Evaluation of Transfer Credit Students may petition the program director for transfer credit to apply to program requirements. The transfer of credit will be evaluated on an individual basis. Students will be asked to provide appropriate documentation regarding previous coursework, including but not limited to an official transcript, course description, and syllabus. In order to be considered for transfer, a course must be from a regionally-accredited college or university and graded B or better. Courses must have been taken at the graduate level and course content must be comparable to program requirements at Augsburg. The maximum number of semester credits that can be transferred is:        Master of Arts in Education (6) Master of Arts in Leadership (6) Master of Arts in Nursing (9) Master of Business Administration (18) Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing (12) Master of Music Therapy (Contact program director) Master of Science, Physician Assistant Studies (Contact program coordinator) 30   Master of Social Work (22) Doctor of Nursing Practice (Contact program director) Augsburg credits are calculated in semester hours. If you completed courses at other institutions that are quarter hours, they will be converted to semester hours. One quarter hour equates to two-thirds of a semester hour. Courses and credits that are accepted in transfer are recorded on the student’s transcript. Grades and grade points from other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are not included in the student’s cumulative grade point average. 31 Master of Arts in Education Augsburg has a long history in teacher education with alumni of our programs teaching throughout Minnesota and elsewhere. The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program combines our excellent undergraduate licensure coursework with a master’s level coursework focused on teacher leadership, preparing teachers to serve K-12 students effectively and to nurture healthy change within schools and school systems. Our Philosophy The Education Department program themes include relationships, reflection and inquiry, diversity and equity, and leadership. One of these themes - leadership - is lived out within the MAE program. As this program theme suggests, we expect our students to leave our programs as responsive, knowledgeable teachers prepared to exercise leadership in the classroom and, eventually, the school and community. Our urban setting provides yet another dimension to our programs through a combination of course content, field experiences, and classroom instructors. Our goal is that students will leave our programs as collaborative and capable teachers committed to educating all learners in a diverse and changing world. Our Faculty Augsburg faculty members who teach in the MAE program are a mix of full-time and adjunct instructors, all of whom have K-12 teaching experience. Many adjunct instructors are currently teaching in K-12 settings; all full-time faculty members are frequent visitors to K-12 settings through student teaching and field experience supervision, volunteer work, and/or in-service education. We understand the importance of what we do and what you hope to do. We value good teaching and, most especially, we value good teachers. Our Accessibility We realize that although teaching is your dream, your reality most likely includes work, family, and personal responsibilities. Because we understand the demands adult students face, we offer flexible scheduling. A majority of licensure and graduate-level courses are taught in the evenings to allow you to manage these responsibilities while pursuing your goals. You will need to be available during the weekday for the challenge and responsibility of field experiences, but education coursework is accessible through the evening schedules*. As a student in Augsburg’s Master of Arts in Education licensure and degree program, you will find yourself among interesting students and dedicated professors who believe that all children deserve a good, highly-qualified teacher— the teacher you can become. Education Department Mission The mission of the Augsburg Education Department is to develop responsive, knowledgeable teachers committed to educating all learners in a diverse and changing world. Program Overview The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) is designed to provide a teaching license as part of a master’s degree program. K12 initial teaching licenses offered at Augsburg include:   Elementary education (K-6), with or without a middle school content area endorsement in math, communication arts, social studies, or science. Subject matter courses for these endorsements may need to be taken in the weekday schedule or at a community college when unavailable through evening course work. Secondary education (5-12 and K-12) in social studies, communication arts/literature, visual arts, health, mathematics, music, and physical education, 9-12 in biology, chemistry, and physics, and 5-8 general science . Subject matter courses for these licenses may need to be taken in the weekday schedule or at a community college 32 when unavailable through evening course work. Augsburg requires that at least two content area courses are taken at Augsburg. Teachers who are already licensed can work towards the MAE degree through the following four licensure endorsement options:   K-12 English as a Second Language K-12 Special Education: Academic Behavior Strategist All teachers seeking licensure through Augsburg must take and pass all tests required by the state of Minnesota for licensure. These include tests in basic skills, pedagogy and content area knowledge. Accreditations and Approvals Augsburg University Teacher Education programs are approved by:  Minnesota Board of Teaching. (MN BOT) Augsburg University is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section of this catalog. Program Structure The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program is made up of a core of education licensure courses at the graduate level coupled with a degree completion option. Courses in the degree completion phase are drawn from the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) and graduate courses in education. Most students in the MAE program pursue a teaching license as part of their program plan. The MAE degree is also open to students who do not want a teaching license but do want a background in education and leadership. See the MAE program director for details. The MAE degree requires ten or eleven Augsburg graduate level courses, depending on the degree completion option. In addition, several courses at the undergraduate level are required for licensure. Only courses taken at the graduate level apply towards the MAE degree. Credit MAE graduate level courses are offered for 3 semester credits. Each course is comprised of 37.5 instructional hours with the expectation of about 75 hours of independent study outside of class. Schedule The majority of the education courses in the MAE licensure and degree programs are offered through the AU evening schedule. Courses in this schedule meet face to face every other week with online instruction during the alternate weeks. A few education courses and many undergraduate content area courses are offered in a face to face, classroom based format, meeting weekly in the evenings. The MAL and education degree completion courses are offered primarily in a weekend schedule through a mix of face-to-face and online instruction. Summer session courses are offered primarily weekday evenings. Summer courses are offered in a mix of formats from all online to all face-to-face. The following teaching licenses are available entirely through the evening and summer schedule: elementary education, K-12 special education, and K-12 English as a second language. Additional licenses in the following areas are available through a combination of weekday, weekday evening, summer schedules, and, occasional off-campus courses: biology, chemistry, communication arts, health, mathematics, music, physical education, physics, and social studies. For these licenses, the education and degree completion courses are taken weekday evenings and summer while some, if not all, of the content area courses are taken during the weekday and/or off-campus. 33 The weekday evening schedule is comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. In general, classes are held every other week, face to face with online instruction in the intervening week. The weekday schedule is also comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. Classes offered during the weekday meet one to three times per week. Classes offered jointly between weekday and weekend meet on a weekly basis in the evening. The official academic calendars can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. Curriculum—Teaching Licenses K-6 Elementary Education This program is designed to prepare teachers for grades K-6. Optional endorsements in middle school specialty areas of math, science, social studies, and communication arts can be pursued along with or separately from the K-6 license. The teaching license and some endorsements are offered at both undergraduate and graduate levels through a mix of undergraduate courses and combined graduate and undergraduate courses. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to the MAE program. All of the following courses must be taken for K-6 elementary licensure. Up to twenty‐one graduate level credits of licensure coursework listed below may be applied to the Master of Arts in Education degree. EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EDC 490/580 - School and Society EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy* EED 350/550 - K-6 Methods: Math EED 360/560 - K-6 Methods: Science To complete the license, the following undergraduate requirements must be completed: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education EDC 220 - Educational Technology EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525) EED 311 - K-6 Methods: Health EED 312 - K-6 Methods: Physical Education EED 336 - Advanced Literacy Methods* EED 341 - K-6 Methods: Art EED 370 - K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematics EED 380 - Kindergarten Methods* EED 386 - K-6 Methods: Children’s Literature EDC 481 - Student Teaching: Initial License (12-14 weeks) or EDC 482 - Student Teaching: Endorsement EED 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar *Field experience hours are required in these courses. Students spend 20 or more hours per term in field experiences. These experiences occur in K-6 classrooms during the weekday. If more than one course with field experience is taken in a given term, field experience requirements expand accordingly (i.e., two courses with 20 hours of field experience each require a total of 40 hours). Undergraduate Liberal Arts Requirements The number of supporting content area courses required for licensure depends upon the courses completed as part of the bachelor’s degree and/or other coursework. Requirements are determined by Minnesota licensure standards for specific college-level coursework in math, biology, physics, and earth science for all students seeking elementary licensure. Specific requirements are on file in the Education Department. 34 Minnesota licensure standards allow for optional subject area endorsements in communication arts/literature, social studies, math, and science. Subject matter courses for these endorsements will be available through a combination of weekday, evening and off-campus courses. Specific requirements for these endorsements are on file in the Education Department. Previous coursework can be accepted into the licensure program if it meets Minnesota standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. The Education Department and the content area departments determine the courses that are accepted. Transcripts, course descriptions, and course syllabi are used to make these determinations. Courses that are older than five years are judged on a case-by-case basis. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree. The program has limits on the amount and type of courses that are accepted. Grades of B or better are required for transfer consideration. See the MAE program director for approval of graduate coursework accepted in transfer. K-12 and 5-12 Secondary Education K-12 and 5-12 licenses in several content areas are offered through a combination of graduate and undergraduate coursework. K-12 licenses prepare teachers to teach a content area across elementary, middle school, and high school. Licenses for grades 5- 12 prepare teachers to teach at the middle and high school levels. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet MAE admissions criteria. Subject matter courses in the following majors are offered on weekday evenings and summer: English, communications (for communication arts), art and selected social science courses. Students seeking 5–12 licensure in social studies must complete a broad-based core of courses in the social studies in addition to a social science major. Education courses for these licenses are also taken during weekday evenings and summer. The following content area majors are offered primarily or entirely through the weekday program: biology, chemistry, physics, health, physical education, music, and mathematics. Students seeking licensure in any of these areas typically will need to take additional content courses in the weekday schedule and off-campus. Students can obtain a 9-12 license in physics, chemistry, or biology and have the option of adding the 5–8 general science to the 9-12 license. Students also can obtain the 5–8 general science license without the 9–12 license. Education courses for these licenses are taken during weekday evenings. Licensure Requirements The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for licensure. Up to twenty‐one graduate level credits of licensure coursework listed below may be applied to the Master of Arts in Education degree. EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EDC 490/580 - School and Society ESE 325/525 - Creating Learning Environments ESE 300/500 - Reading and Writing in Content Area* To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education EDC 220 - Educational Technology ESE 3XX - K-12 or 5-12 Methods (in the content area)* EDC 481 - Student Teaching: Initial License (12-14 weeks) or EDC 482 - Student Teaching: Endorsement or EDC 483 - Student Teaching: Initial License in PE, Music, Art, or ESL ESE 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar 35 *Field experience hours are required in these courses. A minimum of 100 hours in classrooms and education-related settings is required prior to student teaching. Students spend approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences. Undergraduate Content Area Requirements The equivalent of a major in the licensure content area is required for K-12 and 5-12 licenses. Students who have majored in a field in which we offer licensure must have their previous coursework evaluated by the major department at Augsburg. Two or more content area courses tied to Minnesota licensure standards are generally required, even with a completed academic major. Previous coursework is evaluated by the content area department and accepted if it meets Minnesota licensure standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. Coursework older than five years is judged on a case-by-case basis. Specific course requirements for each content area are on file in the Education Department. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree program. See the MAE program director for approval to use graduate level transfer courses in the degree program. Special Education Augsburg University offers licensure in K–12 Special Education: Academic Behavioral Strategist (ABS). This program qualifies students to teach in special education programs and positions working with students with mild to moderate disabilities in the areas of emotional/behavioral disabilities, learning disabilities, autism spectrum disabilities, developmental and cognitive disabilities and other health disabilities. This program is built on an inclusive education model. Under this model, students learn how to work closely with both special and general educators to facilitate inclusion of special education students into the regular education classroom. Five years after being licensed, teachers must extend their license in one of the above categories through additional coursework. Licensure Requirements Licensure requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. Classes will include both undergraduate and graduate students, with graduate students having additional course responsibilities. Graduate courses are taken at the 500 level. All courses must be taken for licensure, and up to twenty‐one graduate level credits of licensure coursework listed below may be applied to the Master of Arts in Education degree. The following courses for the ABS license are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate levels: EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy* EED 350/550 - K–6 Methods: Math* EED 360/560 - K–6 Methods: Science* SPE 410/510 - Implementing Assessment Strategies* SPE 411/511 - Etiology and Theory of Mild to Moderate Disabilities SPE 415/515 - Theory to Practice* SPE 425/525 - Transition and Community* SPE 430/530 - Instructional and Behavioral Practices* SPE 490/540 - Parent and Professional Planning To complete the ABS license students will also need to complete certain requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education MAT 137 - Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I EDC 220 - Education Technology EDC 330 and 332 - Building the Public Good: Public Achievement and Organizing EDC 331 and 333 - Practicum in Public Achievement 36 EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525) EDC 481 - Student Teaching: Initial License (12-14 weeks) SPE 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar *Field experience required as part of this course. This program is based on an innovative internship model that allows students employed in special education classrooms to fulfill a portion of their special education field experience requirements while they work. Students not employed in these settings are expected to complete a significant number of volunteer hours in special education settings. All must complete field placements or student teaching in classrooms serving these populations. Hours must be completed across elementary, middle school, and high school and include experiences with the five areas of disability that are part of this license. Specific information on field experience requirements is available from the Education Department. Licensure Requirements—EBD/LD–Naadamaadiwin Special Education Tribal Cohort Augsburg does not offer the post-baccalaureate Tribal Special Education licensure program at this time. It may become available again in the future. If you are a student who did not finish the Tribal Special Education program when it was offered, please see your adviser for an alternate plan. You can finish through our regular Special Education licensing program. K-12 English as a Second Language (ESL) License The K-12 English as a Second Language license is available as an initial license as well as an endorsement to an existing license. This license qualifies teachers to work with K-12 students for whom English is a second language across a range of subject areas. The K-12 ESL licensure program is comprised of both undergraduate and graduate courses; up to seven of the graduate courses can apply to the completion of the MAE degree. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to the MAE program. A pre-requisite to program admissions is two years of high school level or one year of college level language instruction. The K-12 ESL program is offered in a hybrid format which means that courses are a mix of face to face and online instruction. Classes are offered during the academic year in the evening semester framework and during summer session to make them accessible to working adults. This license is also offered as an undergraduate major to Augsburg Undergraduate (AU) students seeking a baccalaureate degree. The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for licensure, and up to twenty‐one graduate level credits of licensure coursework listed below may be applied to the Master of Arts in Education degree. EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/MN American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy* ESE 325/525 - Creating Learning Environments* ESL 330/510 - History and Structure of the English Language ESL 340/520 - ESL Literacy* ESL 490/530 - Language, Culture, and Schools ESL 420/540 - ESL Methods* To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education EDC 220 - Educational Technology EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience (taken concurrently with EED 325/525) ESL 310 - Second Language Acquisition ESL 320 - Introduction to Linguistics ESL 410 - ESL Testing and Evaluation 37 EDC 483 - Student Teaching: Initial License in PE, Music, Art, or ESL ESL 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar *This course has a 20 hour field experience attached to it. Student Teaching Students are required to complete student teaching for initial and additional licenses (unless otherwise indicated). In the MAE program, student teaching is generally completed before finishing the degree. Students can apply for licensure at this point and finish the degree later. Student teaching for elementary, secondary, and K-12 initial licenses lasts 12-14 weeks, depending on licensure scope. During that time, students work full-time as student teachers and are supervised by an Augsburg faculty member. Students register for eight to twelve semester credits of student teaching and a two semester credit edTPA and student teaching seminar. They meet at Augsburg University for student teaching seminars several times during the term. Most student teaching placements are in the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area and Rochester. However, students do have the opportunity to student teach abroad, where students complete a 10-week student teaching experience in the metro area and then complete another student teaching experience abroad. Opportunities to teach abroad are available around the world, and it is a wonderful way to build a global perspective in education. Additional information is available through the Education Department. Curriculum—Graduate Degree Completion Options Students take graduate coursework as part of the licensure program. This coursework forms the Master of Arts in Education licensure core, with between four to seven Augsburg graduate-level licensure courses fulfilling master’s requirements. Students bringing fewer than seven graduate-level licensure courses or 21 semester credits into the degree program must complete additional Master of Arts in Leadership (ML) or education graduate courses to reach the required 30-33 semester credits for the MAE degree. To finish out the master’s degree, students will need to complete one of the following options. Action Research Degree Completion Option (Minimum 30 credits) This degree completion option requires a minimum of three classes totaling at least nine semester credits: a Master of Arts in Leadership (ML) elective, EDC 592 Action Research 1, and EDC 593 Action Research 2. The action research courses guide the student through completion of a long-term action research project, typically conducted in the student’s classroom and focused on a question or concern identified by the student. The research is presented at an action research symposium and a formal written report of the research is placed in Lindell Library. The coursework for action research is designed to be completed in two semesters; the project itself is done once the research is presented at an action research symposium and the paper is accepted for placement in Lindell Library. Additional terms beyond those in which the courses are completed are available through continuing registration for up to seven semesters. Leadership Application Project (LAP) Degree Completion Option (Minimum 30 credits) This degree completion option requires a minimum of three classes totaling at least nine semester credits: an ML elective, EDC 514 – Research Methods - Education focus or ML 514 - Evaluating Empirical Research and EDC 585 – Navigating the Leadership Application Project. Students electing this degree completion option do so because they are interested in developing an educational product that meets an identified need.   The goal for those developing an educational product is to identify an issue or problem related to their practice, and after researching available literature, develop a solution to the problem or issue. The solution might be developed in the form of a curriculum, a workshop, a set of informational materials, a website, an article for publication or other appropriate educational product. This option is completed with a final oral presentation and placement of the final paper in the Lindell Library. Additional terms beyond those in which the courses are completed are available through continuing registration for up to seven semesters. 38 Performance Assessment/Teacher Leadership Degree Completion Option (Minimum 33 credits) This degree completion option focuses on the theme of the MAE degree program - teacher leadership - and requires a minimum of the following four classes: One ML leadership-focused course EDC 570 - Teacher Leadership EDC 514 - Research Methods (ML 514 can be substituted if necessary) EDC 594 - Performance Assessment Project Students electing this degree completion option do so because they are especially interested in considering leadership within the context of education and themselves as potential change agents. EDC 594 must be taken as the last course in this sequence. Students finish their degree through this option with the successful completion of these four classes. Alternate Settings—MAE in Rochester In step with Augsburg University’s excellent reputation in the field of education, the Master of Arts in Education program is also offered in Rochester, MN. Licenses are available in elementary education and special education: ABS. Classes primarily meet weekday evenings and summer at Bethel Lutheran Church in Rochester. Elementary education The K-6 elementary education license allows students to teach in grade K-6. Augsburg University offers this license at the graduate level to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet admissions requirements. Courses for this license are available in Rochester. Special education The K-12 Academic Behavior Specialist (ABS) program is designed for students currently working with or planning to work with students with mild to moderate special needs. The program leads to Minnesota teaching licensure in special education and the ability to work with students whose special needs are categorized as EBD, LD, DCD, ASD, and/or OHI. All courses for these licenses are available in Rochester. The Performance Assessment degree completion option is offered in Rochester as needed, typically every other year. MAL Elective Courses At least one elective must be taken from the Master of Arts in Leadership courses. The following are recommended, but others may also be used. Course descriptions can be found in the MAL portion of the graduate catalog. ML 510 - Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary Journey ML 511 - Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process ML 520 – Self-Identity and Values: Keys to Authentic Leadership ML 530 - Ethics in Communication ML 531 - The Dynamics of Change ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership ML 550 - Communication, Decision Making, and Technology ML 560 - Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership ML 565 - Women and Leadership ML 599 - Topics 39 For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to MAE Admission Requirements Students admitted into the MAE licensure and degree programs must have:   Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher (required for full admission for the graduate licensure option and degree program). Students with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5-2.99 may be admitted conditionally into the graduate licensure program. To be admitted to the MAE degree completion program, all students must have a 3.0 or better Augsburg GPA. Application Checklist The following items must be sent to the Augsburg Office of Admissions:     Completed application form - www.augsburg.edu/mae $35 non-refundable application fee Personal summary outlining your tentative educational objectives and reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg Official academic transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions (including colleges, universities, vocational/technical schools, and PSEO institutions) sent directly to the Admissions Office. Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students. Transfer Policy Acceptance of previous education coursework completed at institutions other than Augsburg University is limited. Most courses that have not been completed in the last seven years are considered to be too old to transfer and need to be completed as part of one’s program at Augsburg. EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development, EDC 220 - Education Technology, and ESE 3XX - K-12/5-12 Special Methods in Content Area are courses which may have a shorter acceptance time frame. Additional information on the transfer policy is available through the Education Department. Credit Evaluation: An official transfer credit evaluation of previous academic work will be completed as part of the admissions process. Education coursework is evaluated by the Education Department. For secondary licenses, content area coursework is evaluated by the content area department. This process is initiated as part of the admissions process. Generally, the requirement for secondary licensure is that two or more classes in the content area must be taken at Augsburg, even with an undergraduate major in the field. In all cases, previous undergraduate courses must have received a grade of C or better to be eligible for transfer. Previous graduate coursework must have received a grade of B or better to be considered. Acceptance into the MAE Program Application files are reviewed by the MAE director. Applicants are notified of the admission decision by the Office of Admissions, usually within one to two weeks after the application file is complete. Applicants whose cumulative undergraduate GPA is below 2.5 will not be admitted into the MAE program; however, these applicants can be reconsidered when additional undergraduate coursework raises the cumulative undergraduate GPA to 2.5 or above. An exception to this occurs when the applicant has completed an advanced degree with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or better. Under these circumstances, the applicant can be considered for full admission into the MAE degree and licensure programs. 40 Advising and Registration Admitted students are able to participate in academic advising and the registration process. Typically, first-term registration occurs with intake advising. After the first term, students generally are able to register online through Records and Registration. All students are assigned an Education Department faculty advisor early in the first semester of courses. Academic Policies Application to the Education Department Once accepted to the University and the MAE program, students may take designated courses in education and content areas. Prior to beginning the methods courses within a program, students must be admitted to the Education Department. This admissions process is outlined in the EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education and in admissions handbooks, which are available through the Education Department. Academic Achievement All MAE students are expected to achieve and maintain 3.0 or better GPA in their Augsburg course work. Students whose cumulative GPA falls between 2.5 and 2.99 at the end of their licensure program are able to complete the license but are not eligible for the degree. Students with cumulative GPA’s below 2.5 may not student teach and are subject to academic probation and possible dismissal. In all cases, a cumulative GPA on the Augsburg graduate transcript must be at 3.0 or better to be admitted to the degree completion component of the MAE degree. Students who are ready to begin the degree completion component must file an Intent to Complete form (available through the MAE coordinator) at which point a transcript review is completed to confirm the 3.0 or better GPA and to determine the completed courses that apply to the degree and the courses that remain. Minimum Grade Policy Students who fail to maintain a cumulative 2.5 GPA in a given term are notified that they must raise their GPA to the required level. Students who receive below a C in any undergraduate course or B- in any graduate course required for licensure are expected to repeat the course as soon as possible and raise the grade to the appropriate level. Dismissal from Licensure and Degree Program Students may be dismissed from the licensure program prior to and during student teaching for failure to maintain appropriate academic and teaching-based performance standards, for gross violation of University policy, and/or for conduct in violation of professional ethics. Dismissal occurs within the context of established department procedures described in the Education Department Handbook available through the Education Department. Students have the right to appeal dismissal from the licensure program on the grounds of procedural error, using the University’s program dismissal appeals process. Information about the program dismissal appeals process is available in the Augsburg Student Guide. Students who fail to complete the license may have the option to finish the degree. Fieldwork Requirements Fieldwork experiences are tied to several licensure courses. In most cases, these experiences are conducted within a service-learning framework, providing service to the school and classroom while also providing students’ opportunities for focused reflection linked back to course objectives. In general, students should plan for a minimum of 20 hours field experience per term. When multiple courses with field experience are taken in the same term, the requirements expand accordingly. Students in field experiences are evaluated by their host K-12 teachers on the basis of criteria drawn from the Minnesota Standards of Effective Practice. Evaluations are kept in the students’ Education Department files and used in decisions regarding progress through the program and student teaching. A full description of field experience requirements is available in the Education Department Handbook. 41 Readmission and Withdrawal Students in good standing who fail to register for courses for two terms (not including summer) are withdrawn from the MAE program. To be readmitted to the University and the MAE program, students file a Readmission form through the Registrar’s Office. Program Costs In addition to tuition, students in this program can expect to pay a data maintenance fee upon admission to the department, as well as liability insurance at the student rate during student teaching and the cost of a background check for licensure and, possibly, field experience. In addition, optional international travel courses have associated costs above and beyond the charge for tuition. Full-time Faculty Joseph A. Erickson, Professor of Education. BA, MA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Finders, Professor of Education. BA, University of Iowa; MA, University of Iowa; PhD, University of Iowa. Jeanine Gregoire, Associate Professor of Education. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Audrey Lensmire, Associate Professor of Education. BA Indiana University; MAT National Louis University; PhD University of Minnesota. Jason Michael Lukasik, Assistant Professor of Education and MAE Director. BA, MEd, PhD. University of Illinois at Chicago. Rachel M. Lloyd, Assistant Professor of Education. BS, Carleton College; MA, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Minnesota. Joaquin Munoz, Assistant Professor of Education. BS, MA, PhD: University of Arizona Susan O’Connor, Associate Professor of Education. BS, University of Minnesota; MS, PhD, Syracuse University. Donna Patterson, Assistant Professor of Education. BA, MEd, University of Minnesota. Terrance Kwame-Ross, Associate Professor of Education. BAE, National-Louis University; MEd, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Minnesota Kaycee Rogers, Director of Education Programs-Rochester. BA Luther College; MEPD University of Wisconsin La Crosse Christopher Smith, Associate Professor of Education. BS Purdue University; MS Purdue University; PhD University of Minnesota. Jennifer Diaz, Assistant Professor of Education. B.S. Elementary Education, University of Wisconsin-Madison. M.S. Curriculum and Instruction, Ph.D. Curriculum and Instruction, University of Wisconsin-Madison. 42 Master of Arts in Leadership MAL Mission The purpose of the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program is to develop leaders for organizations, the community, and society. Organizations seek leaders who possess:      An ethically and morally responsible vision An understanding of how change occurs and how it can be managed A sensitivity to the complex problems of organizations and an ability to find solutions consistent with their mission Cultural competence and sensitivity to the needs of a diverse population The ability to inspire and motivate people to work toward a common goal The Augsburg leadership development model provides a framework through which the program recruits its students and develops their skills. Program Overview The study of leadership is central to Augsburg University. The University mission statement says, “Augsburg University educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders.” The Master of Arts in Leadership is quintessentially Augsburg. The integrated liberal arts perspective on leadership education is what we think of as the “Augsburg difference.” The Master of Arts in Leadership is the core program of Augsburg’s Center for Leadership Studies (CLS). Developed and launched in 1987, it is Augsburg’s oldest graduate degree and one of the oldest leadership graduate degrees in the United States. The program responds to the leadership development needs of both for-profit and not-for-profit organizations. MAL has a deep theoretical base in leadership studies, yet also offers its students practical approaches to leadership that can be applied in the workplace and society. Leadership Development Model The MAL program promotes leadership as a process that:    Inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limited resources Promotes productivity within and beyond the organization Works toward progress for the individual and the organization To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision, the ability to persuade, and the ability to direct action. Underlying these attributes are abilities and awareness, outlined in the Leadership Development Model, which serve as specific outcomes for the MAL program. Augsburg’s model of leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance, and refine these capabilities within the individual. Learning Goals and Outcomes The MAL program is designed to support students in developing the knowledge and skills to:       Explore the nature and practice of leadership in a wide variety of dynamic organizational and community settings Develop a personal understanding and philosophy of leadership Aspire to be responsible leaders who are informed citizens, critical thinkers, and thoughtful stewards Enhance knowledge of self and the capacity to be reflective learners Analyze and navigate increasingly complex changing environments Formulate and articulate a shared vision in order to inspire others to achieve desired goals 43 MAL Courses Each course encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult learners. Instructional techniques include case studies, debate, written and oral presentations, and group activity. These techniques develop targeted leadership abilities and understanding. Students are encouraged to see abilities and understandings as cross-disciplinary and to view content areas as integrated. The program reflects the view that the world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative abilities. Plan of Study Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule Designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults, the MAL program is based on the assumption that the students who enroll are career-oriented, self-disciplined, and well-motivated individuals seeking a balance of classroom experience, group interaction, and individual study. Courses are organized as seminars with the opportunity for discussion and dialogue. The program features classes taught by faculty from multiple disciplines and offers two formats to allow students to choose the option that works best for them. Both formats offer a combination of classroom and online learning styles in different proportions. The classic classroom format emphasizes face-to-face instruction augmented by online work. The integrated hybrid format combines online and intensive learning experiences with occasional sessions in a traditional classroom setting. Two Convenient Formats: Classic Classroom and Integrated Hybrid Overview of Classic Classroom Format For nearly 30 years, our classic classroom format has featured a flexible choice model that allows students to select courses that focus on individual goals, interests, and learning style. Students can also determine the pace at which they move through the program. This format offers numerous electives and allows for individualized studies. Some online work is incorporated into this format. Schedule During fall and spring semesters, classes usually meet every other Saturday morning or afternoon for four hours. Additional instruction time is provided online. Seven Saturday sessions are included in one semester. Some select classes meet on Monday evenings. Students can take a combination of Saturday and Monday courses. A sample class schedule in the classic classroom format: Period I Saturday 8:00 am to 12:00 pm Period II Saturday 1:00 pm to 5:00 pm Period III Weeknights 6:00 pm to 9:45 pm Note: Each class taken commits a student to Period I, Period II, or Period III, an average of two meetings a month. A few courses are taught on an immersion model, which features fewer but longer sessions. The MAL program also offers summer semester courses in seven-week, fourteen-week, or special immersion formats. Most summer semester courses meet on weeknights from 6:00 pm to 9:45 pm rather than on Saturdays. Curriculum Three core courses: ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership ML 514 - Evaluating Empirical Research ML 585 - Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership (Capstone Course) 44 Eight electives, selected from more than 20 offerings* *Students may petition the program to do a thesis in place of two of the elective courses. Students who do the thesis are required to develop and carry out an in-depth study of some aspect of leadership or of a leadership-related topic and register for ML 592 Thesis Consultation I and ML 593 Thesis Consultation II. Students electing to write a thesis are still required to take ML 585 to complete the program. Elective courses for the Classic Classroom format The MAL program requires that eight elective courses be selected from the following course list. All courses are 3 semester credits: ML 510 - Visions of Leadership ML 511 - Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process ML 520 - Self-Identity and Values: Keys to Authentic Leadership ML 527 - Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace ML 530 - Ethics in Communication ML 531 - The Dynamics of Change ML 535 - Organization Theory and Leadership ML 536 - Facilitating Organizational Change ML 538 - Communication Skills for Leadership ML 539 - Communicating a Self in the Modern Organization ML 540 - Political Leadership: Theory and Practice ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership ML 548 - Coaching and Consulting ML 550 - Communication, Decision Making, and Technology ML 553 - Design and Leadership ML 557 - Language of Leadership ML 560 - Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership ML 563 - Leadership in a Global Society ML 565 - Women and Leadership ML 570 - Negotiation: Theory and Practice ML 574 - Strategic Leadership ML 575 - Constructive Conflict Resolution ML 576 - Leading Innovation ML 577 - Universal Responsibility and Leadership: A Nicaraguan Experience ML 598 - Independent Study ML 599 - Topics Overview of Integrated Hybrid Cohort Format A combination of online, classroom, and experiential learning The integrated hybrid model is completed in two years with a combination of intensive face-to-face sessions and online coursework. Students complete the program with a cohort of peers representing many different perspectives. Students learn from each other and build relationships that will provide support throughout the program and a valuable network for the future. Schedule After starting with a five-day summer experience, classes meet on a semester schedule September through mid-April (fall and spring semesters) and mid-May through mid-August (summer semester). Coursework will be online and supported by three on-campus class sessions per term. 45 Curriculum *ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership ML 512 - Responsible Leadership for the 21st Century (Intensive) *ML 514 - Evaluating Empirical Research ML 520 - Self-Identity and Values: Keys to Authentic Leadership ML 535 - Organization Theory and Leadership ML 553 - Design and Leadership ML 563 - Leadership in a Global Society ML 574 - Strategic Leadership ML 577 - Universal Responsibility and Leadership: A Nicaraguan Experience (or alternative elective) *ML 585 - Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership (Capstone Course) * Core courses offered in the integrated hybrid format (required for all students) A sequenced list of eight electives is prepared for each cohort. In the cohort program, students complete 11 courses, including a capstone course (ML 585). MBA/MAL Dual Degree The dual degree program takes advantage of the intellectual benefits of studying business administration and leadership in a coordinated program. It leverages Augsburg’s long tradition of graduate leadership training via the MA in Leadership with the robust demand for business education through our MBA program. The dual degree provides students with the leadership skills needed to run a business and, at the same time, helps them develop the comprehensive outlook they need to thrive in today’s interconnected world. A minimum of 18 Augsburg courses completes the MBA/MA in Leadership dual degree, including at least 7 MBA courses and 7 MA in Leadership courses. The following dual degree program requirements must be met. Seven courses are required from MBA courses:  MBA 510 – Applied Managerial Economics  MBA 520 – Accounting for Business Managers  MBA 530 – Managerial Finance  MBA 540 – Business and Professional Ethics  MBA 550 – Marketing Management  MBA 570 – Quantitative Decision Making for Managers  MBA 580 – Management Consulting Project Three core courses are required from MA in Leadership courses with 3 MAL elective courses:  ML 505 – Foundations of Leadership  ML 514 – Evaluating Empirical Research  ML 585 -- Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership  ML Electives (4) Three Focus Area Courses Students will choose one course from each of the focus areas: Focus Area #1: Organizational Development  MBA 545 – Organizational Behavior  ML 535 – Organization Theory and Leadership  Director approved course with organizational development focus 46 Focus Area #2: Global/Multicultural Perspective  MBA 565 – Managing in a Global Environment  ML 560 – Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership  ML 563 – Leadership in a Global Society  Director approved course with global/multicultural focus Focus Area #3: Strategic Leadership  MBA 595 – Strategic Management  ML 574 – Strategic Leadership  Director approved course with strategic leadership focus One Additional Elective Course Elective course may be taken in either MBA or MA in Leadership Program Admission to the Dual Degree Program Admission for the dual degree program is handled on a “rolling” basis and requires applicants to hold a bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited four-year college or university. Official transcripts from all post-secondary institutions are required as well as a current résumé and two recommendations. An interview with the program director is also part of the admissions process. Although we do accept the GMAT and GRE, we also offer candidates an alternative math and writing profile assessment entitled the Individual Learning Profile (ILP) which provides a picture of candidate’s math and writing (verbal) competency detailing strengths and areas of improvement. The profile is not an admissions screening instrument and will be used as a platform to develop a skills improvement plan for students should they need it. Earning the dual degree during or after the MBA or MA in Leadership program Students who are currently enrolled in the MBA or MA in Leadership program or alumni who wish to return to Augsburg may add the dual degree to their existing degree by completing most of the same requirements listed on the front of this page. Students may use previously completed application pieces and coursework to help meet these requirements. Returning students may complete an abbreviated application form after consultation with the MBA or ML program director. Upon entering the MBA program, a quantitative online profile assessment must also be taken. This is used as a platform to enhance skills, if needed. Students with an MA in Leadership who wish to add the dual degree will take a minimum of 7 required MBA courses. Students will complete one course in each of the 3 focus areas if they did not complete these courses during their MAL program. Each student’s program will be slightly different based on their prior course selections. Students with an MBA will complete 4 required and 3 elective MA in Leadership courses. Students will need to complete one course in each of the 3 focus areas if they did not complete these courses during their MBA program. Each student’s program will be slightly different based on their prior course selections. Students in both programs will meet individually with the program directors to determine whether their completed final project meets the criteria aligned with the dual degree final project. Directors may ask that the project be modified or added to or ask the student to complete another project. These decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis. The Graduate Certificate in Leadership Studies The certificate program is an attractive option for people who want to develop their leadership skills without undertaking a full degree program. A certificate is awarded after completion of three Augsburg MAL courses in leadership. Students pursuing this option take ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership and two additional electives. All three courses may count toward an MA in leadership. No more than one course may be double counted in another Augsburg graduate degree program. The normal application process is used for students who wish to pursue the certificate. 47 Joint BA in Accounting and Master of Arts in Leadership A BA in Accounting and an MA in Leadership (MAL) can be earned in this five-year program designed for students who wish to qualify for CPA certification and obtain a master’s degree. By the end of the fifth year and successful completion of all requirements, the student receives both a BA in Accounting and an MA in Leadership and will have fulfilled the 150-hour requirement to qualify for the CPA certification. The MAL program offers a large number of courses on a Saturday and weeknight schedule. Refer to the MAL program schedule for the list of courses each year and to the accounting program coordinator for a detailed academic plan. Students should meet with both the MAL director and an accounting advisor to create an effective plan for successful completion of the five-year program. General Requirements for the Accounting/MAL Program Accounting students planning to pursue the five-year degree must apply for admission to the MAL program at the end of their junior year. The application process includes submission of:       Completed application form Two letters of recommendation (one from a professor and one from an employer) Personal statement Example of applicant’s writing in an academic paper GPA of at least 3.30 Interview with the Director of the MAL program Students must also have faculty endorsement from the Accounting program. Students must complete at least one year of accounting work experience (either a job or internship) by the time they graduate from the MAL program. Program Coordinator: Professor Stu Stoller. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Admission Requirements Applicants to the program must have:           Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited, four-year college or university Minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 and a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 for graduate courses completed at an accredited college or university. Should an applicant not meet the minimum admission requirements, a conditional admission may be possible as decided on a case-by-case basis. Applicants to the program must have two years of experience (or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a position of leadership or position demonstrating leadership potential. Applicants holding a master’s or other advanced degrees from accredited colleges or universities are admissible. Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis by the MAL Admissions Committee. Admission is handled on a “rolling” basis, with students admitted at the beginning of the fall, spring, and summer terms. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant’s: Previous college record Letters of recommendation Experience and organizational background Written statement Interview, if requested Application Checklist The following materials must be submitted to the Office of Admissions:  Completed application form 48       $35 non-refundable application fee (waived if online application is used) A 1-3 page statement relating the applicant’s career and life goals to leadership aspirations Recommendation letter from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential Recommendation letter from a work colleague (at the same level) describing the applicant’s work style and leadership potential Applicants must submit an official transcript(s) from the regionally-accredited institution granting the Bachelor’s degree and from the most recently attended institution, if not the same. o Military veterans are required to submit all official transcripts from previously attended institutions to qualify for military benefits. o In the case where prerequisite requirements exist or transfer credits or waivers are sought, official transcripts are required from institutions at which the prerequisites or equivalents were completed. o The Program Director may ask for additional transcripts if determined to be necessary. Résumé Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members. For further information, contact: Office of Admissions, 612-330-1101, gradinfo@augsburg.edu or www.augsburg.edu/mal. Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outline in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. Academic Policies Academic Evaluation Courses not offered on the letter grading system are noted in the course descriptions in this catalog as being graded on P/N basis. In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of B. No more than two courses with a grade below B will count toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade of or below B- can be repeated. In order to graduate, a student must have a cumulative graduate GPA of 3.0 or above. All required courses and the final projects must be successfully completed. A student registered for a final course may be permitted to participate in commencement but will not receive a diploma until all courses are successfully completed. Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N or 0.0 in a course, the student must petition successfully with the MAL director before being allowed to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of N or 0.0 is received, the student may be dismissed from the program. Students may also be dismissed for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of University policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. MAL Program Enrollment Policy Students normally take either one or two courses per semester. Enrolling in two courses per semester (including summer semester) enables a student to complete the coursework in the program within two years. Students who are away from classes for one year or longer must complete an Application for Readmission and submit it to the Registrar’s Office. Students who have been out of the program for more than two years may, at the discretion of the program director, be required to take additional courses to refresh their understanding of the field. 49 Accreditation and Affiliation Augsburg is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditation, approvals, and memberships, in the Accreditation, Approvals and Memberships section. MAL Faculty Andrew Aoki, Professor of Political Science. BA, University of Oregon; MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin. John Benson, Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg University; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; MA, PhD, Columbia University. Thomas Berkas, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BCE, University of Minnesota, PhD University of Minnesota. Joseph A. Erickson, Professor of Education. BA, MA, University of St. Thomas; MA, Luther Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota. Stephen K. Erickson, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, Augsburg University; JD, University of Minnesota. Vice President and Advanced Practitioner, Erickson Mediation Institute. Garry Hesser, Martin Olav Sabo Professor of Citizenship and Learning. BA, Phillips University; MDiv, Union Theological Seminary; MA, PhD, University of Notre Dame. Lucinda Hruska-Claeys, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, University of Minnesota; MA, Southern Illinois UniversityCarbondale; JD, University of Minnesota; MAL, Augsburg University. Attorney at Law and Vice President for Wells Fargo Bank (retired). David Lapakko, Associate Professor of Communication Studies. BA, Macalester College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Velma J. Lashbrook, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies. BS, Iowa State University; MS, Illinois State University; EdD, West Virginia University. Steven Manderscheid, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, University of Minnesota; EdD, University of St. Thomas. Chair, Department of Organizational Management, Concordia University. Marilyn S. McKnight Erickson, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, Augsburg University; MA, St. Mary's University; President and Advanced Practitioner, Erickson Mediation Institute, Mpls. Thomas Morgan, Professor of Business Administration. BS, Juniata College; MBA, University of Denver; MS, University of Oregon; PhD, University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan, Professor Emerita of Political Science and Leadership Studies, former Director of the Center for Leadership Studies and the MAL Program (1993-2011). BA, University of Pennsylvania; MA, PhD, Indiana University. Diane Pike, Professor of Sociology. AB, Connecticut College; PhD, Yale University. John S. Schmit, Professor of English. BS, St. John’s University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, The University of Texas-Austin. Alan Tuchtenhagen, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies and Director of the Center for Leadership Studies and the MAL Program. BS, Westmar College; MA, University of Nebraska; DPA, Hamline University. Joseph Volker, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, University of California-Irvine; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Vice President and Practice Area Leader, MDA Leadership Consulting Inc. 50 Master of Arts in Nursing and Doctor of Nursing Practice Welcome to graduate nursing education at Augsburg University. Our classes are made up of students representing a dynamic mix of cultures, spiritual traditions, and life-ways. It is exciting for us to offer experienced nurses transforming educational opportunities and engaging transcultural encounters that expand career choices and advance nursing practice. The increasing diversity of our population today challenges all of us to respond to individual health care needs with creativity and competence in a variety of emerging care settings. The Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN) program is designed to prepare nurses for those evolving contexts of care. Students can choose between two tracks of study: Transcultural Nursing and Transformational Nursing Leadership. Each track of study emphasizes leadership skills, interprofessional collaboration and ways to serve persons in a variety of care settings. The post-master’s Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP) program prepares nurses for innovative health leadership and advanced nursing practice at local and system-wide levels. Drawing on a transcultural nursing (TCN) foundation, the DNP-TCN curriculum embraces integrative health care and holistic nursing practice to maximize health for individuals and communities. Emphasis is on eliminating health inequities through peaceful, just, and collaborative actions that uphold and improve human potential. Students design their own scholarly paths defined by their unique gifts, interests, and practice goals. Throughout the DNP-TCN program, there are a range of opportunities for collaboration across cultures, socio-economic strata and care systems. The post-BSN (Bachelor of Science in Nursing) to DNP/Family Nurse Practitioner (DNP/FNP) track of study prepares nurses for advanced nursing leadership and integrative primary care of families across cultures and care settings. Using transcultural nursing as a foundation, the DNP/FNP curriculum embraces integrative healthcare and holistic nursing practice. The curriculum emphasizes knowledge, skills and values that foster one’s ability to lead change, while addressing health needs and concerns of families and communities. Nursing scholarship and advanced autonomous practice frame the critical exploration of knowledge in transcultural nursing, integrative healthcare practices, transformational leadership, and health assessment. Classes in both the DNP and MAN programs are offered on the Augsburg campus and at Bethel Lutheran Church in Rochester, MN, where our learning site is located. Class formats vary: face-to-face, video conferencing or immersions with on-line components. Program faculty and staff are available at both sites and eager to assist students. Joyce P. Miller, DNP, RN Lisa M. VanGetson, DNP, RN, FNP-C, APHN-BC Associate Professor Assistant Professor Chair, Department of Nursing Director, Doctor of Nursing Practice – Director, Master of Arts in Nursing Program Family Nurse Practitioner Program and Doctor of Nursing Practice Program Transcultural Nursing Track 51 Master of Arts in Nursing A master’s degree in nursing focuses on health in community life, both locally and globally, and supports students to envision new models of care across practice settings. Students select from two tracks of study—Transformational Nursing Leadership or Transcultural Nursing. Both tracks prepare nurse leaders to assume a wide variety of roles and responsibilities throughout the healthcare system and in emerging care settings in communities. Mission Within the context of liberal arts education and guided by the values of the Lutheran Church, the Master of Arts in Nursing program prepares nurses for transformational leadership and transcultural nursing practice across care settings with particular emphasis on promoting health equity locally and globally. Program Goals Graduates of the Master of Art in Nursing Program are prepared to:    Provide a foundation for the practice of transculturally competent nursing by synthesizing, integrating, and applying nursing research and theory in advanced nursing practice and leadership roles. Provide a sound scholarly foundation for transformative advanced nursing practice and leadership and further graduate study. Create and sustain a teaching-learning environment that promotes open scholarly exchange, personal growth, lifelong learning, leadership, and vocation of professional service in a global society. Program Outcomes        Students are able to synthesize, integrate, and apply nursing theory and research findings to advance nursing practice within a defined area. Students are prepared to assume leadership roles on inter-professional health care teams to coordinate, implement, and evaluate transcultural models of care. Students will apply transcultural guidelines to advocate for social justice, equity, and culturally competent practice. Scholarly exchange among students and faculty occurs through an open and supportive teaching-learning environment. Students will engage in experiential transcultural learning practica to enhance cultural competence among diverse populations. Faculty are adequately prepared to teach specific content in the master’s program. The curriculum is systematically evaluated and adapted to evolving changes in health care. Curriculum The MAN curriculum is organized into 33 semester credits –15 semester credits in a Nursing Core, in which all students enroll, and 18 semester credits in one of the two Tracks of Study. Practica are taken concurrently with most courses and are integrated throughout the program. Each semester credit of practicum is equal to 45 clock hours of practice. Students select a track of study when applying to the program, however, this is not essential until after one’s first semester. Students may study full-time (6-8 semester credits per term) or part-time (4 semester credits per term). Time to degree completion takes an average 22 months when studying full-time, and 32 months when studying part-time. Nursing Core Courses (15 semester credits) The core nursing courses integrate a strong foundation of social justice incorporating multiple ways of knowing with curricular emphasis on nursing science, art, and theory to guide practice. NUR 500 - Transcultural Health Care (3 semester credits) 52 NUR 500P - Practicum: Transcultural Health Care (1 semester credit) NUR 541 - Politics of Health (3 semester credits) NUR 541P - Practicum: Politics of Health Care (1 semester credit) NUR 505 - Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nursing Practice (3 semester credits) NUR 505P - Practicum: Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Practice Nursing (1 semester credit) NUR 520 - Research Methods in Nursing (3 semester credits) NUR520P - Practicum: Research Methods in Nursing (1 semester credit, optional) Transformational Nursing Leadership Track (18 semester credits) The Transformational Nursing Leadership track is designed to develop nurse leaders’ ability to critically analyze, articulate, and develop effective strategies to cope with high level health care inequities. Curricular emphasis is on interprofessional collaboration across care settings. Participation in nursing leadership practica in traditional and emerging care settings adds depth and meaning to classroom dialogue. Practica also provide opportunities for students to apply knowledge and gain experience partnering with diverse care providers, populations, and communities to address health inequities in creative and relevant ways. Transformational Nursing Leadership track courses include: NUR 501 - Nursing Leadership in Complex Adaptive Systems (3 semester credits) NUR 501P - Practicum: Nursing Leadership in Complex Adaptive Systems (1 semester credit) NUR 521 - Transformational Nursing Leadership (3 semester credits) NUR 521P - Practicum: Transformational Nursing Leadership (1 semester credit) NUR 523 - Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (3 semester credits) NUR 523P - Practicum: Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (2 semester credits) NUR 525 - Graduate Field Project (3 semester credits) NUR 525P - Practicum: Graduate Field Project (2 semester credits) Students graduating from the Transformational Leadership Track of the master’s program are eligible to apply to the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) for certification as a Nurse Executive, Advanced and to the Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing. Graduate Field Project in Transformational Nursing Leadership Students will fulfill their Master of Arts in Nursing through a final practice-focused project, which serves as the capstone of the master’s program. The last two classes in the curriculum–NUR 523 and NUR 525—emphasize the development and articulation of a graduate field project focused on transformational leadership. Students present their final projects in NUR 525. Transcultural Nursing Across Care Settings Track (18 semester credits) The Transcultural Nursing track in the Master of Arts in Nursing program is designed to prepare nurses for advanced practice across care settings in culturally diverse communities. The curriculum is grounded in nursing science, theoryguided practice, and transcultural principles. Emphasis is on reaching out to persons and populations that are underserved by traditional care systems and who exist outside of the social mainstream. As such, the track provides rich alternative learning opportunities for graduate students locally and internationally. Transcultural Nursing Across Care Settings track courses include: NUR 532 - Transcultural Healing Practices and Self Care (3 semester credits) NUR 532P – Practicum: Transcultural Healing Practices and Self Care (1 semester credits) NUR 530 - The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Healing (3 semester credits) NUR 530P – Practicum: The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Healing (1 semester credits) NUR 523 - Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (3 semester credits) NUR 523P – Practicum: Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (2 semester credits) NUR 525 - Graduate Field Project (3 semester credits) NUR 525P - Graduate Field Project (2 semester credits) Students graduating from the Transcultural Nursing track of the master’s program are eligible to apply to the Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing. 53 Graduate Field Project in Transcultural Nursing Students will fulfill their Master of Arts in Nursing through a final practice-focused project, which serves as the capstone of the master’s program. The last two classes in the curriculum—NUR 523 and NUR 525—emphasize the development and articulation of a graduate field project focused on transcultural nursing. Students present their final projects in NUR 525. Practica Practice experience is emphasized in both tracks in the Master of Arts in Nursing program. Students earn 9 semester credits of practicum work that is equal to 405 clock hours of practice—45 clock hours per semester credit hour. Some practica are semi-structured, experiential, and led by faculty and cultural guides familiar with the communities in which the practica occur. Other practica options are student directed. Students are encouraged to immerse themselves in practice settings that serve persons underserved or excluded from mainstream health care, as emphasis in the transcultural track is on cultural diversity and health inequities across healthcare settings. Practica focusing on experiential learning with a transformational nurse leader provides students with the opportunity to gain a greater understanding of organizational dynamics and change through a complexity science paradigm. Augsburg Central Health Commons & the Inner City A unique opportunity for students to explore advanced nursing roles and new models and forms of practice is provided by the Augsburg Central Health Commons, and the Health Commons in the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood. Both Health Commons are nursing-led drop-in centers dedicated to serving those in need and focused on healthy individuals and communities. People from diverse backgrounds, who have health experiences grounded in wide ranging cultural contexts frequent the Health Commons for health support and reassurance. Service and care are based on respect, relationship, and collaboration that connects health and hope for all participants. Health Commons partners include Central Lutheran Church in downtown Minneapolis, Fairview Health Services, People’s Center, and the East Africa Health Project. Study Abroad and Away The Department of Nursing works closely with cultural guides and nurse mentors in various contexts of care in emerging care settings at home and abroad. The Center for Global Education is a partner with the Department of Nursing in developing and facilitating study abroad opportunities in Guatemala, Mexico, Namibia, Pine Ridge, SD, and England.. Additional collaborative partners include the Ministry of Health and Social Services (MOHSS) in Namibia. A detailed listing of practica and immersion experiences abroad and away can be found at the nursing website (www.augsburg.edu/nursing). For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission Requirements Applicants to the Master of Arts in Nursing program must have:        An earned Bachelor’s degree in nursing from a regionally accredited college or university, or an Associate of Science degree in nursing in addition to a non-nursing bachelor’s degree A cumulative GPA of 3.0 in all previous college coursework Experience as a registered nurse A current, unencumbered nursing license Evidence of up-to-date immunizations and Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) training A Criminal Background check A college level statistics course is required for progression in the program, but is not necessary for admission 54 Decisions about admission to the program will be made by the Graduate Nursing Faculty on an individual basis. Admissions are handled throughout the year, with students being admitted at the beginning of the fall (September), spring (January), and summer (May) semesters. Application components:      A written statement describing professional and educational goals Applicants must submit an official transcript(s) from the regionally-accredited institution granting the Bachelor’s degree and from the most recently attended institution, if not the same. o Military veterans are required to submit all official transcripts from previously attended institutions to qualify for military benefits. o In the case where prerequisite requirements exist or transfer credits or waivers are sought, official transcripts are required from institutions at which the prerequisites or equivalents were completed. o The Program Director may ask for additional transcripts if determined to be necessary. Two letters of recommendation addressing the applicant’s character and ability for graduate study Current resume An interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members may be requested. Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. For more information, refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. (www.augsburg.edu/grad/international) Academic Policies Evaluation of academic performance in the Master of Arts in Nursing program will be based on letter grades. See detailed information in the Academic Programs and Policies Attendance Policy Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s classmates and the course instructor. Instructors may lower grades if attendance and participation is lacking. Individual syllabi will contain individual instructors’ requirements. Because classes are held in Rochester and Minneapolis, students must prepare to drive to class at least once per semester. NUR 523 and NUR 525 meet all Face-to-Face and students are required to drive to Rochester and Minneapolis on a rotating schedule. Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the MAN program. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of B- or less in a course, the student must petition successfully to the faculty of the Master of Arts in Nursing program before being allowed to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of B- or less is received, the student may be dismissed from the program. Students may also be dismissed for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of University policy as published in the Student Guide. Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Credit for Prior Education Students may petition the Master of Arts in Nursing faculty for approval of transfer of credit. Transfer credits will be evaluated on an individual basis. The only courses that will be considered for transfer credit are those earned from regionally accredited colleges and universities, whose course content is comparable to course content in the Master of Arts in Nursing program. No more than nine semester credits will be accepted for transfer credit. 55 Schedules for Classes Master’s classes are taught in a hybrid format combining in-class and web-based instruction to meet the needs of working adults. Fall and spring classes meet 6 times per semester for 5 hour periods. Some summer classes may meet weekly for 7-8 hours for 7 weeks and others meet six times per semester. Video conferencing technology using Zoom is used to connect students in Rochester, MN, with students in Minneapolis. Some driving for class is required, as students from Rochester will travel to Minneapolis one time per semester and students from Minneapolis will travel to Rochester one time per semester, with the exception of NUR 523 and NUR 525. If weather is inclement, Zoom technology is used. Classes in Rochester meet at Bethel Lutheran Church at 810 3rd Ave SE, Rochester, MN. Practica are additional to courses. Students enroll in practica concurrently with enrollment in courses. Accreditation and Affiliations The Master of Arts in Nursing program is fully accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE). Augsburg is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation Approvals, and Memberships section. Faculty Kathleen Clark, Instructor and Director of the Augsburg Central Health Commons and Health Commons at CedarRiverside, BSN University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MA in Nursing, Augsburg University; DNP, Augsburg University. Kaija Freborg, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin- Eau Claire; MA in Nursing, Augsburg University; DNP, Augsburg University. Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, BA, Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah. Joyce Miller, Associate Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate MAN and DNP-TCN Programs. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg University; MA in Nursing, Augsburg University; DNP, Augsburg University. Deborah Schuhmacher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of North Dakota; MA in Nursing, Augsburg University; DNP, Augsburg University. Staff Sharon Wade, Nursing Programs Coordinator. BA, Augsburg University. Linden Gawboy, Nursing Programs Administrative Assistant. 56 Doctor of Nursing Practice – Transcultural Nursing (TCN) Leadership Track The Transcultural Nursing Leadership track is a post-masters doctoral degree with an emphasis on transcultural nursing leadership. As a post-master’s program, the DNP-TCN track of study prepares nurses for advanced leadership and practice roles in Transcultural Nursing (TCN). Mission Within the framework of liberal arts education and guided by the values of the Lutheran Church, the post-master’s Doctor of Nursing Practice program, TCN Leadership track of study prepares nurses for advanced transcultural nursing leadership in communities in order to maximize health through peaceful, just, and collaborative actions that uphold and improve human potential across care settings and care systems, with emphasis on eliminating health inequities locally and globally. Program Goals Graduates of the Doctor of Nursing Practice program are prepared to:    Negotiate the complexity of multicultural care settings and care systems to eliminate health inequities among populations and communities Challenge conventional knowledge about illness through an ecological approach to social determinants of health Lead change through building coalitions with marginalized people that are based on mutuality and common cause Program Outcomes        Students are able to synthesize, integrate, and apply nursing science with knowledge from other disciplines to design, implement, and evaluate evidence-based practice to improve healthcare outcomes in emerging care settings. Students are prepared to lead interprofessional health care teams in creating and sustaining change at the organizational and policy levels. Students will interpret and employ transcultural advocacy skills to promote health of the global community through local action. Scholarly exchange occurs among students and faculty through an open and supportive teaching-learning environment. Students will translate transcultural learning experiences and knowledge to influence current and future practice issues. Faculty are adequately prepared to teach specific content in the doctoral program. The curriculum is systematically evaluated and adapted to evolving changes in health care. Program Structure The program is structured in a modified cohort model. One cohort a year will be admitted to begin in the fall term. Students can choose to take full or part-time study. Students taking full-time study take two didactic offerings, two seminars, and a practicum each semester. Students in full-time study can complete the post-master’s DNP-TCN curriculum in 20 months, including completion of the DNP project. Students selecting part-time study take one didactic offering, one seminar and a practicum each semester. As a part-time student, completion of the program is expected to take 32 months, including completion of the DNP project. The DNP curriculum is organized into 33 semester credits comprised of didactic classes, experiential practica, and seminars, with a DNP project completing the degree. As a practice doctorate, the emphasis is on building leadership and practice skills in knowledge application among diverse population groups. The goal is to improve health and decrease health inequities that lead to unnecessary morbidity and mortality in communities. 57 Students graduating from the DNP-TCN track are eligible to apply to the Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing. Didactic A total of six didactic courses (18 semester credits) constitute the DNP program. One course equals three semester credits. The DNP courses (NUR 800 level), are taught in a variety of immersion models: one format is two days a month eight hours of class time, followed by a half-day morning seminar. Other courses are offered in an immersion format of two days of class per semester with three half-day seminars. Some of the classes will incorporate Zoom technology. Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s classmates and the course instructor. Classes are held on Augsburg’s campus in Minneapolis and an additional learning site in Rochester, MN, at Bethel Lutheran Church (810 3rd Ave SE). Video conferencing using Zoom technology is used for some of the classes and for distant students. However, students must be prepared to drive to Rochester and/or Minneapolis for class at least once per semester. If weather is inclement, Zoom technology is used. Practica Practica are organized to give flexibility and individual choice to students to support their increasing independence and depth of practice experience at the doctoral level. Students select practicum experiences that are either structured immersions in a variety of cultural contexts led by nursing faculty or are student initiated and individually directed experiences mentored by nursing faculty. In a 15-week semester, practicum hours are computed as follows:    1 semester credit hour = 2 semester credit hours = 3 semester credit hours = 45 clock hours of practicum time per semester 90 clock hours of practicum time per semester 135 clock hours of practicum time per semester To earn the DNP, students must complete a total of 1,000 practicum hours in their Master’s and DNP programs. Students will be allowed to transfer up to 600 practicum hours from their master’s in nursing into the Augsburg DNP. As such, all students will register for at least nine semester credits of practica in the post-master’s DNP-TCN. Study Abroad and Away The Department of Nursing works closely with cultural guides and nurse mentors in various contexts of care in emerging care settings at home and abroad. The Center for Global Education and Experience is a partner with the Department of Nursing in developing and facilitating study abroad opportunities in Guatemala, Mexico, Namibia, Pine Ridge, SD, and England. Additional collaborative partners include the Ministry of Health and Social Services (MOHSS) in Namibia. A detailed listing of practica and immersion experiences abroad and away can be found at the nursing website (www.augsburg.edu/nursing). Seminars Seminars focus on integration of conceptual learning with field practice, developing the student’s particular practice interests. Students are required to participate in a doctoral seminar every semester —fall and spring—until completion of the DNP degree. Cohorts of students who enter the DNP program together usually progress as a group in the seminars in which they enroll each semester, depending on whether they are studying full-time or part-time. The final seminar (NUR 841) culminates in the DNP project presentation and completion of the requirements for the DNP degree. Final DNP Project Final DNP projects must make a significant impact on nursing practice and health outcomes of populations and communities, demonstrate an evidence-based contribution to existing nursing knowledge, and be suitable for presentation or publication in a peer-reviewed venue. Through this scholarly project students demonstrate leadership in synthesizing and applying scientific knowledge to practice challenges in local and/or system wide contexts of care. Students should begin working on their DNP projects in the early stages of the DNP program and continue throughout the program. The student’s scholarly project is planned in collaboration with a major faculty advisor. 58 For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to the DNP-TCN Applicants to the Doctor of Nursing Practice TCN program must have:        An earned master’s degree in nursing from a regionally-accredited institution A GPA of 3.2 on a 4.0 grading scale in master’s in nursing program A current unencumbered RN license to practice in the US. Evidence of a completed graduate research course Evidence of up-to-date immunizations Satisfactory results of a certified federal criminal background check A current Curriculum Vitae Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of the following items for each applicant:     A 2-3 page professional essay responding to an excerpt from Wendell Berry’s essay, “Health in Membership.” Applicants must submit an official transcript(s) from each regionally-accredited institution where a degree was earned, as well as from the most recently attended institution, if not the same. o Military veterans are required to submit all official transcripts from previously attended institutions to qualify for military benefits. o In the case where prerequisite requirements exist or transfer credits or waivers are sought, official transcripts are required from institutions at which the prerequisites or equivalents were completed. o The Program Director may ask for additional transcripts if determined to be necessary. Three professional references A successful, personal interview with Augsburg Nursing faculty The number of applicants admitted to the DNP program will be limited and based on availability of faculty members who share a student’s practice interests and goals. Meeting the minimum admission criteria does not ensure that an applicant will be admitted to the program. Applicants who have graduated from a foreign nursing program, should submit their coursework for validation to the World Education Service (WES) or the National Association of Credential Evaluators (NACES) and have the reports sent directly to Augsburg University. Additionally, internationally-educated applicants may request the Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS) (www.cgfns.org) to forward their educational credentials report to the Minnesota State Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are verified, applicants must apply for licensure and demonstrate successful passing of the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX). Nurses who have previously submitted CGFNS credential verification in a state other than Minnesota, who have passed the NCLEX, will be considered for admission and must meet the same residency requirements expected of all students. Applicants whose first language is not English must submit score evidence from TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) score report of 80 on the Internet Based TOEFL (iBT) with a subscore of 20 on the written and 20 on the speaking sections. See Graduate Admissions for more information. (www.augsburg.edu/grad/international) Academic Policies Evaluation of academic performance in the DNP program will be based on letter grades. See detailed information in the Academic Programs and Policies Attendance Policy Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s classmates and the course instructor. Instructors may lower grades if attendance and participation is lacking. Individual 59 syllabi will contain individual instructors’ requirements. Because classes are held in Rochester and Minneapolis, students must prepare to drive to class at least once per semester. Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the DNP program. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of B- or less in a course, the student must petition successfully to the faculty of the DNP program before being allowed to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of B- or less is received, the student may be dismissed from the program. Students may also be dismissed for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of University policy as published in the Student Guide. Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Accreditation The Doctor of Nursing Practice program is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE). Augsburg is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section. Faculty Kathleen Clark, Instructor and Director of the Augsburg Central Health Commons and Health Commons at CedarRiverside, BSN University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MA in Nursing, Augsburg University; DNP, Augsburg University. Kaija Freborg, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin- Eau Claire; MA in Nursing, Augsburg University; DNP, Augsburg University. Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, BA, Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah. Kristin McHale, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Director of the BSN Program, Rochester. BSN Winona State University, MA in Nursing, Augsburg University; DNP, Augsburg University. Joyce Miller, Associate Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate MAN and DNP-TCN Programs. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg University; MA in Nursing, Augsburg University; DNP, Augsburg University. Deborah Schuhmacher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of North Dakota; MA in Nursing, Augsburg University; DNP, Augsburg University. Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor, Director, DNP-FNP Program, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Catherine University, St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg University. Staff Sharon Wade, Nursing Programs Coordinator, BA, Augsburg University. Linden Gawboy, Nursing Programs Administrative Assistant. 60 Doctor of Nursing Practice – Family Nurse Practitioner (FNP) Track The Doctor of Nursing Practice - Family Nurse Practitioner is a post-BSN Doctor of Nursing Practice program focused on the primary care of families. The curriculum emphasizes knowledge, skills and values that foster one’s ability to lead change, while addressing health needs and concerns of families and communities. Nursing scholarship and advanced autonomous practice as a primary care Nurse Practitioner, frames the critical exploration of knowledge in transcultural nursing, integrative healthcare practices, transformational leadership, and health assessment. Mission Within the framework of liberal arts education and guided by the values of the Lutheran Church, the post-BSN (Bachelor of Science in Nursing) to DNP/FNP track of study prepares nurses for advanced nursing leadership and integrative primary care of families across cultures and care settings. Emphasis is on eliminating health inequities through peaceful, just, and collaborative actions that uphold and improve human potential. Program Goals Graduates of the Doctor of Nursing Practice/Family Nurse Practitioner program are prepared to:      Negotiate the complexity of multicultural care settings and care systems to eliminate health inequities among populations and communities. Challenge conventional knowledge about illness through an ecological approach to social determinants of health. Lead change through building coalitions with marginalized people that are based on mutuality and common cause. Provide primary care to persons, families and communities with particular consideration for those who are underserved and/or marginalized by dominant societal structures. Integrate scientific evidence based guidelines into clinical practice. Program Outcomes          Students are able to synthesize, integrate, and apply nursing science with knowledge from other disciplines to design, implement, and evaluate evidence-based practice to improve healthcare outcomes in emerging care settings. Students are prepared to lead interprofessional health care teams in creating and sustaining change at the organizational and policy levels. Students will interpret and employ transcultural advocacy skills to promote health of the global community through local action. Scholarly exchange occurs among students and faculty through an open and supportive teaching-learning environment. Students will translate transcultural learning experiences and knowledge to influence current and future practice issues. Faculty are adequately prepared to teach specific content in the doctoral program. The curriculum is systematically evaluated and adapted to evolving changes in health care. Students are able to assess, treat, and manage disease process in order to promote wellness among patients and families across the lifespan. Students are eligible to apply for certification as a licensed Family Nurse Practitioner upon graduation. Program Structure The program is structured to admit students beginning each fall semester. Students take courses on a full-time basis during the completion of their 500 level courses, pre-FNP 800 level courses, and during the didactic and clinical courses in the FNP program. 61 Length of program: The Post-BSN to DNP/FNP track of study leads to eligibility for certification as a Family Nurse Practitioner (FNP) through the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) and requires a minimum of 83 semester credit hours, including 56 didactic credit hours and 23 clinical credit hours. Didactic A total of 19 didactic courses (56 semester credits) constitute the DNP/FNP program. Didactic classes, structured practica, and clinical experiences are taught in a variety of flexible schedules that are responsive to student needs. 500 level courses consist of six classes a semester - five hours of class time, in addition to taking a one credit practicum course associated with the didactic course. The DNP courses (NUR 800 level), are taught in a variety of immersion models: one format is two days a month - eight hours of class time for the first day and four hours the subsequent morning. Other courses are offered in an immersion format of two days of class per semester with 3 half-day seminars. The FNP courses (final two years of study) are offered on Monday and Tuesday or Thursday and Friday, approximately six times a semester, class time hours will vary from 8 to 12 hours. Web-based assignments are integrated into all classes through Moodle. Community practicum experiences may be scheduled during the class meeting days as well. Additionally, some courses may be taught in an immersion format, where students and faculty are “immersed” in a unique socio-cultural context and course content and a set number of practicum hours are condensed into seven to fourteen days. Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s classmates and the course instructor. Classes are held on Augsburg’s campus in Minneapolis and in Rochester, MN, at Bethel Lutheran Church (810 3rd Ave SE) the location of Augsburg’s learning site or at Hermitage Farm Center for Healing, 6415 West River Road NW, Rochester, MN. Video conferencing using Zoom technology is used for some of the classes. However, students must be prepared to drive to Rochester and/or Minneapolis for classes. If weather is inclement, Zoom technology is used. Practica (for DNP courses) / Clinicals (for FNP courses) Practica are organized to give flexibility and individual choice to students to support their increasing independence and depth of practice experience at the doctoral level. Students select practicum experiences that are either structured immersions in a variety of cultural contexts led by nursing faculty or that are student initiated and individually directed experiences mentored by nursing faculty. FNP clinical sites will be arranged by clinical faculty. In a 15-week semester, practicum hours are computed as follows:    1 semester credit hour = 45 clock hours of practicum time per semester 2 semester credit hours = 90 clock hours of practicum time per semester 3 semester credit hours = 135 clock hours of practicum time per semester To earn the DNP/FNP, students must complete a total of 1,035 practicum hours. Students will be allowed to transfer up to 400 practicum hours from their master’s in nursing. To complete the DNP/FNP, students must complete 630 clinical hours (530 hours of primary care of the adult and 100 hours of primary care of children and women’s health and 35 clinical for integrative health). As such, all students will register for at least 23 semester credits of practica. Seminars Seminars focus on integration of conceptual learning with field practice developing the student’s particular practice interest. Students are required to participate in a total of four one-semester-credit doctoral seminars during the DNP/FNP program. The final seminar culminates in the project presentation and completion of the requirements for the DNP degree. Study Abroad and Away The Department of Nursing works closely with cultural guides and nurse mentors in various contexts of care in emerging care settings at home and abroad. The Center for Global Education and Experience is a partner with the Department of Nursing in developing and facilitating study abroad opportunities in Guatemala, Mexico, Namibia, Pine Ridge, SD, and England. Additional collaborative partners include the Ministry of Health and Social Services (MOHSS) in Namibia. A 62 detailed listing of practica and immersion experiences abroad and away can be found at the nursing website (www.augsburg.edu/nursing). Final DNP/FNP Project Final DNP/FNP projects must make a significant impact on nursing practice and health outcomes of populations and communities, demonstrate an evidence-based contribution to existing nursing knowledge, and be suitable for presentation or publication in a peer-reviewed venue. Through this scholarly project students demonstrate leadership in synthesizing and applying scientific knowledge to practice challenges in local and/or system wide contexts of care. Students should begin working on their DNP/FNP projects in the early stages of the program and continue throughout. The student’s scholarly project is planned in collaboration with a major faculty advisor. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to the DNP/FNP Applicants to the Doctor of Nursing Practice FNP program must have:                A completed application form and payment of application fee. An earned baccalaureate degree in nursing (BSN or BAN), master’s degree in nursing, or a doctor of nursing practice (DNP), from a nationally accredited institution and a nationally accredited nursing program. A minimum of five years active and current clinical practice as a Registered Nurse. Evidence of current unencumbered license as a Registered Nurse. MN license required. Other state licenses will be required for clinical rotations. Applicants must submit an official transcript(s) from each regionally-accredited institution where a degree was earned, as well as from the most recently attended institution, if not the same. o Military veterans are required to submit all official transcripts from previously attended institutions to qualify for military benefits. o In the case where prerequisite requirements exist or transfer credits or waivers are sought, official transcripts are required from institutions at which the prerequisites or equivalents were completed. o The Program Director may ask for additional transcripts if determined to be necessary. GPA of 3.0 from previous baccalaureate nursing program; GPA of 3.2 from previous masters in nursing program or DNP program. Three professional letters of recommendation. A 2-3 page professional essay responding to a posted question on the admission application. Documentation verifying the number of practice hours completed in a nationally accredited graduate nursing program, if applicable. (A maximum of 400 practice hours may be transferred into the DNP/FNP tract of study from a nationally accredited master’s in nursing program.) A current Curriculum Vitae. Successful personal interview with Augsburg Nursing Faculty. Evidence of a completed undergraduate statistics course (within the last 5 years) on an official transcript before enrolling in the Nursing Research course (NUR520) & the associated practicum (NUR520P). Evidence of up to date immunizations per Department/University requirements Evidence of HIPAA training. Satisfactory results of a certified federal criminal background check at time of admission and annually thereafter; additional testing may be required for clinical placement, e.g., alcohol, drug testing, HIV testing, etc. The number of applicants admitted to the DNP/FNP program will be limited and based on availability of faculty members that share a student’s practice interests and goals. Meeting the minimum admission criteria does not ensure that an applicant will be admitted to the program. The above Admission Criteria are current as of April 2017 and are subject to change. Applicants who have graduated from a foreign nursing program, should submit their coursework for validation to the World Education Service (WES) or the National Association of Credential Evaluators (NACES) and have the reports sent 63 directly to Augsburg University. Additionally, internationally-educated applicants may request the Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS) (www.cgfns.org) to forward their educational credentials report to the Minnesota State Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are verified, applicants must apply for licensure and demonstrate successful passing of the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX). Nurses who have previously submitted CGFNS credential verification in a state other than Minnesota, who have passed the NCLEX, will be considered for admission and must meet the same residency requirements expected of all students. Applicants whose first language is not English must submit score evidence from TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) score report of 80 on the Internet Based TOEFL (iBT) with a subscore of 20 on the written and 20 on the speaking sections. See Graduate Admissions for more information. (www.augsburg.edu/grad/international) Academic Policies Evaluation of academic performance in the DNP program will be based on letter grades. See detailed information in the Academic Programs and Policies Attendance Policy Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s classmates and the course instructor. Instructors may lower grades if attendance and participation is lacking. Individual syllabi will contain individual instructors’ requirements. Because classes are held in Rochester and Minneapolis, students must prepare to drive to class at least once per semester. Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the DNP program. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. The grading scale in the DNP-FNP courses require students to achieve a grade of a B+. If a student receives a grade of a B or less, the student must petition to the faculty of the DNP program before being allowed to continue in the program. If a second grade of a B or less is received, the student may be dismissed from the program. Students may also be dismissed for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of University policy as published in the Student Guide. Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Accreditation The Doctor of Nursing Practice program is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE), which has accredited the Master of Arts in Nursing and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing programs at Augsburg. Augsburg is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section. Faculty Kathleen Clark, Instructor and Director of the Augsburg Central Health Commons and Health Commons at CedarRiverside, BSN University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MA in Nursing, Augsburg University; DNP, Augsburg University. Kaija Freborg, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin- Eau Claire; MA in Nursing, Augsburg University; DNP, Augsburg University. Dawn Kaderabek, Instructor. BSN, Augsburg University; MSN-FNP, Minnesota State University, Mankato. Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, BA, Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah. 64 Joyce Miller, Associate Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate MAN and DNP-TCN Programs. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg University; MA in Nursing, Augsburg University; DNP, Augsburg University. Deborah Schuhmacher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of North Dakota; MA in Nursing, Augsburg University; DNP, Augsburg University. Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor, Director, DNP-FNP Program, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Catherine University, St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg University. Staff Sharon Wade, Nursing Programs Coordinator. BA, Augsburg University. Linden Gawboy, Nursing Programs Administrative Assistant. 65 Master of Business Administration Embarking on a graduate degree program is an exciting and challenging decision. The Augsburg MBA is a rigorous and intensive educational experience. The Augsburg MBA is practical and “hands-on,” focusing on applicable skills and knowledge designed to increase your ability to think, analyze and act. Augsburg MBA students all work on a consulting project with a local business where they apply what they’ve learned in the classroom to a real-world business problem. The Augsburg MBA also provides students a unique opportunity to investigate business cultures and practices through a faculty-led international experience. Our curriculum integrates the global experience of our faculty and reflects Augsburg’s mission of developing leaders grounded in values, purpose, and vocation. The Augsburg MBA is a proven accelerated cohort-based program focused on three learning modules: Personal and Professional Development, Quantitative Decision Making, and Value Creation, all built on a foundation of ethical decision-making. We encourage our students to challenge themselves, their classmates and professors to bring a new and expanded focus of the world through guided reflection and examination. Augsburg MBA students are chosen because they exhibit purpose and direction in their careers and lives, and positive engagement with their community and associates. Our MBA graduates make a difference. We invite you to become part of a growing community of Augsburg MBA alumni. Bruce E. Batten, Ph.D. Director, Master of Business Administration Program MBA Mission - “Prepare Students for Meaningful Work” Our mission is to prepare students for meaningful work by developing their decision-making skills, critical thinking and by transforming them into effective managers and leaders in service to others. The program aspires to provide an outstanding student-centered education that produces graduates who are critically astute, technically proficient, and who understand the moral and ethical consequences of their decisions on their organization and on the world. Accreditation The Augsburg MBA is a candidate for accreditation with the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP). Augsburg is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section. MBA Program Overview Today’s business leader must be able to quickly analyze situations and information and critically analyze alternatives and courses of action. The purpose of the Augsburg MBA is to prepare students to accept greater responsibility in organizations facing this dynamic and fast-evolving business culture. The curriculum of the MBA gives students the ability to think critically and ethically as they face the increased challenges of a global business environment. Quality, individual initiative, ethics, and teamwork are hallmarks of the Augsburg MBA. We have a commitment to continually improve students’ experiences and learning in the program. Our faculty is uniquely qualified to bridge theory and realworld application, giving MBA students opportunities to acquire skills and knowledge in a variety of disciplines. Plan of Study The Augsburg MBA is an accelerated, evening program that allows working professionals to complete an MBA degree in approximately 24 months. This is accomplished by using a cohort model in which students follow a predetermined schedule with classes meeting one night a week. Students in a cohort program model stay together as a group through the sequence of classes for the duration of the program. This provides a continuous, collaborative learning process. The cohort environment fosters a cohesive learning community where students learn from each another, mentor each other, and peer coach. You’ll share diverse 66 professional expertise and experience as you work in teams on projects, case studies, presentations, and simulations, both inside and outside of class. Working both individually and in small groups enables you to enhance your strengths, build your skills, expand your business acumen, and improve your decision-making. Together as a community you’ll build personal, social, and academic abilities. Adult learners bring a wealth of work and personal life experiences with them into the classroom, multiplying the opportunities for learning. The personal connections and relationships you build with fellow students and faculty will extend into an important and valuable network as you take your career to new levels. Credit for Prior Learning Up to nine credits may be waived through prior business coursework (with director/faculty approval) or certain professional credentials (with appropriate documentation). Consult the MBA program office for details. Students who have passed the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) or Certified Management Accountants (CMA) exam may be waived from MBA 520, Accounting for Managers. Students with prior academic coursework that meets the following criteria may be waived from eligible core courses.  Completion of at least two undergraduate courses covering corresponding Augsburg MBA core course material (See department for Equivalency details).  The most recent of the undergraduate courses was taken within the past five years and a second course within seven years.  A grade of B (or 3.0 on 4 point scale) or higher was earned in any course considered for a course waiver.  Course(s) must be taken at an approved, regionally-accredited institution.  Acceptance of core course waivers implies the student accepts the responsibility for having the essential knowledge and understanding of the core course material, and is properly prepared for any future core or elective course for which the waived course was a prerequisite. Academic credit is not awarded for any waived course, nor will the course appear on academic transcripts. Academic Calendar The Augsburg MBA is designed as a year-round program. Courses are offered during fall, spring, and summer semesters. Courses are offered consecutively during each term so students are able to concentrate on one subject at a time. The program is designed to have students take at least two courses per term. Official academic calendars and the MBA registration policies can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. The unique cohort model of the Augsburg MBA requires individual schedules for each cohort. These schedules are provided by the MBA department. The Faculty-Led International Experience Each year, all current MBA students are offered the opportunity to participate in a faculty-led international experience. This trip is taken in conjunction with either of these courses: MBA 565 - Managing in a Global Environment or MBA 595 Strategic Management. Students will travel as a group to an international location, visit businesses, participate in faculty lectures, and learn about the culture and traditions of the countries visited. Each MBA student should have two opportunities during their matriculation in the program to participate. Costs can vary; but as a minimum, trips normally include tuition (for the course selected), lodging, and travel in-country, as well as some meals. Program Requirements The Augsburg MBA requires 42 semester credits for degree completion. Augsburg MBA courses are three semester credits each. Each three semester credit course consists of 28-32 hours of in-class instruction and 5 ½ - 9 ½ hours of online instruction per week through a web-based electronic course management system. A total of 14 courses are required for the Augsburg MBA. There are 12 required courses and 2 electives. MBA Program Sequence Semester 1: 67 MBA 592 - Leadership: Ethics, Vision and Transformation MBA 545 - Organizational Behavior Semester 2: MBA 540 - Business and Professional Ethics MBA 560 - Communication Issues in Management Semester 3: MBA 570 - Quantitative Decision-Making for Managers MBA 520 - Accounting for Business Managers Semester 4: MBA 530 - Managerial Finance MBA 510 - Applied Managerial Economics Semester 5: MBA 550 - Marketing Management MBA 595 - Strategic Management Semester 6: MBA 565 - Managing in a Global Environment MBA 580 - Management Consulting Project Elective 1 Semester 7: MBA 580 - Management Consulting Project (begins in semester 6) Elective 2 Electives Students are required to take two electives. For the general MBA, students may take any two additional MBA, MBC, or MAL courses. Students electing to complete a concentration in either Finance or Leadership will complete their electives in the concentration. Finance Concentration MBC 532 - Investment Theory and Portfolio Management MBC 535 - International Finance Leadership Concentration Any two MAL electives from the Master of Arts in Leadership program Student Learning Experience Student Learning Experiences are meant to integrate the material from the three modules: Personal & Professional Development (SLE 1), Quantitative Analysis & Decision Making (SLE 2), and Value Creation (SLE 3). SLE 1 is embedded in MBA 540 Business Ethics, MBA 545 Organizational Behavior, and MBA 592 Leadership: Ethics, Vision and Transformation. SLE 2 is embedded across the MBA curriculum. SLE 3 is a single course, MBA 580 Management Consulting Project. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Locations and Schedules MBA classes are offered at two locations: Augsburg’s Minneapolis campus and Augsburg’s Rochester campus. Cohorts begin three times per academic year at Augsburg’s Minneapolis campus: September, January, and May. In Rochester, cohorts begin in September and May. Orientation for new cohorts is generally scheduled for one to two weeks in advance of the beginning of classes. For more information on class schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/mba or call the Office of Admissions at 612-330-1101. 68 Admission to the Augsburg MBA Program Admission to the Augsburg MBA program is determined by a committee decision. The committee may include MBA program staff, Business Administration Department faculty, and Office of Admissions staff. Admission Requirements Applicants to the MBA program must have:    Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution Minimum of two years of relevant work experience Personal interview with the MBA program director Admission checklist The following materials must be submitted to the Office of Admissions:        Completed application—Apply online at www.augsburg.edu/mba $35 application fee Two personal statements Applicants must submit an official transcript(s) from the regionally-accredited institution granting the Bachelor’s degree and from the most recently attended institution, if not the same. o Military veterans are required to submit all official transcripts from previously attended institutions to qualify for military benefits. o In the case where prerequisite requirements exist or transfer credits or waivers are sought, official transcripts are required from institutions at which the prerequisites or equivalents were completed. o The Program Director may ask for additional transcripts if determined to be necessary. Current résumé of work history Two confidential letters of recommendation MBA Math (optional for admission; passing score required for some courses) Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. Admission as a Transfer Student Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants. Transfer students may receive up to 9 semester credits in transfer. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit in Academic Programs and policies.) Students must complete no fewer than 21 semester credits at Augsburg in order to receive their MBA degree from Augsburg University. All students must complete the Management Consulting project (MBA 580) to graduate. Eligible coursework must be approved by the MBA program director before transfer credit will be granted. Academic Policies MBA Program Enrollment Policy Students are strongly encouraged to remain in their cohort and complete their MBA program as scheduled. Adjustments or modifications to the MBA schedule require the approval of the MBA program director. All students are required to complete all components of the program within five years of matriculation. Extensions beyond five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the MBA director. Students who leave the program for more than one semester must request a leave of absence in writing from the MBA program. A leave of absence may be granted for one calendar year. Students who return to the program after a leave of one year or more must fill out an 69 Application for Readmission form and submit it to the MBA office. Time spent on an official MBA-approved leave of absence will not count toward the five-year deadline for degree completion. Academic Evaluation The grading scale used for the evaluation of academic performance in the MBA program is an A-F scale, with the exception of MBA580, which is pass/no pass only. For complete information on grading and evaluation, see Academic Programs and Policies. Withdrawal from Class For information regarding the last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a “W” on their records, refer to the academic calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. Attendance Policies Student attendance at scheduled class meetings is a priority and required. However, MBA faculty understand that MBA students are working adults with significant responsibilities who, on occasion, face unforeseen situations that may interfere with attendance. Students should notify the faculty member teaching the course as soon as possible. When the student knows in advance of a class date where a potential conflict exists, they must discuss the proposed missed class with the faculty member prior to the date of the class. Students are responsible for the work covered during that class session and for making appropriate arrangements for obtaining handouts, lecture content, or other materials. Faculty members may assign appropriate independent work to insure that the student understands the material covered during the class session. If appropriate and acceptable coordination is carried out by the student, there need not be any grade reduction for a single missed class session. This may be dependent on assignments due on the date of the missed class; e.g., final project presentations or team presentations. Point/grade reductions for unexcused absences are the prerogative of the faculty. Two missed class sessions, excused or unexcused, may be grounds for directing the student to withdraw from the course. More than two absences, excused or unexcused, require that a student withdraw from the class. Degree Requirements To be conferred the MBA degree, students must achieve the following:    Passing score on all modules of MBA math (http://mbamath.com/). MBA math contains modules in accounting, economics, finance, statistics, and spreadsheets Successful completion of MBA courses with a grade of B or above No more than two courses with a grade of B- or below, and with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher at the completion of the program MBA Faculty Jeanne M. Boeh, Associate Professor of Economics. BS, MA, PhD, University of Illinois. David Conrad, Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, Winona State University; MA, Ed.D, St. Mary’s University. George Dierberger, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, University of Minnesota; MA, International Studies, University of St. Thomas; MBA, Fairleigh Dickinson University; Ed.D, Organization Development, University of St Thomas. Marc Isaacson, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. Phyllis Kapetanakis, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, BS, Creighton University; MT, Arizona State University. Marc McIntosh, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, DePaul University; MBA, Harvard University; DBA, Argosy University. 70 Peter J. Stark, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, Northwestern University; MBA, Pepperdine University. 71 Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing MFA Mission The Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing is a two-year, low-residency program designed for those who wish to deepen and broaden their artistic sensibilities, discover a close-knit community of fellow writers, enjoy individual attention from an accomplished and forward-thinking faculty, and prepare themselves for the future of creative writing. Program Overview Summer Residencies The Augsburg Low-Residency MFA includes 10-day summer residencies on the Augsburg campus in Minneapolis, offering daily workshops, readings, and panels that focus on literary craft as well as career skills in teaching, editing, publishing, book arts, marketing, translation, and adaptation. The full degree program includes three summer residencies, featuring visits by distinguished writers in each genre as well as editors, agents, publishers, and literary entrepreneurs. Fall and Spring Semesters The first two residencies are followed each year by fall and spring off-campus semesters. During those terms, students work with faculty mentors in virtual classrooms that make use of online and other technologies. Each semester, MFA candidates enroll in one Mentorship section and one section of Critical and Creative Reading. Although MFA learning objectives call for demonstrated expertise in at least one genre by graduation, twenty-first century writers compose their work in an environment in which genre has permeable boundaries and lines between genres are often erased. With this in mind, cross-genre work will be encouraged, with students working in a genre other than the declared specialty, usually during the second off-campus semester. Owing to a revision in the curriculum, those students beginning the program in Summer of 2016 will take a combined mentorship and reading course during each fall and spring semester. During their final year of long-distance study, they will also take two two-unit courses: in one they will write a paper on some element of the craft of writing; in the other they will work on and complete their thesis. Semester Mentorships The Mentorship is a one-on-one experience with a faculty mentor who guides the student’s production of work and study of craft. This one-on-one creative studio experience is focused on the MFA candidate’s own writing and growth as a writer. Critical and Creative Reading in an Online Classroom This is a reading-as-writers course that provides an opportunity to work with your professor and a community of peers, considering craft, criticism and aesthetics. Meetings are online in the electronic classroom. The format may include online discussion boards, Skype or video chats, and teleconferences with mentors and fellow learners. The online classroom offers an opportunity to continue conversations begun during the residency with members of the MFA community. Genres and Concentrations Genres include Fiction, Creative Nonfiction, Poetry, Screenwriting and Playwriting. The program also includes concentrations in teaching, translation, and publishing. Concentrations require additional coursework. With the program director’s consent, students may enroll in concentration courses simultaneously with MFA studies. Candidates enrolled in the publishing concentration will be the staff of the publishing house Howling Bird Press and will select and publish one book each year. The book prize is open to submissions nationally. 72 Plan of Study Students may select a completion plan for the MFA:      The Traditional plan. Students choose one genre as the designated field of study but areis encouraged to work outside the designated field of study for one term. Extended Study. Designed for students who wish to prolong their studies in a single genre, this option has students completing at least five mentored and reading terms instead of the standard four. At least four of these terms should be used to study the student’s declared genre. Mixed Genre. Designed for students who want to more deeply immerse themselves in a secondary genre, this option has students completing at least five mentored and reading terms, including three in the student’s primary declared genre and two in a different genre. Post-MFA. Designed for students who already have an MFA, this option allows students to drop into the program for a single residency or semester of study — or longer. Students seeking this option should contact the program director, as his approval is required. Career Concentration. Designed for students who wish to better prepare themselves for the job market, this option allows students to enroll in electives in teaching, translation and/or publishing. This work is completed alongside a traditional or extended/mixed genre course of study, or pursued immediately after completing the MFA. Accommodating Writers Who Work Full-Time and Those Who Live Outside of Minnesota Augsburg’s Traditional MFA in Creative Writing can be completed in eleven courses (three summer residencies and four off-campus electronic semesters of two courses each). Those students beginning summer of 2016 can complete the program in nine courses (three summer residencies, four long-distance mentorship and reading courses, a craft paper course, and a thesis course.) A typical plan of study in the Traditional Low-Residency MFA, will work like this: First Year Summer Residency I, including genre workshops, writing seminars, readings and lectures, ten days on the Minneapolis campus, with assignments before and after residency. Fall Semester I, a combined Mentorship studio and Creative and Critical Reading course. Spring Semester I, a combined Mentorship studio and Creative and Critical Reading course (generally the “out-ofgenre” term). Second Year Summer Residency II, including genre workshops, writing seminars, readings and lectures, ten days on the Minneapolis campus, with assignments before and after residency. Fall Semester II, a combined Mentorship studio and Creative and Critical Reading course and a craft paper course. Students complete a craft paper at this point. Spring Semester II, a combined Mentorship studio and Creative and Critical Reading course and a thesis units course. This is the semester during which students complete a thesis and prepare a lecture/presentation for their final residency. Third Year – Residency Only Summer Residency III, including genre workshop, writing seminars, readings and lectures. Final term for graduating MFA candidates. Graduates give a public lecture/presentation and a reading from thesis work. Ten days on the Minneapolis campus, with assignments before and after residency. 73 Coursework: ENL 531 Residency in Creative Writing: Fiction ENL 532 Residency in Creative Writing: Nonfiction ENL 533 Residency in Creative Writing: Poetry ENL 534 Residency in Creative Writing: Screenwriting ENL 535 Residency in Creative Writing: Playwriting ENL 536 Residency in Creative Writing: Multi-Genre ENL 541 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Fiction ENL 542 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Nonfiction ENL 543 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Poetry ENL 544 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Screenwriting ENL 545 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Playwriting ENL 546 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Multi-Genre ENL 547 Craft Paper: Fiction ENL 548 Craft Paper: Nonfiction ENL 549 Craft Paper: Poetry ENL 550 Craft Paper: Screenwriting ENL 551 Craft Paper: Playwriting ENL 552 Craft Paper: Multi-Genre ENL 553 Thesis: Fiction ENL 554 Thesis: Nonfiction ENL 555 Thesis: Poetry ENL 556 Thesis: Screenwriting ENL 557 Thesis: Playwriting ENL 558 Thesis: Multi-Genre ENL 561 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Fiction ENL 562 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Nonfiction ENL 563 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Poetry ENL 564 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Screenwriting ENL 565 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Playwriting ENL 566 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Multi-Genre Concentrations: ENL 525 - Teaching Writing: Practice and Theory ENL 526 - Literary Translation Practicum ENL 527 - Publishing I ENL 528 - Publishing II For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to MFA Admission Requirements Qualified applicants must hold a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited college or university with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher for all undergraduate coursework. Students with a GPA of 2.5-3.0 may be admitted conditionally into the program based on the strength of their writing samples. Applications Must Include  Completed online application  One letter of recommendation  A personal essay 74   Applicants must submit an official transcript(s) from the regionally-accredited institution granting the Bachelor’s degree and from the most recently attended institution, if not the same. o Military veterans are required to submit all official transcripts from previously attended institutions to qualify for military benefits. o In the case where prerequisite requirements exist or transfer credits or waivers are sought, official transcripts are required from institutions at which the prerequisites or equivalents were completed. o The Program Director may ask for additional transcripts if determined to be necessary. A writing sample: o Fiction or Creative Non-Fiction, 20 pages, double-spaced o Poetry, 15-20 pages, single-spaced o Screenwriting or Playwriting, up to 30 pages in script/playwriting format Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. Academic Policies Credit To earn the MFA, candidates must complete 44 semester credits, write a critical/creative paper, deliver a public lecture/presentation, give a public reading/staging, and complete a book length manuscript of publishable quality (fiction, nonfiction and poetry), a screenplay/calling card script (screenwriting), or a full-length play of producible quality (playwriting). The residencies and the combined mentorship and critical and creative reading courses carry six semester credits. Craft paper and thesis courses carry two semester credits. To earn the MFA, candidates must complete 46 semester credits, write a critical/creative paper, deliver a public lecture/presentation, give a public reading/staging, and complete a book length manuscript of publishable quality (fiction, nonfiction and poetry), a screenplay/calling card script (screenwriting), or a full-length play of producible quality (playwriting). To include a concentration in Teaching or in Translation/Adaptation in the MFA, students must complete 12 courses or 48 credits. For the MFA with a concentration in Publishing, students must complete 13 courses or 52 credits. Transfer Augsburg’s low-residency MFA includes in-person and online elements that help us maintain a strong community and create a culture in which our writers thrive. This studio degree is the terminal degree in writing and because of the unique features of a terminal, low-residency, studio degree, the final decision on transfer credit will depend on review by the Augsburg University MFA Program. A maximum of eight semester credits from traditional residency MFA programs and from MA programs in creative writing or English literature may be accepted. The MFA Program Director will review and may offer up to four additional credits in transfer for equivalent residency or workshop experience completed in another program. The maximum transfer credits allowed is 12 credits. Academic Evaluation Grading The MFA Program uses fine arts studio grading practices, formative in nature and designed to be an element of the teaching curriculum. A narrative transcript composed of comments on those elements that the particular student writer is working on during a particular term will be used to assess progress in the mentorship courses. These are formative and qualitative assessment elements and professors’ responses will vary as professor/artists and student/artists approach student work with the student’s individual artistic aims in mind. In addition to the fine arts formative and 75 qualitative assessment, students will be assessed in light of their success in meeting learning objectives of the course while completing work assigned. MFA in Creative Writing Courses are graded on a Pass/No Credit basis, using the Augsburg graduate grading model scale as described below: P – Represents work at B or higher and meets acceptable standards. N – No credit, not counted in grade point average. Alignment of Course Outcomes MFA courses are aligned with the Program Hallmarks of the Association of Writers and Writing Programs (AWP), the national professional organization for writing programs and the writers who teach in those programs. Participation Students are expected to fully participate in Summer Residencies, attending workshop sessions and scheduled meetings with mentors as well as a majority of readings, lectures and other scheduled sessions. Participation in off-campus coursework is expected to occur during the designated time for each Mentorship studio critique session and “time away” for creative work. Students are also expected to take part in synchronous and asynchronous sessions with mentors and demonstrate “presence” in the Creative and Critical Reading courses through regularly scheduled exchanges with faculty and peers. Academic Honesty Augsburg’s high expectations for academic honesty will be applied to this class. Please refer to the Student Guide at inside.augsburg.edu/studentaffairs/studentguide/academic-honest-policies if you have any questions. Affiliation The Augsburg University MFA Program is a member of the Association of Writers and Writing Programs (AWP) and curriculum is based on the AWP Hallmarks of an Effective Low Residency MFA Program in Creative Writing. A complete list of Augsburg’s accreditation, approvals, and memberships, is available in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section. Mentor Faculty James Cihlar, Publishing Mentor. BA, University of Iowa; MA, University of Nebraska, Lincoln; PhD, University of Nebraska, Lincoln. Stephan Clark, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, University of Southern California; MA, University of California, Davis; PhD, Literature and Creative Writing, the University of Southern California. Cass Dalglish, Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, Spanish Language and Literature, St. Catherine University; MFA, Creative Writing, Vermont College of Fine Arts; PhD, Creative Writing, Archetypal and Ancient Women’s Writing, The Union Institute and University. Heid E. Erdrich, MFA Mentor. BA, Dartmouth College; MA, The Johns Hopkins University Writing Seminars; PhD, Creative Writing and Native American Literature, The Union Institute and University. Jack El-Hai, MFA Mentor. BA, Carleton College; MFA, Creative Writing and Literature, Nonfiction, Bennington College. Neal Karlen, MFA Mentor. BA, Brown University; MA, University of Minnesota. Carson Kreitzer, MFA Mentor. BA, Yale University; MFA, University of Texas, Austin. Christina Lazaridi, MFA Mentor. BA, Princeton University; MFA, Screenwriting, Columbia University. 76 Sarah Myers, Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts, MFA Mentor. BS, Northwestern University; MFA, Playwriting and Drama and Theatre for Youth & Communities; PhD, Performance as Public Practice, the University of Texas, Austin. Lindsay Starck, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, Yale University; MFA, University of Notre Dame; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill (anticipated). Cary Waterman, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, the University of Denver; MA, Poetry Thesis, Minnesota State University-Mankato. Faculty Associates Robert Cowgill, Associate Professor of English, Academic Writing Faculty. BA, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. D.E. Green, Professor of English. Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BA, Amherst College; MA, PhD, Brown University. Michael Kidd, Associate Professor of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Translation and Adaptation Faculty. BA, Pomona College; PhD, Cornell University. John Schmit, Professor of English, Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BS, St. John’s University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, The University of Texas. Frankie Shackelford, Professor Emerita, Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Translation and Adaptation Faculty. BA, Texas Christian University; PhD, University of Texas. Kathryn Swanson, Professor of English, Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Visiting Writers Ed Bok Lee, Poetry Sue William Silverman, Creative Nonfiction Ben Percy, Fiction Alex Lemon, Poetry and Memoir Deborah Blum, Creative Nonfiction Pam Houston, Fiction Kristoffer Diaz, Playwriting Bill Wheeler, Screenwriting Carson Kreitzer, Playwriting Kenneth Rance, Screenwriting Helene Wecker, Fiction Staff Kathleen Matthews, Administrative Assistant 77 Master of Music Therapy MMT Mission To prepare students to be leaders in the field, while fostering their passion to serve clients and families, and offer unique learning experiences that allow them to discover and realize their full potential. To engage students in life changing experiences, rich in experiential learning, collaborative in nature, fostering a holistic view of the use of music in health, healing and well-being. To advance the practice of music therapy by preparing students through a hybrid master’s degree program that is innovative, flexible and possesses breadth and depth, designed to meet the changing demands of healthcare. Program Overview Degree requirements The MMT degree program is designed for music therapists who are currently board certified and who wish to continue their education and advance their level of practice. The program is a 36 credit program with core music therapy courses, courses focused on the practice of music therapy in healthcare and medicine, and elective courses of interest. Core Music Therapy Courses – 24 credits MUS 510 - Advanced Music Therapy Theory (3 credits) MUS 511 - Advanced Music Therapy Practicum (0 credit) MUS 515 - Advanced Music Therapy Clinical Practice I (3 credits) MUS 520 - Advanced Music Therapy Clinical Practice II (3 credits) MUS 525 - Cross-Cultural Awareness in Music Therapy (3 credits) MUS 530 - Music Therapy Ethics (2 credits) MUS 535 - Music Therapy Supervision and Professional Development (2 credits) MUS 540 - Music Therapy Research I (3 credits) MUS 545 - Music Therapy Research II (3 credits) MUS 595 – Thesis or Final Project (2 credits) Music Therapy Electives– 12 credits MUS 550 - Music Psychotherapy (2 credits) MUS 554 - Advanced Music Therapy Clinical Improvisation (3 credits) MUS 555 - Music Therapy, Spirituality and Well-being (2 credits) MUS 560 - Music and Imagery (2 credits) MUS 565 - Advanced Music Therapy with Infants, Children and Family Centered Care (2 credits) MUS 570 - Music, Neurology and Physiology (3 credits) MUS 575 - Music Therapy in Palliative Care (2 credits) MUS 576 - Music Therapy in Trauma Informed Care (2 credits) MUS 580 - Transcultural Music Therapy I (4 credits) (global educational experience) MUS 582 – Transcultural Music Therapy II (4 credits) (global educational experience) MUS 585 - Advanced Music Therapy Group Work (3 credits) MUS 590 - Interdisciplinary Practice & Research Methods in Music Therapy (3 credits) Thesis or Final Project Completion of a thesis or final project is required as a part of the degree program. The thesis and final project are both subject to approval by program director.  Thesis: A scholarly paper utilizing historical, philosophical, descriptive, experimental or mixed methods research. 78  Final Project: A supervised clinical project that is comprehensive and designed to develop and advance an area of one’s clinical practice. The Equivalency Plus Master of Music Therapy will complete the courses outlined above in addition to any courses needed to accomplish their equivalent status. The Equivalency Plus MMT is 64 credits plus the clinical internship and is designed to be completed in two and a half years. The equivalency courses include the following: MUS 271 - Introduction to Music Therapy (2 credits) MUS 340 - Music Therapy Methods I (4 credits) MUS 345 - Music Therapy Methods II (4 credits) MUS 372 - Psychological Foundations of Music I (4 credits) MUS 374 - Music Therapy Practicum (0 credits) MUS 375 - Music Therapy Practicum (0 credits) BIO 103 - Human Anatomy & Physiology (4 credits) PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology (4 credits) PSY 203 - Lifespan Development (4 credits) PSY 262 - Abnormal Psychology (4 credits) The Equivalency Plus+ Master of Music Therapy will complete the courses outlined previous two sections (MMT and Equivalency Plus), as well as the course listed below. MUS 101 Materials of Music I (2 credits) MUS 111 Aural Skills I (2 credits) MUP xxx Primary Lessons (minimum 4 semesters needed) MUE xxx Chamber or Large Ensemble (minimum of 4 semesters needed) MUS 102 Materials of Music II (2 credits) MUS 112 Aural Skills II (2 credits) MUS 201 Materials of Music III (2 credits) MUS 211 Aural Skills III (2 credits) MUS 231 History and Literature of Music, Antiquity to 1750 (4 credits) MUS 232 History and Literature of Music, 1750 to Present (4 credits) Plan of Study There are three tracks for the Master of Music Therapy program. The first is for individuals who hold a bachelor’s degree in music therapy. They follow the master of music therapy track. The second track is for individuals that hold a bachelor’s degree in music. They follow the Equivalency Plus Master of Music Therapy track. The third is for individuals that hold a bachelor’s degree that is not in music, but have a strong music background. They follow the Equivalency Plus+ Master of Music Therapy track. Admission to MMT      Online Application Applicants must submit an official transcript(s) from the regionally-accredited institution granting the Bachelor’s degree and from the most recently attended institution, if not the same. o Military veterans are required to submit all official transcripts from previously attended institutions to qualify for military benefits. o In the case where prerequisite requirements exist or transfer credits or waivers are sought, official transcripts are required from institutions at which the prerequisites or equivalents were completed. o The Program Director may ask for additional transcripts if determined to be necessary. 2 letters of recommendation (can be submitted online through the application-please have your recommenders email addresses when you begin the application). Proof of Board Certification An Audition (this can be taped or live) ten to fifteen minutes of your best instrument(s). 79     Essay-(can be submitted as part of the online application) no longer than three pages addressing the following questions. Describe your goals as a music therapist and how an MMT degree will help you reach those goals. Tell about a moment that helped encourage you to begin a career in music therapy. As a music therapist you will help people from all walks of life and with a variety of needs and illnesses, how are you qualified (physically, mentally, and emotionally) to assist these people in improving their quality of life? Please note that you can upload your essay directly into the online application. You may also input the names and emails of your recommenders and the system will send them a link to directions and the checklist we request they fill out for you. If not submitted with the online application, materials need to be sent to: Augsburg University Graduate Admissions, CB 65 2211 Riverside Ave S. Minneapolis, MN 55454 or emailed to gradinfo@augsburg.edu For Academic Policies, please see Academic Policies. Accreditation and Affiliation Augsburg is regionally accredited by: The Higher Learning Commission National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) The Master of Music Therapy Program is accredited by: National Association Schools of Music (NASM) American Music Therapy Association (AMTA) MMT Faculty Annie Heiderscheit, Assistant Professor, Director of Master of Music Therapy. BME-MT, Wartburg College; MS, Iowa State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. 80 Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies Mission The mission of the Augsburg University Department of Physician Assistant Studies is based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity to persons of all cultures and backgrounds and oriented toward providing care to underserved populations. Students are well educated in current medical theory and practice, and graduates are encouraged to work in primary care settings. The program promotes dedication to excellence in performance, with the highest standards of ethics and integrity, and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development. Accreditation The Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA) has granted Continued Accreditation to the Physician Assistant Program sponsored by Augsburg University. Continued accreditation is an accreditation status granted when a currently accredited program is in compliance with the ARC-PA Standards. Continued Accreditation remains in effect until the program closes or withdraws from the accreditation process or until accreditation is withdrawn for failure to comply with the Standards. The approximate date for the next comprehensive review of the program by ARC-PA will be Spring 2019. About PA As defined by the American Academy of Physician Assistants: “PAs are health professionals licensed or, in the case of those employed by the federal government, credentialed to practice medicine in association with designated collaborating physicians. PAs are qualified by graduation from an accredited PA educational program and/or certification by the National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants ... Within the physician-PA relationship, PAs provide patient-centered medical care services as a member of a healthcare team. PAs practice with defined levels of autonomy and exercise independent medical decision making within their scope of practice.” In the state of Minnesota, a PA is licensed with the Board of Medical Practice. In Minnesota, and most other states, the PA must be NCCPA (National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants) certified and hold a delegation agreement with a licensed physician. Curriculum The Physician Assistant program at Augsburg is 28 months long with studies beginning each year in the summer semester (late May or early June). The program accepts up to 30 students for each new class. Graduates will receive a Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies and a PA certificate. Approximately 16 months of the program is didactic, or classroom work, including courses in human gross anatomy, pathophysiology, clinical medicine, pharmacotherapy, history and physical exam skills, research, and professional issues. The academic phase of the program also includes development of practical skills through the use of case studies, simulated patients, and technical skills workshops (i.e. suturing, casting/splinting). The clinical phase is completed in approximately 12 months. The clinical phase of the program is designed to effectively train students for practice by providing them with rotation experiences in different specialties and a variety of practice settings. To that end, each student will be required to complete rotations outside the metropolitan area. Each student is required to successfully complete clinical rotations in family medicine, pediatrics, women’s health, behavioral health, emergency medicine, internal medicine, surgery, and two elective rotations by choosing from various specialties. The clinical phase will culminate with a preceptorship that is designed to solidify the student’s skills and potentially place them in a setting that might be interested in recruiting a graduate PA. Clinical instructors include Physicians, Physician Assistants and other health care providers. 81 A student will be required to complete the clinical phase at site(s) determined by the Program to provide the student with the best educational experience. Clinical rotation sites will be located throughout the state of MN and other cities in the 5 state area. The Augsburg PA program includes time away from the program at varying times which may or may not differ from the traditional breaks at Augsburg University; these breaks contribute to the overall 28 month length of the program. PA Program Sample Calendar YEAR 1 Summer PA 501 - Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy PA 503 - Human Pathophysiology Fall PA 511 - History and Physical Exam Skills I PA 521 - Pharmacotherapy I PA 531 - Clinical Medicine I PA 542 - Professional Issues PA 546 - Clinical Practice Seminar I Spring PA 512 - History and Physical Exam Skills II PA 522 - Pharmacotherapy II PA 532 - Clinical Medicine II PA 547 - Clinical Practice Seminar II PA 555 - Research Tools for the Physician Assistant YEAR 2 Summer PA 533 - Clinical Medicine III PA 545 - Clinical Phase Transition Master’s Project course, one of the following*: PA 599 - Directed Study ML 577 - International Experience Fall PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 1, 2, 3 Spring PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 4, 5, 6 YEAR 3 Summer PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 7, 8 PA 62X - Preceptorship PA 690 - Capstone *Other program-approved options may be available For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 82 Admission to the PA Program Admission Requirements Complete and current-year admission guidelines can be found on our website at www.augsburg.edu/pa. Admission to any physician assistant program is a highly competitive process. Qualified applicants will have:     Bachelor’s degree (in any major) from a regionally-accredited four-year institution Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 as calculated by CASPA at the time of application Minimum science GPA of 3.0 as calculated by CASPA at the time of application Completed the prerequisite courses listed below Prerequisite Courses To be an eligible applicant for the physician assistant studies program, you must have completed the prerequisite courses listed below. These courses must have been completed within 10 years of the year you are applying for admission. Applicants completing their first undergraduate degree in the spring term may complete prerequisite coursework in the summer, fall, and spring term of the academic year they apply as long as the degree and prerequisite coursework will be completed by the start date for the program. Applicants who already have an undergraduate degree, or who will complete their degree in a term other than spring, have the summer and fall semesters of the year they apply by which to complete prerequisites. All course prerequisites must have been passed with a grade of C or higher. Meeting minimum prerequisites does not guarantee admission into the program.       One full course of psychology One full course of physiology* (human/vertebrate/organ) One full course of microbiology* One full course of biochemistry* One full course of statistics One course of medical terminology *Labs are recommended but not required. The following are strongly recommended but not required:     Direct patient care is the best type of experience to obtain in order to strengthen an application. We recommend at least 2000 hours of paid, direct, hands-on clinical patient care to be competitive in this category. Additional science courses such as anatomy, genetics, immunology, other biology courses, and organic chemistry Demonstration of motivation for the PA profession by formally shadowing a PA or other health care provider. Demonstration of a commitment to, and involvement with, underserved communities Note: The Graduate Record Exam (GRE) is not required. PA Studies Application Process The Augsburg Physician Assistant Studies program has a two-step application process—applying through CASPA and to Augsburg’s PA Studies Program. The Augsburg PA Program participates in the Centralized Application Service for Physician Assistants (CASPA) which is sponsored by the Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA). All applications to the PA Program for the entering class must be processed through CASPA, following all guidelines and regulations set forth by CASPA. Application forms with detailed instructions can be obtained online at portal.caspaonline.org. 83 You will be considered an eligible applicant if you have a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 at the time of application (as calculated by CASPA), if you have a minimum science GPA of 3.0 at the time of application (as calculated by CASPA), if you have completed or will complete your undergraduate degree prior to the start date of the program, and if you have completed or will complete your prerequisite courses within the timeline specified for your degree status. Additional Application Details: The Augsburg PA Program requires three letters of recommendation submitted through the CASPA process. We strongly recommend that one be from an employer/colleague (a professional reference), one letter be from a professor or adviser (an academic reference), and the third from a person of your choice. Be sure that your letter writers are able to tell the committee about you as well as his/her experiences with you and observations about you. Your Supplemental Application must be submitted electronically on or before August 1 in order to be considered. We use the CASPA “Complete Date” to determine if you have met the application deadline of August 1. The “Complete Date” on your application must be August 1 or prior in order to be considered meeting the deadline. CASPA assigns a “Complete Date’ when they have received your electronic application, transcripts from all schools attended, 2 of your 3 letters of reference, and payment. Until those criteria are met, your application will not be given a “Complete Date.” Your GPA (cumulative and science) is set at the time of your CASPA submission. The Augsburg PA Program will not recalculate GPAs as additional coursework is completed post CASPA submission. We will request grade reports for your prerequisite courses and add them to your file as they are completed, but your official GPA, as calculated by CASPA, will be the GPA of record for your application. Selection Process Competitive files will be reviewed by the admissions committee. The selection committee looks for a balanced application by reviewing key criteria such as cumulative GPA, science GPA, and direct patient care experience followed by overall academic record, service to underserved (meaning disadvantaged, minority, or underrepresented populations), essay responses, knowledge of the profession, fit with the program goals and mission, and recommendation letters. As the committee completes file review, candidates are selected for an interview. The interviews are generally conducted during the months of October, November, and January. Candidates come to campus to meet program faculty, staff and current students, and to view the facilities. As interviews are completed, seats in the incoming class are offered. The cohort class will be filled between the months of October and May. A list of alternates will be selected in January to fill seats that accepted candidates may not claim. All applicants are notified of their final status by mid-February. Accepted candidates must complete and pass a background check prior to matriculation and annually through the program. Failure of the background check may result in dismissal from the program. Academic Policies Please see the PA program website at www.augsburg.edu/pa for further details about policies outlined here. Technical Standards The physician assistant must have the knowledge and skills to function in a broad variety of clinical situations and to render a wide spectrum of patient care. They must be able to integrate all information received by whatever sense(s) employed, consistently, quickly, and accurately, and they must have the intellectual ability to learn, integrate, analyze, and synthesize data. Candidates for physician assistant certification offered by the Physician Assistant Studies Department at Augsburg University must have, with or without reasonable accommodation, multiple abilities and skills including: perception/observation, communication, motor/tactile function, cognition and professionalism. 84 Candidates for admission and progression must be able to perform these abilities and skills in a reasonably independent manner. Perception/observation Students must be able to perceive, by the use of senses and mental abilities, the presentation of information through:           Small group discussions and presentations Large-group lectures One-on-one interactions, Demonstrations (physical exam maneuvers) Laboratory experiments (cadaver dissection) Patient encounters (at a distance and close at hand) Diagnostic findings (EKGs, laboratory results, x-rays and ultrasound) Procedures (suturing, casting/splinting, IV access)) Written material (powerpoints, textbooks, and readings) Audiovisual material (slides, medical videos) Communication Students must be able to skillfully communicate (in English) verbally and in written form with faculty members, other members of the healthcare team, patients, families, and other students, in order to:       Elicit information Convey information Clarify information Create rapport Develop therapeutic relationships Demonstrate competencies Motor/tactile function Students must have sufficient motor function and tactile ability to meet the competencies required for graduation and to:         Attend (and participate in) classes, groups, and activities which are part of the curriculum Communicate in a written format Examine patients (including observation, auscultation, palpation, percussion, and other diagnostic maneuvers) Do basic laboratory procedures and tests Perform diagnostic procedures Provide general and emergency patient care (airway management, placement of intravenous catheters, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, and application of pressure to control bleeding) Function in outpatient, inpatient, and surgical venues (standing and actively assisting the surgical team) Perform in a reasonably independent and competent way in sometimes stressful clinical environments Cognition Students must be able to demonstrate higher-level cognitive abilities, which include:        Rational thought Measurement Calculation Visual-spatial comprehension Conceptualization Analysis Synthesis 85        Organization Representation (oral, written, diagrammatic, three dimensional) Memory Application Clinical reasoning Ethical reasoning Sound judgment Professionalism Students must possess the emotional health required for the full utilization of their intellectual abilities, for the exercise of good judgment, for the prompt completion of all responsibilities attendant to the diagnosis and care of patients, and for the development of effective relationships with patients. Candidates must be able to tolerate physically taxing workloads and function effectively under stress. They must be able to adapt to changing environments, display flexibility and learn to function in the face of uncertainties inherent in the clinical problems of patients. In summary, PA students must be able to:       Consistently display integrity, honesty, empathy, caring, fairness, respect for self and others, diligence, and dedication Promptly complete all assignments and responsibilities attendant to the diagnosis and care of patients Develop mature, sensitive, and effective relationships, not only with patients but with all members of the Augsburg community and healthcare teams Tolerate physically, emotionally, and mentally demanding workloads Function effectively under stress, and proactively make use of available resources to help maintain both physical and mental health Take responsibility for themselves and their behaviors Documentation of a Disability The Augsburg University Department of Physician Assistant Studies is pledged to the admission and matriculation of qualified students and wishes to acknowledge awareness of laws which prohibit discrimination against anyone on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age or disability. Regarding disabled individuals, the Physician Assistant Studies department will not discriminate against such individuals who are otherwise qualified but will expect all applicants and students to meet certain minimal technical standards. All Augsburg students have been accepted by the college based on their ability to succeed academically and are required to meet the same academic and technical standards. Disability Resources (CLASS Office) provides academic support and accommodations to students with disabilities or temporary conditions. Accessing accommodations is an ongoing and interactive process where information can be gathered from the student and from other relevant sources. We ask that students interview with a Disability Specialist to discuss their requests. We prefer students to present any documentation that describes their disability and the impact on educational experiences and in the educational environment early in the process. Each student’s requests will be evaluated on an individual basis. The purpose of documentation is to assist in providing information and understanding about how the courses or facilities might present barriers and to what degree the disability affects the student, and to plan for accommodations to facilitate access. Some Examples of Disabilities       Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD/ADD) Learning Disabilities Psychiatric Disabilities Autism Spectrum Disorders Head Injury/Traumatic Brain Injury Physical Disabilities and Systemic Illnesses 86     Deafness/Hearing Impairment Blindness/Low Vision Disabilities that are sporadic or degenerative in nature Temporary conditions The first step in accessing services is to call CLASS to schedule an appointment with a Disability Specialist, (612) 3301053. Experiential Learning Policy The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program does not award academic credit to an individual for experiential learning. Applicants desiring admission to Augsburg’s PA Program must satisfactorily complete all prerequisite courses. Experiential learning will be considered separately from prerequisite courses. Experiential learning prior to and during admittance to the Augsburg PA Program will not substitute for any part of the clinical phase. Employment while in the Program Program faculty discourage outside employment while in the Physician Assistant Program. Faculty recognize that employment may be an issue that some students will face. Given this recognition, realize that program obligations will not be altered due to a student’s work obligations. It is further expected that work obligations will not interfere with the physician assistant students’ learning progress or responsibilities while in the program. Withdrawal and Readmission Policies Voluntary withdrawal from the Physician Assistant Program may be initiated by a student after submission of a letter to the Program Director requesting withdrawal. In the letter, the student should outline the circumstances and reasons for withdrawal. Students will be requested to conduct an exit interview with the Program Director prior to leaving the program. For information on withdrawal, see the Academic Policies section. Readmission Students may request readmission after voluntary withdrawal by submitting a letter to the Program Director stating the reasons the student wishes readmission and the anticipated date for readmission. The submission of a letter and previous enrollment does not constitute automatic acceptance and/or reentry into the program. Reapplication to the PA Program after dismissal from the program will be considered only under extremely unusual circumstances. For the full readmission policy and reapplication process, please contact the program. Advanced Placement The Department of PA Studies does not offer advanced placement to admitted students. All students admitted to the PA Program must complete the entire curriculum. Costs of the PA Program For tuition information, go to www.augsburg.edu/pa. For complete and current payment options go to the Student Financial Services website at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial. PA Program Faculty Beth Alexander, Associate Professor; PharmD, University of Minnesota. Eric Barth, Assistant Professor; BS and PA Certificate, Trevecca Nazarene University; MPAS, PA-C, University of Nebraska. Stephanie Elko, Director of Clinical Education; MPAS, PA-C University of New England. 87 Jenny Kluznik, Assistant Professor and Academic Coordinator; MPH, George Washington University; MPAS, PA-C, Augsburg University. Holly Levine, Assistant Professor; MD, Loyola University Chicago Stritch School of Medicine. Skye Peltier, Instructor; MPH, University of Minnesota; MPAS, PA-C, Augsburg University. Alicia Quella, Program Director, Clinical Associate Professor; PhD, PA-C, University of Iowa. Meredith Wold, Instructor; MPAS, PA-C, Augsburg University. 88 Master of Social Work You have chosen an exciting way to serve others. The social work profession offers you the rewarding prospect of joining with others to respond to problems and develop opportunities that benefit individuals, families, groups, and communities. The MSW degree prepares you for advanced professional practice in the field of social work. Augsburg’s MSW program prepares you for agency-based practice with individuals, families, groups, and communities, and with a dedication to system change that reduces oppression and discrimination. Graduates of our program share how they appreciated the opportunity to learn new ideas as well as learn more about themselves. These graduates valued our small class size, our cohort structure, and the opportunity to have a mentoring relationship with our faculty and staff. As a small program, we have high expectations for our students and at the same time offer the flexibility to help them meet their individual goals. Attending Augsburg University will transform and develop your professional life in unexpected ways. We have two concentrations. The first, Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP), will prepare you for direct clinical practice with individuals, families, and groups. The second, Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP), will prepare you for macro social work practice with organizations, communities, and other large systems. We are delighted in your interest in our MSW program and invite you to join us in a lifelong adventure in learning. The personal and professional growth necessary to become an advanced professional social worker is challenging. We encourage you to take the challenge with us. Lois A. Bosch, PhD, LISW Director, Master of Social Work MSW Mission Our mission is to develop social work professionals for advanced practice that promotes social justice and empowerment towards the well-being of people in a diverse and global society. Program Overview The MSW program prepares social work students for agency-based practice in public and nonprofit settings. By working in the agency setting, social workers collaborate with others to provide holistic, affordable, and accessible services to individuals, families, groups, and communities. Our challenging MSW curriculum integrates social work theory with micro and macro practice methods. Students develop skills, knowledge, and values necessary for ethical social work practice. As you progress through our MSW program, you will:         Learn how individuals live in and are affected by their social environment Understand how social policies and programs affect individuals, families, communities, and society Apply theories and methods of practice through the field practicum experience Use a range of client-centered approaches to practice with client groups of all types and sizes Engage in practice informed by sound, scholarly research Evaluate the effectiveness of your social work practice or social work programs Advocate for the eradication of oppression and discrimination Be a responsible and contributing citizen in the local and global community Accreditation Augsburg’s MSW program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Your MSW degree must be accredited by CSWE if you seek licensure with the social work board of your state. For more information on CSWE accreditation go to www.cswe.org. Augsburg University is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section of this catalog. 89 Plan of Study Students entering Augsburg’s MSW program with a bachelor’s degree from a discipline other than social work are classified as foundation students. Full-time foundation students are enrolled in a two year program. Part-time foundation students are enrolled in a four year program. Students entering Augsburg’s MSW program with a bachelor’s degree in social work from a CSWE (Council on Social Work Education) accredited institution are classified as advanced standing students. Full-time advanced standing students are enrolled in a 13 month program. Part-time advanced standing students are enrolled in a 25 month program. All students must complete the MSW degree in no more than 4 years following matriculation. Academic Calendar The MSW program meets on a semester calendar, with classes offered September through August. Classes typically meet every other weekend with an occasional back-to-back weekend. Field practicum hours are generally completed during weekday hours. If a student lives outside the Twin Cities metro area, the field practicum hours can be completed at a placement near the student’s place of residence. Hours per week vary depending on the agency placement and the student’s availability. For academic calendars and schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/registrar. Class Periods Classes meet in 2-4 hour blocks on Friday evenings, 6 to 10:00 pm; Saturday mornings, 8:00 am to 12 pm; and Saturday afternoons, 1:00 to 5:00 pm. Each class meets on campus for 8 sessions in a given semester and for 4 sessions on campus in a summer term (May-June), with the expectation that students engage in hybrid learning activities between on-campus class weekends. Time Commitment Although classes meet on weekends, students spend time on their studies during non-class weekends and weekdays in accordance with our hybrid learning format. Hybrid learning is a combination of face-to-face class sessions and online/experiential learning. On a class weekend, the typical student will spend 12 hours in class within a 23-hour period. For every hour spent in class, a student may expect to spend 3 to 4 hours outside of class working on online activities, assignments, readings, or group projects. A student may also spend 15 to 20 hours per week in the field practicum during the fall and spring semesters (a span of 8 to 9 months for each practicum). In the final year of study, students complete a summative evaluation or a portfolio, which requires significant independent research, analysis, and writing. Some MSW students work full-time while enrolled in the program. However, full-time employment is not recommended. Most students arrange to reduce their work hours or request time away during their graduate studies. Each student’s situation is unique and must be decided individually. All students must develop strategies for balancing family, work, and academic responsibilities. Credit and Contact Hours MSW courses range from 2 to 4 semester credits. Depending on the number of credits, students will spend 16 to 32 hours in the classroom per course. Students will also be expected to engage in activities and independent study outside of class. Cohort Structure MSW students are admitted to a particular cohort. Cohorts are distinguished by level of admission (foundation or advanced standing), rate of attendance (full-time or part-time), and chosen concentration (Multicultural Clinical Practice [MCCP] or Multicultural Macro Practice [MCMP]). Any changes to a student’s cohort selection must be approved by the MSW director. 90 Field Practicum Foundation students complete 920 hours in two field practica; advanced standing students complete 500 hours in one field practicum. Successful completion of the first field practicum, required for foundation students, is a minimum of 420 hours. Successful completion of the second field practicum, required for both foundation and advanced standing students, is a minimum of 500 hours. Each practicum experience is spread over two semesters (fall and spring). These hours are completed concurrent with enrollment in the fieldwork seminars as well as other MSW courses. MSW Curriculum Components Foundation Curriculum In the foundation courses and field practicum, students are introduced to social work as a profession. Students learn both historical and contemporary theories and practice methods relating to both the individual and the environment. During the foundation year, students study human behavior and the social environment, history of social welfare policy, research methods, assessment frameworks, family and community diversity, and social work values and ethics. In the foundation curriculum students apply this generalist knowledge of theories and practice methods in the generalist field practicum. The field practicum is completed concurrently with enrollment in two field seminar courses. The full foundation curriculum is required of all students, with the exception of those admitted with advanced standing. Before beginning the concentration curriculum, all foundation coursework and field hours must be successfully completed. Concentration Curriculum After completing the foundation requirements, students enroll in the concentration curriculum that they selected at the time their application to the program. Students also complete an advanced field practicum. Augsburg offers two concentrations: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) or Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP). In either concentration, students deepen their knowledge of the primary issues affecting families and communities, develop a range of clientcentered approaches to practice, gain a broader understanding of human diversity, develop competencies in practicebased research, and learn practice or program evaluation techniques. In the concentration curriculum, students apply this advanced knowledge of theories and practice methods in the concentration field practicum. The field practicum is relevant to their chosen concentration and is completed concurrently with enrollment in two field seminar courses. As a capstone to the MSW program, students complete a portfolio project or a summative evaluation project. Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Concentration Multiculturalism is a process requiring practitioners to have a deep awareness of their social and cultural identities, as well as the ability to use multiple lenses when working with diverse populations. With person-in-environment as an organizing perspective, multicultural clinical social work practice addresses the biopsychosocial and spiritual functioning of individuals, families, and groups. To this end, graduates of the MCCP concentration develop competence in using relationship-based, culturally informed, and theoretically grounded interventions with persons facing challenges, disabilities, or impairments, including emotional, behavioral, and mental disorders. Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Concentration In the tradition of Jane Addams, the heart of macro social work practice is directing energy toward changing agency, government, and institutional policies that obscure or oppress people. While many social workers view their role as focused on individuals and families, social workers must actively seek equality and justice for clients within agencies, institutions and society. Social work leaders must advocate for social change where necessary to ensure social justice. Similar to the MCCP concentration, it is important to address macro level social work practice within the context of cultural understanding and awareness. The Multicultural Macro Practice concentration (formerly Program Development, Policy and Administration) responds to this demand for leadership. The macro social work practitioner recognizes the strengths and abilities of individuals and communities to implement change. The social work macro practitioner works with these individuals to do so. In the MCMP concentration, students 91 learn the knowledge and skills necessary to work with others to achieve needed social change. They also learn to develop, lead, guide, and administer programs that serve diverse people in a variety of settings. Portfolio or Summative Evaluation Project  Portfolio Project (MCCP students)  The goal of the MCCP Portfolio is to enhance the integration of theory and practice, as well as to offer more vivid portrayals of a student’s academic and professional experience than traditional assessments. By definition, portfolios are formative (i.e., designed for guided reflection and self-evaluation). However they are also summative documents in that they illustrate students’ competencies. All MCCP students are required to create a portfolio during their final year of study. Items in a portfolio might include videos, process recordings, reflective statements, writing samples, case analyses, term papers, electronic submissions, policy activities, feedback from service users, self-evaluations of personal progress, and links to references.  Summative Evaluation Project (MCMP students)  All social workers must evaluate their practice to determine whether they are helping or harming clients. While in the concentration practicum, MCMP students will design and implement a program evaluation for their summative project. This project requires integration and application of knowledge and skills from both the foundation and concentration curricula. Students develop their research while in their field internship and are advised by their field seminar professor. Students conduct and present this evaluation/research project during their final year of study. Master’s Thesis Students in both concentrations have the option of completing a thesis in addition to either the portfolio or summative evaluation project. Credit for the SWK 699 general elective is given for this option. Students work with a thesis advisor to develop more in-depth research skills contributing to social work knowledge. To pursue the thesis option, students should notify the MSW program director by the end of spring semester of the foundation year. Degree requirements To be conferred the MSW degree, students must achieve the following:       Successful completion of any admission conditions (see Admission to MSW) Successful completion of all required MSW courses No more than two courses with a B- grade and with a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or higher Successful completion of 920 hours of approved field practica for foundation students or 500 hours of approved field practicum for advanced standing students Successful completion and submission of the portfolio project (MCCP) or the summative evaluation project (MCMP) Successful completion of all degree requirements within 4 years of matriculation. State of Minnesota Social Work Licensure Six months prior to completion of the MSW degree at Augsburg, students may apply to take the Licensed Graduate Social Worker (LGSW) license exam from the Minnesota Board of Social Work. To achieve LGSW licensure students must pass the Association of Social Work Boards (ASWB) master’s level national social work licensure examination and complete the MSW degree. To seek the Licensed Independent Social Worker (LISW) license or the Licensed Independent Clinical Social Worker (LICSW) license, one must work two years full-time (or 4,000 hours part-time) as an LGSW under the supervision of an LISW or LICSW, depending on the desired licensure. Upon completion of the supervision requirement, one may take the LISW or LICSW’s Association of Social Work Boards (ASWB) national social work licensure examination. For the LICSW, there are additional requirements for 360 clinical clock hours in 6 specific categories. For more information, go to the Minnesota Board of Social Work web page, www.socialwork.state.mn.us. 92 MSW Course Requirements Foundation Courses FALL SWK 500 - Human Behavior and the Social Environment* SWK 505 - Practice Methods and Skills 1: Individuals* SWK 530 - Integrative Field Seminar 1 (taken concurrent with first practicum)* SPRING SWK 506 - Practice Methods and Skills 2: Groups and Families* SWK 535 - Integrative Field Seminar 2 (taken concurrent with first practicum)* SWK 504 - Applied Research Methods (foundation students only) SUMMER SWK 501 - History of Social Welfare Policy* SWK 516 - Practice Methods and Skills 3: Communities and Policies* SWK 510 - Advanced Practice Methods (advanced standing students only) SWK 509 - Human Behavior: Mental Health Assessment and Diagnosis (advanced standing students only) SWK 504 - Applied Research Methods (advanced standing students only) *Course potentially can be waived for advanced standing students (BSW holders). Concentration Courses Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Concentration: FALL SWK 610 - Integrative Field Seminar 3: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) (taken concurrent with second practicum) SWK 615 - Diversity and Inequality 1: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) SWK 628 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) with Individuals SWK 629 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) with Families SPRING SWK 611 - Integrative Field Seminar 4: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) (taken concurrent with second practicum) SWK 616 - Diversity and Inequality 2: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) SWK 630 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Policy Practice SWK 631 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) with Groups SUMMER 1 SWK 634 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Supervision SWK 639 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Elective SWK 640 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Capstone SWK 699 - General Elective Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Concentration: FALL SWK 651 - Integrative Field Seminar 3: Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) (taken concurrent with second practicum) SWK 657 - Diversity and Inequality 1: Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) SWK 660 – Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Research Methods SWK 667 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 1 SPRING 93 SWK 652 - Integrative Field Seminar 4: Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) (taken concurrent with second practicum) SWK 658 - Diversity and Inequality 2: Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) SWK 668 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 2 SWK 670 - Multicultural Macro Practice Policy SUMMER SWK 669 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 3 SWK 699 - General Elective SWK 671 – Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Planning Portfolio or Summative Evaluation Project Completed and submitted in final year of study. SWK 699 General Elective Students in both concentrations complete at least one general elective course. The following are examples of elective offerings that rotate each year:      Trauma, Theory, and Treatment in Multicultural Clinical Practice Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in Social Work Clinical Practice Spirituality and Social Work Practice Empowerment of Services Users in Mental Health Children’s Mental Health We also offer short-term electives abroad, typically two weeks in length: Exploring Human Services in International Settings (examples include Mexico, Slovenia, Namibia, South Africa, India, Singapore, China, and Hong Kong) Fieldwork and Field Placement Social work education goes beyond the classroom. Through the field experience, we expect that students will demonstrate skills to bridge theory and practice. Collaborative efforts between the student, the field agency, and the MSW program are essential to successful learning. The foundation of the practice includes:        Ethical, competent professional practice Problem solving within a systems framework and strengths perspective Use of advanced practice theories in Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) or Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) settings Evaluation of the effectiveness of program or practice activities An understanding of and respect for diverse peoples and cultures Responsibility and service to the local and global community in the interest of social justice A commitment to oppose oppression of all forms Field Education Format Under the instruction and supervision of professionally-trained, MSW-level, and program-approved field instructors, foundation students will spend a minimum of 920 hours in two field practica. Advanced standing students will spend a minimum of 500 hours in one field practicum. Both the foundation and concentration practica are spread over 2 semesters (fall and spring). Both practica are concurrent with enrollment in integrative field seminars, as well as other MSW coursework. The fieldwork education of the MSW program is divided into two components:   Foundation Practicum The foundation practicum, or generalist practicum, puts emphasis on developing competence as a professional generalist social worker. It requires a minimum of 420 hours and is completed by students admitted at the 94   foundation level. Students spend an average of 15 hours per week during the fall and spring semesters in this practicum. Concentration Practicum The concentration practicum places emphasis on advanced practice skills and leadership qualities related to the chosen concentration. It requires a minimum of 500 hours and is completed by all students, including those admitted with advanced standing. Students spend an average of 18 hours per week during the fall and spring semesters in this practicum. Process for Field Practicum Selection Field practica begin in the fall, but the selection process begins the previous spring in collaboration with two other Twin Cities MSW programs. Students attend a field orientation before beginning their search. Augsburg University and the University of Minnesota - School of Social Work jointly host a field fair where students meet a large number of agencies and potential field instructors. Practicum selection involves interviews at approved sites, arranged by the student, and a matching process conducted collaboratively by the field coordinators at three of the MSW programs in the Twin Cities. In some instances, students can petition to complete a field practicum at an agency not on the approved list or at their place of employment. Students who wish to do so work with the MSW field coordinator for such proposals. Field Practicum Settings The Augsburg field faculty are committed to the success of each student in a stimulating and challenging field practicum. Our current list of approved clinical and community practice field sites includes agencies in the following areas of practice:                          Family and children Child welfare Mental health Crisis intervention Senior resources Family social policy Health and human services Corrections and probation Public and independent schools Youth services Hospitals Developmental disabilities American Indian family services Chronic and persistent mental illness Chemical dependency Court services Immigrant, migrant, refugee services Victims of torture Faith-based social services Neighborhood services Legislation advocacy Housing services Employment services Community organizing Research centers 95 Dual Degree in Social Work and Business Administration (MSW/MBA) Augsburg University offers a dual MSW/MBA degree in social work and business administration. Students enrolled in the dual degree program learn to create better managed and financially sound service organizations to serve diverse communities, both locally and globally. Purpose Many social service agencies today require that agency managers combine financial and business expertise with social work practice and policy formation. The MSW/MBA dual degree prepares graduates to function in a workplace that demands the delivery of quality services with increasingly limited resources. Concentration The MSW/MBA dual degree includes an accelerated third year of study for MSW students who elect the Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) concentration. In this concentration, students learn to effect positive change in social service systems through their work with communities, organizations, and social policy makers. Prior Augsburg MSW graduates who have completed the necessary Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) coursework are eligible to return to complete the MBA portion of the dual degree. The MSW degree must be completed before the MBA portion of the dual degree. Schedule Years 1 and 2 (September through June) MSW classes meet on alternating weekends—Friday evenings, Saturday mornings, and Saturday afternoons—and students engage in hybrid learning activities between class weekends. Year 3 (12–16 months) MBA classes meet one night per week. The MBA program includes a summer term. See the MBA section for required courses for the dual degree. Curriculum  Foundation or advanced standing coursework  Either 920 hours (foundation) or 500 hours (advanced standing) MSW field practicum experience  The MSW summative evaluation project may be accepted by the MBA program as partial fulfillment of the MBA project.  Complete a minimum of eight MBA courses for students who completed the MSW degree 2002 and beyond; complete a minimum of nine MBA courses for students who completed the MSW degree prior to 2002  For more information regarding the MBA coursework required for the MSW/MBA dual degree, see the MBA section. MBA Admission MSW/MBA dual degree applicants may apply to both programs at the same time or admitted MSW students may wait to apply to the MBA program until their concentration year. The GMAT is waived for MSW/MBA dual degree applicants. MBA application materials include: completed application, two short essays, an updated resume, two letters of recommendation, and a personal interview with the MBA program director. Admission to one program does not guarantee admission to the other. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to MSW The Augsburg University MSW program promotes the widest possible diversity within its student population. Therefore, the admission policies ensure that educational opportunities are provided to persons with a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs, and cultures. 96 Listed below are general descriptions for the application process. Refer to the online MSW application documents for details regarding specific application requirements. Admission Requirements  Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited college or university  Cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher  Liberal arts coursework in the social sciences, humanities, biology, and statistics Application Checklist The application deadline is January 15 each year for matriculation in the following academic year. All application materials noted below are due by the application deadline. For more information go to www.augsburg.edu/msw or call 612-330-1101.         Completed application form Applicants must submit an official transcript(s) from the regionally-accredited institution granting the Bachelor’s degree and from the most recently attended institution, if not the same. o Military veterans are required to submit all official transcripts from previously attended institutions to qualify for military benefits. o In the case where prerequisite requirements exist or transfer credits or waivers are sought, official transcripts are required from institutions at which the prerequisites or equivalents were completed. o The Program Director may ask for additional transcripts if determined to be necessary. Liberal arts prerequisite coursework including four social science, three humanities, one biology, and one statistics course. These courses must be completed prior to enrollment. Completed BSW course equivalency checklist (for advanced standing applicants) Three recommendation checklist forms, with letters attached, submitted online Typed personal statement responding to the questions noted on the application form Results of the TOEFL language tests, if applicable Official international credit evaluation course-by-course review (for degrees completed outside of the United States) Admission as an international student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. Admission as a transfer student Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants. Transfer students may receive up to 22 transfer credits. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit in the Academic Programs and Policies section of this catalog.) Eligible courses must be from a CSWE-accredited MSW program and students must have received a grade of B or higher. Students must complete no fewer than 30 credits at Augsburg in order to receive their MSW degree from Augsburg University. We do not grant academic credit for work or life experience. Admission with Advanced Standing Advanced standing is an application category open to those with a bachelor’s degree in social work from a program that is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Advanced standing applicants may seek waivers for the following eligible MSW courses: Human Behavior and the Social Environment, History of Social Welfare Policy, Practice Methods and Skills 1 and 2, and Integrative Field Seminars 1 and 2 (which include 420 field practicum hours). Advanced standing applicants must offer an equivalent BSW course for each with a grade of B or higher in order to receive a waiver. 97 Academic Policies Academic Achievement Students must maintain at least a 3.00 cumulative grade point average in the MSW program. If a student falls below a B average, the student will be placed on academic probation. A 3.00 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.00, the student may be dismissed from the program. Students are retained in the program who can:     Maintain expected grade point average (3.00 or higher) Complete course requirements of the program and field placement in a timely manner Complete the program within four years Abide by the department’s Standards for Social Work Education and the NASW Code of Ethics No more than two courses with a grade of B- will count toward the degree. Courses with a grade below B- must be repeated. No more than two courses can be repeated. If a student receives a grade below B- in a field course, the MSW director will initiate a Level 3 review, as outlined in section 3.2 of the Standards for Social Work Education. Evaluation of Student Field Performance The criteria for evaluating field performance can be found in the MSW Field Manual, which is located on the MSW program Moodle page. The MSW Field Manual may be requested from the MSW Field Coordinator or MSW program staff. Four-Year Limit All students are required to finish the degree within four years of matriculation. See the Academic Programs and Policies section of this catalog for policy on continuation of coursework or final thesis. Leave of Absence Students who interrupt their program enrollment must request a leave of absence through the MSW program in order to maintain their admitted status. The request must be made in writing or via the student’s Augsburg email account. A leave of absence typically requires a full year away from the program in order to return to classes in sequence. Prerequisite Courses All foundation courses are prerequisite to the concentration courses. Students may not enroll in the concentration courses until successfully completing all foundation courses. In addition there are individual courses that are prerequisite to other individual courses in the MSW curriculum. These are listed in the MSW Student Handbook. Program Costs In addition to tuition fees, MSW students may expect to a pay a facilities fee and a field program fee. Students can also expect to purchase textbooks and student liability insurance when in a field placement. There may also be additional fees associated with short-term study abroad electives. Graduate Scholarship Search Tips As you may know, graduate students do not have access to many of the financial aid opportunities open to undergraduates. Because of this, we strongly encourage you to spend time doing your own independent research into graduate funding available locally, nationally, and internationally. The simplest way to begin a search for graduate funding is to look online. There are many scholarship search engines online. The following websites may provide a good starting point for your search: www.naswfoundation.org www.gradloans.com 98 www.cswe.org www.gradschools.com www.mnssa.org www.fastweb.com www.aauw.org www.gradview.com www.finaid.org www.petersons.com www.studentaid.ed.gov Examples of Social Work Graduate Scholarships  Carl A. Scott Book Scholarship  Two $500 scholarships offered each year to students from ethnic groups of color. Applications due in May (go to www.cswe.org).  Gosnell Scholarship Funds  Ten awards ($1,000-$4,000) offered to social work students interested in working with American Indian/Alaska Native and Hispanic/Latino populations or in public and voluntary nonprofit agency settings. Applications due in August (see www.naswfoundation.org).  Vern Lyons Scholarship  One award ($2,000) offered to students interested in health/mental health practice and a commitment to the African American community. Applications due in August (see www.naswfoundation.org).  American Board of Examiners in Clinical Social Work  Several awards ($1,000 each) offered to students who demonstrate excellence in preparation for clinical social work practice. Applications due in March (see www.abecsw.org).  MSSA Diversity Educational Scholarship  One $500 award offered to students from African-American, American Indian, Asian, LGBT, Hispanic and Immigrant Cultures in completing their education in the Human Service Field. Applications due in June (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org).  Marjorie J. Carpenter Scholarship  One $1,500 award offered to students seeking education in the human service field so they may enhance their professional and/or technical skill development. Applications due in June (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org). Augsburg Scholarships Augsburg’s Social Work Department offers several scholarships each year. Students who are enrolled in the first year of the program are eligible to apply. Awards range in amount from $300 to $1,500.        Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship Bodo F. Suemnig Memorial Scholarship Blanca Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship AmeriCorps Tuition Discount Augsburg offers a tuition discount to students who are or have been AmeriCorps volunteers—25% off the tuition cost of one course per semester. This would apply to all semesters of the MSW program. Contact the Enrollment Center for more information. 99 Augsburg Partnership Grant The Augsburg Partnership Grant applies to new enrolling students only and allows employees of partner institutions to receive a 10% tuition discount. If a student enrolls in an Employer Tuition Reimbursement Payment Plan, the $20 processing fee is also waived. Contact the Enrollment Center for more information. Military Discount See description in the Financing Your Education section of the catalog. MSW Forum All MSW students are invited to participate in the student-run organization, the MSW Forum. The purpose of the forum is to facilitate communication between social work students and the social work department, as well as to provide the opportunity for student participation in departmental governance, curriculum development, and program improvements. As such, forum members are invited to attend Social Work Department meetings via representatives. The forum has historically been volunteer based. Any student may serve on the forum, provided the student can make a commitment to attend the meetings and share in the efforts. The MSW director and MSW program coordinator also serve on the forum. Other faculty may be invited as permanent members or as guests. Past forum members established these guidelines:       Provide an avenue for students to share and discuss ideas and/or concerns related to the MSW educational experience with the Social Work Department Encourage constructive dialogue among students, faculty, and department and University administrators Make recommendations to the department regarding program improvements Receive and give feedback on expectations of faculty, students, and the University Plan and coordinate MSW student events, lectures, discussions Organize social action projects MSW Faculty Laura Boisen, Professor of Social Work, MSW Field Coordinator. BS, Wartburg College; MSSW, University of Wisconsin; MPA, Iowa State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Lois A. Bosch, Professor of Social Work, MSW Program Director. BA, Northwestern College; MSW, University of Iowa; PhD, University of Illinois-Urbana-Champaign. Nishesh Chalise, Assistant Professor of Social Work, BS, Environmental Sciences, Kathmandu University, Nepal; MSW, Brown School, Washington University; PhD, Brown School, Washington University. Ankita Deka, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Delhi University; MSW, Tata Institute of Social Sciences; PhD, Indiana University. Christina Erickson, Associate Professor of Social Work, BSW Field Coordinator. BS, University of Minnesota; MSW, University of Minnesota-Duluth; PhD, University of Illinois-Chicago. Melissa Hensley, Associate Professor of Social Work, Field Education Coordinator. BA, MSW, PhD, Washington University in St. Louis; MHA, University of Missouri–Columbia. Bibiana Koh, Assistant Professor of Social Work, BSW Program Director. BA, Hartwick College; MA, Columbia University; MAT, School for International Training; MSW, Smith College; PhD, University of Minnesota. Barbara Lehmann, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Knox College; MSW, Tulane University; PhD, Case Western Reserve University. Nancy Rodenborg, Professor of Social Work. BA, Indiana University; MSW, University of Minnesota; MIA, School of International Training; PhD, University of Arizona. 100 Michael Schock, Associate Professor of Social Work, Department Chair. BA, University of Washington; MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Washington. Visiting Faculty Susan Conlin, LICSW, Paula Watts Zehringer MSW Staff Doran Edwards, BSW Program Assistant Director Emily Glynn, MSW Program Coordinator Lydia Madden, Social Work Department Coordinator & MSW Field Assistant 101 Augsburg University Board of Regents For more details, go to www.augsburg.edu/about/leadership/regents. Andra Adolfson Ann B. Ashton-Piper Karen A. Durant ’81 Matthew K. Entenza, J.D. Mark A. Eustis Nicholas C. Gangestad ‘86 Amit K. Ghosh ‘12 M.B.A., M.D. Alexander J. Gonzalez ‘90 Norman R. Hagfors Jodi L. Harpstead Rev. Marlene Whiterabbit Helgemo Bishop Richard N. Hoyme, ex-officio Diane L. Jacobson, Ph.D. Rev. Rolf A. Jacobson, Ph.D. Wayne D. Jorgenson ‘71 Toby Piper LaBelle ‘96 The Honorable LaJune Thomas Lange ’75, J.D. Steven E. Larson ’71, M.D. André J. Lewis ’73, Ph.D. Dennis J. Meyer ‘78 Pamela Hanson Moksnes ‘79 Paul S. Mueller ’84, M.D. Jeffrey M. Nodland ’77 Lisa M. Novotny ’80 Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D. Rachel Pringnitz ‘02, ‘07 M.B.A. Earl W. Sethre ‘68 Dean A. Sundquist ‘81 Bishop Ann M. Svennungsen, ex-officio Jill N. Thomas, J.D. Rev. David L. Tiede, Ph.D. Vicki L. Turnquist Rev. Norman W. Wahl ’76, D.Min. Rev. Mark N. Wilhelm, Ph.D., ELCA advisory member Noya Woodrich, ‘92, ‘94 M.S.W. ELCA Vocation and Education Program Unit Executive Director Rev. Stephen Bouman, D.Min. Program Director for Colleges and Universities Rev. Mark N. Wilhelm, Ph.D. 102
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1962-1964
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Catalog for the Academic Years 1962-63 and 1963-64 Augsburg College and Augsburg Theological Seminary MINNEAPOLIS 4, MINNESOTA RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1960-61 AND 1961-62 Augsburg's location deeply affects the nature of its educational program. From the dynamic cultural, church, sc...
Show more Catalog for the Academic Years 1962-63 and 1963-64 Augsburg College and Augsburg Theological Seminary MINNEAPOLIS 4, MINNESOTA RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1960-61 AND 1961-62 Augsburg's location deeply affects the nature of its educational program. From the dynamic cultural, church, scientific and business resolurces of tbig great Upper MiXwtxt metropolitan center, Augsburg draws v&&y und s t r w h , mmsmtwhila contributing its o w n resources to the r e &ebping progress oJ t harea. Y o u are cordially invited to tour the campus. A letter or phone call i n advance will enable us to make special arrangements t o suit your particular needs and interests. Administrative offices are located i n Science Hall (pictured above) at the corner of 7 t h Street and 21st Avenue South. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. t o 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday b y appointment. Telephone FEderal 8-0501. NNEAPOLIS burg College i s convenienl MINNEAPOLIS INSTITUTE 0 1 ART -4 nrnraR C ~ P U S B S P ~ ~ S I 0 and 6 educational development project is undenrap, scheduld over n 20-year period. Shaded portions of the map belon* designate campus arcs now- being developed. The rota1 setting, encompassing he rlngburg College campus, Fairview HuepitaL St. Rlary's Hospital. the Main Campus ant1 T e s t Bank expansion of the Tinir~rsitr af Tvlinnesota, i s becoming a key medical-educational center. Constmctitilln no\+-nnderlray an a nmv inter-city freeway bordering the south side of the ~ l u p b w gcampus will further enllance this setting. CbMPUS DIRECTORY Admin#$lrol~veORlce. 121 G c o w svcrdruplibmry 161 SiMclby HmII A"d,lorium Gymn..,um 171 S w r h - D m m a Building 4 / T h e Academic Calendar SEPTEMBER S M T W T T S FIRST SEMESTER - 1962-63 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ::g: :! :: i! 30 gi gi Sept. 12-18 (Wed.-Tues.) S e* ~. t .17, . OCTOBER M s w S - 1 8 p T 2 3 4 5 9 10 11 12 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 31 7 14 15 16 M T W T T 2 9 16 23 30 T W T 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 W F T S (Thurs., 9:00 p.m.) . Christmas Recess begins 20 Jan. 22-25 SECOND SEMESTER - 1963 T W T T S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 l2 13 l4 15 l6 lo 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 31 25 26 27 29 30 , 1 T 2 W T P 3 MAY M T W T T S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 JUNE s M T W Jan. 31 (Thurs.) Feb. 22 (Fri.) . April I April 10 (Fri.) . . . . . . Late registration fee . . . . . . . . . . . Washington's Birthday End first half of Semester (Wed., g:oo p.m.) . T I Easter recess begins Easter recess ends S 4 5 1l 12 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S ... ..Registration Second Semester Jan. 31 (Thurs., 7:45 a.m.) . . . . . Classes begin Jan. 30 (Wed.) April 16 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) . . . APRIL M First Semester ends S MARCH S Seminary examinations .... . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 29 30 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 M (Tues.-Fri.) Classes resume College examinations Jan. 16-24(Wed.-Thurs.) Jan. 24 (Thurs.) F . . . Jan. 3 (Thurs., 7:45 a.m.) FEBRUARY S Registration College classes begin NOV. 13 (Tues.) . . . . End first half of Semester Thanksgiving recess 22, 23 (Thurs., Fri.) . . 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 M (Mon., Tues.) . . . . . Nov. JANUARY S Freshman Days S 92 16 T . Sept. 19 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee Oct. 26-28 (Fri.-Sun.) . . . . . . . . . . Homecoming Dec. M . Sept. 19 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . Seminary convenes 17 11 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S . Sept. 19 (Wed.) . . . . . . . s 6 13 20 27 NOVEMBER S I8 . S 1 May 23-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 24 (Fri.) . . . College examinations Seminary Commencement June 2 (Sun.) . . . . . . . . . Baccalaureate Service June 2 (Sun.) . . . . . . . College Commencement T b e Academic Calendar / SEPTEMBER FIRST SEMESTER - 1963-6e Sept. I I -17 (Wed.-Tues.) .... . . .. . Sept. 18 (Wed.) . . . ... .. .. . .. Sept. 18 (Wed.) . . . . . . .. . .. . . . Sept. Oct. I8 I 8-20 Registration OCTOBER College classes begin Seminary convenes (Fri.-Sun.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Homecoming ... ...... (Sat., 12:20 .... p.m.) Jan. 6 (Mon., 7:45 a.m.) NOVEMBER S M T W T ~ S End first half of Semester Nov. 28, 29 (Thurs.-Fri.) 21 M T W T P S 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee Nov. 15 (Fri.) Dec. Fresbman Days . . . . .. . . . Sept. 16, 17 (Mon., Tues.) S 1 8 15 22 29 . Thanksgiving recess Christmas recess begins .. . .. . . . . DECEMBER -S M S M S M T W T P C P S F S Classes resume Jan. 21-29 (Tues.-Wed.) . . . . . College examinations . . Seminary examinations Jan. 23-29 (Thurs.-Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Jan. 29 (Wed.) First Semester ends SECOND SEMESTER - 1964 ...... Feb. 5 (Wed.) Registration Second Semester . . .. . . . . . . Feb. 6 (Thurs., 7:45 a.m.) 12 (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Lincoln's Birthday March 25 (Wed., 9:oo p.m.) .. . March 31 (Tues., 7:45 a.m.) .... fister recess begins 22 (Fri.) . . . . .. . . . . Seminary Commencement May 28-June 5 (Thurs.-Fri.) June 7 (Sun.) June 7 (Sun.) ..... ... . ............ . T College Commencement T W T MARCH 7 S7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 College examinations Baccalaureate Service W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Easter recess ends April 9 (Thurs.) . . . . . . End first half of Semester May T FEBRUARY Ckrsses begin Feb. 6 (Thurs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Late registration fee Feb. JANUARY MAY S M 3 4 T 5 W 6 :! !i ii ii27 24 25 26 31 T ~ 1 8 2 9 28 29 30 7 :: iz i: JUNE S 7 14 21 28 M T W T P S 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 I8 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 S 6 Profile AUGSBURG COLLEGE A four-year Liberal Arts College sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church. Offers a broad education in a Christian environment. Fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. Holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the Minnesota Private College Council. a In addition to providing a Liberal A.rts cdumtion, Augsburg College offers preparation f o r teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, parish work, m d missions. Students may prepare for further *dy in the fields of engineering, theology, dentism, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. Located near the main business section of Minneapolis. Students have eat- access to libraries, museums, and art coIIe&ons. They have opportunity to attend lectures and musical programs and to participate actively in the l i e of the churches. Maintains a friendly atmosphere, in which students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, well-prepared faculty. A comprehensive development program is in operation. AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Located on the same campus as the college. Aims primarily to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Church. General Inf ormatian HISTORICAL SKETCH AUGSBURG was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In the autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. Its aim was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The College was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high schaaI course covering three years was estabkhed which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 3833. In the years 1916-1919the mlIege course was thoroughly revised. A s a result of W w and of subsequent growth, the earlier clcsieal course was geatIy modified and suppIemmted bp social and ~ i e n t i f i cstudies and a more general emphasis upon the study nf she humanities. Tn recent rears there has been continuoas stud? and modification Q £ the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the ~tuderits. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time 26 majors are offered. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922. 8 / General information Recent years, especially since the close of World War 11, have witnessed a greatly increased enrollment and a corresponding expansion of physical facilities both in campus area and in buildings. In the Theological Seminary there L s likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses to meet changing needs. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. A bachelor's degree or equivalent is the required scholastic preparation for admission. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College continue to function in close cooperation and as integral parts of one institution. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. August Weenaas ......................................1869 - 1876 .1907 George Sverdrup .....................................1876 . Sven Oftedal ..............................................1907 - 1911 ......... .1937 George Sverdrup .... --,1911 H. N. Hendrickson (Acting) .. 1937 - 1938 Bernhard Christensen ..............................1938 - Present FUNDAMENTAL AIMS THE EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are integrated with this principle. Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline necessary to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." SPECIFIC AIMS To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty: General Information / 9 SCHOLARSHIP To stimulate the student's intellectual interest and to develop his scholarly insight, so that he may think with accuracy and comprehension in the fields of the liberal arts. To instruct the student in scientific methods of study and to develop his understanding of the relations of science to spiritual reality and to the welfare of mankind. To familiarize the student with the culture of his own and other civilizations, for his enjoyment and for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of his fellow men throughout the world. To awaken and foster in the student an intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of the best in the fine arts. To help the student develup certain skills, such as those in language, music, physical aclivitiee. and use of the library, which will increase his efficiency in the rarinus relationships of life. FAITH RELIGIOUS To lead the student to a deeper understanding and experience of the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become an effective participant in the work of the Christian Church and an earnest advocate of the Christian way of life. CHARACTER To teach the student to discipline his urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. To guide the student in the understanding of social relationships in order that he may take his place in groups with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of courtesy and sincerity. To cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. CITIZENSHIP To develop the student's interest in the common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and the preservation of our liberties in community and nation. To develop in the student an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the world. / General lnformatia 10 VOCATIONAL PREPARATION To provide guidance for the student in discovering and clarifying his aptitudes and his life purposes. To proride votxtional and professional prqaratinn for public schooI teaching, business adminisvation. home economics, m d parish work; and to give prqaration for the study of medicbe: dentis- nursing, medical technolog, engineering. social work; and throu~ha fouryear college course to prepare the student for the study of theology and graduate work. HEALTHAND RECREATION To afford the student wholesome recreation which will contribute to effective use of leisure time, and the development of such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control. To instruct the student in principles pertaining to health, so that he may develop attitudes, practices, and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being, making him better able to meet the responsibilities of life. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL AUG~BURG COLLEGEAND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY is affiliated with the Lutheran Free Church, a church body of about 90,000 members with headquarters located in Minneapolis, near the Augsburg Campus. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, h a n c e , and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and derelqment of the College, a major part of the financial support of the imtitution cnmes from the congeegations of thr Lutheran Free Church. In recent y ~ a growing ~ s E ~ T Cof~ friends slso out~idethis Church, hoth alumni and others, have contributed financially to the school. Since 1951, business and indmtrv have given sign5cant support through the Minnesota Private College Fund. An enIargetl Developmmt Program, inchding a comprehensire 20-year plan for expansion, was hunched in 1958. Augsburg welcomes and invites support on the part of all who believe in k r program of vitai Christian education. General Information / II THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION THE AUGSBURG ALUMNIASSOCIATION has as its goal to enable graduates and former students to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in Science Hall. THE PHYSICAL PLANT INSTRUCTIONAL FACILITIES and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 1943-49, is a large and completely modern building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, biology and home economics; the student center; a medium-sized auditorium and several classrooms and iaculty offices. A Tower Prayer Chapel is located on the fourth floor. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The Science Hall is shown at left in the picture below and George Sverdrup Library is the building extending to the right, connecting with Memorial Hall. I2 / General Information The George Sverdr11,p Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall 2nd of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located in one section of the Library building. Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, shown above, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to serve the needs of the music department. T h e Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other sveech activities. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters for about 140 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. General Information / I 3 Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for 165 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger dormitory. Miriam, Edda, Epsilon, Kappa, Omega, Sigma, and Theta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women students. T h e President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing. T H E ARCHIVES THE AUGSBURG ARCHIVESOCIETY was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 3000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. AUDIO-VISUAL EDUCATION TO FACILITATE INSTRUCTION the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is located on the ground floor of the Library. Varied equipment is available for classroom use and other college activities. This equipment includes movie projectors, slide and filmstrip projectors, a sound amplification system, a tape recorder, an Episcope, phonographs, and a mi'crocard reader. Records, slides, maps, filmstrips, and microcards are also housed in this center. Science Auditorium, as well as several classrooms, is equipped with facilities for projection. 14 / General Znf ormation - - . -. l T 1 -- - B1r m! \r pk?*e., .- LIBRARY FACILITIES k- 7 - I' 4 Tz+::>*A~2y -7 7 THE BEAUTIFUL and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides 1- + a central study-workshop for both -r-t faculty and students. It contains . about 41,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open stacks. Students and faculty memL=bers working in either of the two large reading rooms have easy access to the stacks. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the ground floor reading room. "LA -- -- * hh i - 11 1 - %Jd - The library subscribes to about 425 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Jerome Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES THE LABORATORIES of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and storeroom and office space for Biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for Chemistry and two laboratories for Physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. Financial Information A CONSIDERABLE PART of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Tuition (including student activity fee, $9.00; health fee, $11.00) . . Student union fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Matriculation fee (for those registering for the first time) . . . . . . Locker (optional) ........................................... Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $400.00 7.50 10.00 1.00 $418.50 Bcoks are estimated at $25.00 to $40.00. Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $18.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $32.00 per credit hour up to 11 credits. Those who register for 12 o r more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is one-half the fee charged when i t is taken for credit. Students and auditors enrolled for less than 5 credits are not charged the student union fee. Those enrolled for 5 to 8 credits pay 1/3 the student union fee. Those enrolled for 9 to 11 credits pay 2/3 the student union fee. ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER1 Women Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $115.00 ..................................... 125.00 Key Deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 $241.00 Total Room & Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Board* Men $115.00 150.00 I 6.00 $281.00 "Women students in residence are required to buy and use a minimum of $125.00 of meal book coupons per semester, men students $ I 50.00. 1 Subject t o change. I6 / Financial Imfomation SPECIAL FEES Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes . Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Placement fee. depending upon the method of placement . . . . . . $3.00 to Graduation fee. for seniors in both the College and Seminary . . . . . . . . . Final examinations taken at another hour than the one scheduled . . . . . . Examination making up an incomplete o r a condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MUSIC FEES PER S E - E S T E R Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................................ Voice ....................................................... Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Private instruction, per lesson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Piano studio rental (one hour per day) ........................... Organ rental (one hour per day) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voice studio rental (one hour per day) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Concert Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Resident students General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4 I 8.50 $418.50 to 266.00 Room & Board' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241.00 Special. Music. Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.00 to 80.00 Total. approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $684.50 to $764.50 *These are required minimum expenditures. Ordinarily the total cost is somewhat higher . Off-campus students General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $41 8.50 $418.50 Special. Music. Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.00 to d0.00 Total. approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $443.50 to $498.50 These estimates do not include transportation. clothing. or ~ersonalexpenses. PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS SEE UNDER Application for Admission for required advance deposits. Parents may deposit additional money in advance at the college or the student may make the remainder of the payment when he registers. Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February . Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial problem in some cases. the college has instituted a "budget" plan . By this plan the resident student makes a down payment of $475.00 at registration. then seven monthly payments of $115.00 and 1 Subject to change. Financial Informl~tion/ 17 the balance due in May. Off-campus students pay an initial payment of $225.00 and seven monthly payments aE $80.00 and the balance due in May. To defray the cost of the plan, a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. REFUNDS Tuition, fees, and room charges for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of anv semester will be charged at the rate of 10 percent per week or fraction thereof, except f;lr matriculation and special fee.! which are not refundable. There i s no fee refund after the middle of the semester. Refunds for board are made on unused meal-book coupons. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds. schotawhips. grants-in-ai& and emplo!-nlent assistance are available at +4ugbmg. Students must complete ail application form and meet certain requirements to qualjfp fur financial ni&. The collllep gives a~aistanceto s ~ d e n t sin securing work bosh nn and off the campus. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. TFte GeneneralS d e n t Loan Fund', established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintaind by contributions from the -4 ugsbarg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students in the Seminary. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. National Defense Student Loam, established by h e National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available to students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration is given to those students who express a desire to teach in elementary or secondary schools and to those whose academic background indicates a superior capacity for preparation in science, mathematics, engineering or modem foreign languages. I 8 / Financial Information Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of a faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS A N D PRIZES Fifty Freshman Scholarships of varying amounts are available to outstanding high school graduates. Some of these scholarships are renewable provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. A limited number of Tuition Scholarships is awarded to outstanding high school graduates. Students who rank in the upper five per cent of their high school class, perform well on scholastic aptitude tests, and can show good character references are eligible for consideration. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a 2.25 scholastic average. Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 1.75 or better. Upper-class Scholarships of $300 are awarded each year to selected students with an honor point ratio of 2.4 or better who apply to the Student Personnel Committee. Augsburg awards two Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships cover the cost of tuition or its equivalent. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lnke Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. I t is a scholarship of $200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. I t is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sephomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 uotil the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. I t is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. Financial In formatima / 19 T h e George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. T h e Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 b;r- Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son whn gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarslrip is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement. personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarsh,ips of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. T h e Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Pnulson Jfernorial Price. from a fund established by Adolph Paulson w110 [aught Social Tcience at Aughurg from 1930 to 1935. is nm+arded a~nuall! to a college studrnt for the b e € essay r+~ittenon an assi~ned subject in the f i ~ l dof Christian Snciolog>-.The amount of the prize i s mcmberr; of the Paulson farnil?- in memory of Profesor $50.00 T h e Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarskip was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College or Seminary. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. T h e Reverend Oloj Rogne Men~nrialSrholnrsbips were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator oi tltr snIlege from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually tn ~ e I p c t dstudents preparing for Christian service in either the college or the seminary. T h e Carl Fosse ;VTcmnriul Chemistry Scltolarship was established in 1960 by the d ~ p a r t m ~ noff ~llpmietryto honor the menlory of Carl Fosse. professor of c h e ~ n i s r rat ~ ;iupsburg from 1921 tn 1942. The annual award is made to a fred~rnanstadent whose acarl~~nic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. T h e Manivald Aldre Menzorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the rlepartment nf chemistry to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre. assistant p s o f ~ 5 ~ nofr chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 to 1958. The annual award i s made to a freshman student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. 20 / Financial Information Tlte Walter Gordon Sclrnell 3.femorilst CJ~emisrrySch ohrship was established by friends and the department of chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon 5chneIL a student of chemistry at Xogburg until the time of his death in January 2960. The annual arvard is made to a freshman dudent whose academic b n c k ~ o u n d indicates promise of achievement in the field of c h e m i s . The Dr. F r e d e d c C,a d LLWTOE. Ifortensen Chemistry Scholarship was a~tahliahedin 1961 hp the chemist? staff. The award is made annually tn a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial! Scho?msh,ip was establish& in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. -4.. Sveeggm, profmsor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Alumni Ach.ievmmf Scho?zrships are awarded annualI7 t o three undergradaate studenk. The amount is goivalent to one semester's tuition and f ~ e sThese . scholarships are give11 to the outstandjng etudent in the freshman, sophomore. and junior classes for we the follnlring academic year. The Alma Jensen Dickersan, .Memorial Sch.ularsltips were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson. a member of the Augsburg facult? from 1943 to 195S. One or more schoIarsh@s are awarded annually to able and desening junior or senior smdents. The Carl W . LandahI Scholarship was established by the family and friends in memory of Professor Carl W. Landahl, a member of the Augsburg Music Faculty from 1952 until his death in 1961. It is awarded annually to a student on the basis of achievement in the field of music. The Onesirnus Sc/rolarsiU'p. established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James WelEecbon, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to a student in the Seminary who is preparing for service in the Christian mini--. The Thorvald Olsen Barrttued~ Memorial Scho7arsltip Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from h e Bnrnbedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntpdt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1955. One or more scholarships is awarded annually to a student or students in Augsburg Theological Seminary. The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annuallv to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, pariah of the Lutheran Free Church. Finmrcial lnf omration / 2 I The Edward Yokie Scholarship, consisting of the income from $5,000, was established in 1962 through a bequest of Mr. Yokie, a former Augsburg student. The Greater Augsburg A h m n i A s s a c i ~ i o nScholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding dumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned mi~sionariesor to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to $250.00 per year. Higher awards are possibIe for graduate work or medical study. GRANTS-IN-AID GRANTS-IN-AID are available to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the student and his family. EMPLOYMENT SERVICE AN EMPLOYMENT SERVICE, located in the Personnel Office, assists stodents in obtaining part-timeremunerative work. Many sixdents find it possible to pap part 'of their college expenses with money earned in this waj-. The t y p e of work available m e of variom kinds, including ~ecreationalleader&ip, reptaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. The college i s concerned that mployment not interfere ruitl~ a student's academic work. Tllerefore, it is dsirable that Freshmen have s&cient funds to pay their entire expenses for at Ieast one semester. Part-time employment may then be secured in accordance with the need of the gudent and his ability to handle extra work. Students are employed by the college in several areas. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in obtaining summer employment is also provided each spring by the Ernploymemt Service. Application for part-time or summer employment may be made in the Personnel Office. Admission to the College APPLICATION PROCEDURE Xupsburg College should be made to the Director of :ldrnie~ionr;.This ma)- be done at any time after the completion of the junior year in high school. and preferably before July 1 preceding the fall in rvliich a &.dent seeks admission. fio appljcadona are accepted after September 1. Studentr! are adrised to apply earl!- in their senior year. Early applicants gain an advantage hoth in regstration and housing. Kotification of admission is sant a ~tudenta5 soon as his appIication is complete. ~ F P U C . ~ TFOR ~ ~ ;hDMJSST0Y S to Steps in applying for admission: (1) Obtain an application form by writing or visiting: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis 4, Minnesota 12) Complete and return the application form together with a photograph a n d $15.00 admissions deposit. TlGe deposit is applied to the tuition. I1 the auplicarion is not accepted. o r if i t is withdrawn before July 1 for the fall spmester and by January 15 for the eprinp eemeter. 810.n0 of thB d e p o d itdl bbe refunded. (3) Request your high school to send us a cop^ af your high school record and t e results. ~ Transfer srudcnts will request the previous cfillege nr co1Iegs to send an official transcript of grades togerher with results of standardized re?& taken. An interview on campus ie encouraged but not r e w e d . After acceptance dl new studenk are rewired to pay a $50 nonrefundable &tion dcposit. Tbie deposit is due by July 1; for those admitred thereafter. it i due within two weelcs af~er acceptance. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION .$UCSR'ETRG COLLEGE admits as h d e n t s . men and xTomenof good moral character ancl sound health who show interest in and a b i l i t ~to do college work. 'Estimate of ability i s determined by rank in the high schooi graduating class. by the Minne-cota Scholastic Aptitude Test or comparable examination. and bv the h i ~ hschooI record or pserinus colIese record. The normal basis for aJrni~-.ionis the completion of the courses of grades nine to tw~Ivein an accredited high school. No definite pattern of ~ubjccksi s required. but i t is recnrnmendecl d ~ a tthe last fonr year5 oE high school include four units of En&h, and at least two units eac5 of a foreign lanpage. social studies. mathematics. and gcience. A m i t is defined as a course carering one academic ?-ear and qnivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Admission t o the College / 23 For entrance to the Freshman class, either the tests of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 15. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted to register. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record was satisfactory and they were in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. A maximum of 64 semester credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. -MINNEAPOLIS Over 400 f r e s h e n enrolled in the faU of 1961. STAR PHOTO Campus Life THEINPLUEKCES which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kind?. While rhe exercises of classroom, Iaboratary, and library f o m ~the organizing basis of college a c t i v i ~ ?they need ro be supplemented by ather than academic forces. T h e e intangible but very real supplementary influrnces have n1uc11to do with ereatirg the spirit of an institution. At .4ugsburg definirc emphasis is placed upon thf maintenance of a rvholcmn~espirit of Christian community living* Students are urged t o gite conscious attmtion to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in each life. All students are required to conlplete fourteen credit hours in courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. THE CHAPELSERVICE The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. In the content of this primary relationship the Christian also lives in a relationship to people, to events, to things. The fact that God not only created the world but became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to be despised. Campus Life / 25 The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. It should be clear, however, that in an age which is much concerned with the pursuit of pleasure, a college like Augsburg should never subordinate its academic program to leisure-time activities. On the contrary, the recreational program must be in the content of, and be congruent with, the major inellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal to help the individual to live an effectual Christian life in the world. In setting up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal arts. The program takes into account the relationship between sexes and seeks to provide normal and healthy opportunities for the expression of the mutual attraction of the sexes. Augsburg offers a varied and selective recreational and social program which gives preference to those activities which are emancipatory rather than restrictive, those which enrich community life rather than those which are divisive or encourage selfish satisfactions. The college provides a rarietr- of activities designed to meet these requirements. The ancial p-rogam includes a number of organized allschool went5 combined with many les-structured activities designed for specified smaller poups. Tn nttempting to meet the needs and interests o f all Angsburg fhdenb, we make use of dl existing facilities on campus and m a t y of those which are available in the Twin City area. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed upon certain other activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. I t forbicb the posmaion or consumption of alcoholic bererages in dormitories; in any collegeapproved place of residence, or at an? college-spansored event. Any student found under the influence of Liquor i s subject to disciplinary action. SociaI. or ballroom dancing. is not a part of the recreztiond program of the college. Students arr encouraged to be digcriminating in all types of recreation in which they engag. [hat their time may be well v e n t . and strong moral and ethical ralues map be developed. Such common activitie: as television vierving and movie-going. for example, can easily become time-wasting and even detrimental to the development of moral and ethical values. Without attempting ta dictate to the indiridud conscience, the college regards i t as its right to ask its students t o adapt thernselve. to the social p r a p a m approred by the college and to follow it as memh e n of the cr~llegecommunity. Although thp college l a ~ dowm s specific rules regarding most mattes only with respect to activities centering on the rampus. it reserves the right t o dismiss any studmt whose cnntinuation in colZegr is deemed undeirahle for social as we11 as for academic reaFons. It i s the policy of the c o l l ~ pthat such action shall not be taken capriciously, but only after the avaiIable campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, dis- t6 / C m W Life ciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. RELIGIOUS PROGRAM The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, informal group meetings, and a Pre-seminary club. This Commission also serves as a coordinating agency for all voluntary Christian organizations on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Association. The SCA seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national Lutheran Student Association of America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Mission Society, the service organization of SCA promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the study of missionary activity and recruitment of workers. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. CONVOCATION Regular convocations are held each Thursday throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The S t d e n t Council through the Commissioner of Social Activities, assisted by a Commission on Social and Recreational Life, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes spon:or semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and.a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. ,4ugsbnrg7's location in Minneapolis gitw i t s shdmts unique opportunities to make use of some of rhe finest educational and cultural adrantag3 which the Northwst has to offer. Excellent art coUectinns are to he fonnd i n the Minneapolis Institute of and the WaIker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are evteneive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large coflections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony @ T C ~ F ~ ~ Tprograms ~ I and other concerts affnrd rich npporiuni~yfor the e n j o y e n t of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and the University Theater drama programs. A monthly bulletin, Augsburg Plus, listing programs, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. STUDENT GOVERNMENT THE STUDENT SOCIETYconsists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College and Theological Seminary. The central concern of student government is focused on education to rhe end that i n d i d n d s may develop their full capabilities through intellectual gror+-lh.The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming rqonsibilities for fm-thering etudent affairs, educating members to the democratic prace-fe, derelnping a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. The Execzctizle Council consists of six commiss i o n e r w a c h responsible to the president for one of the major areas of ~tudentlife. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Sttdertt Council. presided over by the ~ice-president,is the branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participa~esin student government throuFh its repre~~ntatives on the council. ttrTentponem e d e r le+lative The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary, whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculi? Cotrncil. composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campw proble~n~, considers legislation adopted by one group or the o h e r rvl~jc!~affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperatian and understanding between the students, the faculty, and t l ~ eadministration. The Student Society is n member of the N a t i o n a l Student A~socistiaa, L J I ~l a r g s t r~preserilativenatinnaI union of ~tudentsi n the United States. Through this organization the students receire programming aide for use on the campus. and adtl their voice ro the voice of all American students before Ute r~ational porernment and otlther organizations in matters of smdent concern, The Slurlent C;n~:~mmenr direct? siweraf projects of interest t o the college community. These projects include ihe annual One-Appeal Campaign. Leadership Training Workshops. Political Actimn Week, Homecoming. 5~lddent Lecture Series, Academic Freedom 'K~ek. College Union Study. and Development Council. Counseiing of FreAmen by upper-class student%is conducted through a College Brofher-Co17ege sister Program as a part of Freshman Orientation. Associated Tomen Sludents. composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the $5-omen to develop meanin,@ seH gorernmenf. Tt aims to create a E;ense of Ilarmonv ant? fellowship, to promote and maintain I~ighstandards of l~rrnorand i n t e g i ? in personal conilact. and i t encourages participation irl all collepe actintiea. It i s affJiatrrI with the Interccrllegiate .\r;sociated Tomen Students, a national organization. The Augsbzrrg Ech,o, the college newspaper, is published by a student staff. Augsburg's yearbook, the Arrgshurgian, prnvides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opporhmip for creative expression in artistic design as \ ~ c l las in pl~ot~p-raph~. The top staff members of the Azcgshnrg Echo and the Augsburgian constitute the Board of Publication. A student editor, named by the Publications Commission, compiles the "A" Book. The Directory is published by the Registrar. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM The enlhusiasm and energy of student^ motirate them to pursue their int~rest.Jwyonrl the rla~~r-roorn. For most effective partidpation, ~tudents with similar interests h a w unitrtl to form clubs. Several nf t h e e are esten~ionsof courses beronrI the class room. Ot11ers are devoted to i n t e r ~ ~ not t s aRerrr1 in die currirulum. Nerv clubs are formed as the o c c ~ ~ i odernancls. n The Alpha Delta Theta, Sigma Chaptm, is a prafe:siond sorority open to students preparing for medical technolop. Ridership is based,upon scholarship, character and professional The Aristolelian Society unites those who have a common interest in scientific knowledge and experimentation. The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in the field of art and to promote an interest in art. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Chemistry Club is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Cosmopolitan C1u.b brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language and people of the various countries. The Electronics Club is open to anyone interested in the field of radio and electronics. Members operate an amateur radio station on the campus. The Augsburg Society for Drarnntic drrs provide? for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage p~esmtationsand from field trips, as well as from rending and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. b l m b e r ~ l ~ iinp ijrarional Cojleg-iute lJlayers represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upper-classmen. The Student National Education Association, Martin Qmnbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims tc promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an ir?iormal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Tomes" AtA7eric Assachtion at Augsbnrg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic ,il;sociation of College Tomen. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreationaI activities with awards given on a point bask. Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and accmionally to Canada. The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Varsity Band and Instrumental Ensembles. The Augsburg College Cantorians, a women's chorus, participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. The Male Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under he direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well ae indi~idaalperformance actidties. Climaxing the intramural Frogram is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramuraI scbedulea in I-ariou~;colleges. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. IT IS TKE PURPOSE of Augshurg College to provide an intercaIIegiate azhIetic program wlzich is in harmony with its Christian philost?phy. This philosophp k to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the pla?-era and the spectaton. The edncationaI program of the college reco,gnizes that recreation and play are n fundamental part of hlife, and h a r ihjs phase of Life needs to be cultivated 8 physical, mental, and crnationa1 health are to be maintained. IntercolIegiate athletics, as a phase of that progam, g i v e recognition to the fact that co~npetitiveplay can contribute to the development of student interests, skills. insights, and loyalties. More specifically. the following outcomes are sought: (I) The shrdrnt participating in athletics sl~ouldacquire and exhibit, both in and out of athlckiw, sucFr Isaeic qualities of character as self-discipline, h o n ~ t y . sense of fair pIay. ant! cooperation. ( 2 ) The participant 511ould de\.elop the knowledge. interests. and skills which will be of special use to him in such r*oc;rtions as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing wit11 it, the student's participation in intescnllegiate alliIetics must either contribute directly to this goal ar be complementary LO his other educational actirities. 131 The ~ t n d e n tspectator ~honlda c e r e and erhibit snme of the finer qualities of Chridian character, such as self-restraint. sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on i l ~ epart of both oppnnents and fellow-students. and respect for individual personalit!*. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contrilmte to the development of a unified and healthy "schnol ~ i r i t . " Err Aueiasrn for intercollegiate athletics or other c o - c d d a r sctivitie-s should not overshadorv pride in high schola.~ticachievement. nor can i t take the place of a well-roundcd and effective intramural and general recreatianal progam. HONORS AND AWARDS On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda lota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purpose? of the Timia Soci~ty.the Augsbwg lionor sociehr. are to recngnize scademic achie\vement and to promote scholarship. Vembership is by invitation only. Juniors and Seniors who have earned 3 2.5 honor point ratio accmulative are normally indited. while Freshmen and Snphomores with a 2.25 honor point ratio arc aclmifted as pledps. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Garnrnn M r t . the National Social Science Honor Societ!-. wlirrh is affiliated rvith the Association of College Honor Societies. A high lei-el of xholarship in the social sciences is required for election to r n e m b c ~ h i ~ . The d u g b u r g Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and hunor those members of the senior graduating c l s s rvho have shown tl~emselves to be indirriduak excelliiig to an outstanding d e g e e in r;cholanhip, leader& ip. and participation in extra-curricular activiries. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson i n 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Ortltorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest i s engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Tnstitutional semices to students are arganized and administered in accordance with plans and policies estahIi&ed by the Student Personnel Committee. Included sre such services as Counseling, Testing, Fr-hman Orientation. Stndnt Records. The Student Real& Service: Housing and Faod Senlice, Placement, S~udentEmpIopment, snd Coordination of Student Ac~ivities.The ac?ministralio~lof these services ia centered in the Ofice of the Dean of Student:. The Stodent Personnel Office also works claselp with the Director of Admigsions. Caunseling services are maintained in an effort: tro assist each stndent to obtain the mmimurn benefits from he learning experiences offered at Augshurg CaIlege. RTatters such as uncertaine over vocational choice or educational planning religious uncertain?, health, financial robletme., personal and social rtd jush-nent and personal deficiencies can interfere wid? the learning process a d are dealt rvith in counseling sessions. It is hoped itrat through counseling, students will develop more realistic conceptions of themselves and the sunomding world, and keener awareness of reources available to t h m as sltey meet the problems of daily life. At Angsburg the counseliig procea is carried an at a w e d levels. .M1 faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each ncw student is asigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of stndy. At that h e , the major abvism becomas his counselar. In addition. there are f a c u b members who have specialized training in comseIing and techniques for dealing with prohIems of adjmtment. The Dean of Stodents and the Dean of Women are special counselors to the men and women. respechely. The connseling propam is coo~dinatedby ihe OEce of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plane and policie,~established by the Student Personnel Committee. Students who have persona1 problems are mcouraged to seek heIp through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands profeminnaI skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling the student is referred to tke Office of the Dean of Students or Dean uf TiTomen. A further referraI may be made to the College Chaplain, in the ca:e of spiritual problems, or a pspchiatrist. in rhe case of underl!ing emotional problems. The school phyician works lrirh the Personnel Deans in the Ixtter case. All new students are gitren a battry of t e ~ t sduring Freshman Days. College aptitude gcores, Englkh, and reading ability scores are used Ey c o m s ~ l o r sto help students plan their initial progranzs. Personal adjustment scorcs and the rocatianal interest t e t profile help the student3 learn to know m O t F about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupatianal goals. The Sequential Tests of Educational Progress ISTEP) are given to all sophomores. Saniors take the graduate record examinations. Freshmen and other new students participate in FreAmam Days before the beginning of classes each sernestc~.The stadenta take tests, attend classes, inspect the college faciliti~s, and become acquainted with their fellow students. with the facdp, and especiallj~with their o w n f ~ c u l t ycolmselors. The facuIty counselors and students have several conferences during which they p l ~ n the student*s program of study. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested stodents, Freshmen who expect d3Iiculty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are ~ P C i d yE I T t~o ~flr011i n this COUTSe. Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. The Student Health Senice provides campus dispensary service with registered nurses on duty. The coltege ph?sician has daily o5ce hours on campus for consulration and for emergency treahlent. Infimlav rooms are adjacent to the dispensaq. The Health SerPice is housed in a first faor _~ectinnof Memorial Hd,the men's residence hall. two Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering ~rturlenti~ required to have on file the report of a physical examination girm by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescril~cdwhere nccded. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. In it? residence propam, the coFlep sin15 t o dewlop in the students Chrislian cI~aracter.self-control. and though~fulconirleration of others. .#it he same time. the collep rcalizee t h a ~s;tudents' llappinese, comfort, and emotional adjur;tmrnt in ;he rcsidcnce halls are rlirect influences on their general efiriancy in the clwsroam. Ln an effort to provide these opportunities for development while maintaining optimal living ennditianc, active student dormitory councils assume the responsibilities for the adlnjtlistratinn of dormitory life policies in con~;ul~atjo~i rr it11 he UirecLor of EcsIdences 1or Wn11te11, the Hear! re sir lent^, and Fprsunnel Deans. Llpper-daw studenis serw as t o u n a ~ l ~ r n~ e the dormitories and attempt to help rlo~nlitor!- residents with prol~lerns of personal adjndment. Tllp lieat1 Resirlr~ltsand Per?onnel Deans senre as resource people to these c o u n ~ e l o rand ~ handle cases rciprred to them. A11 lrnmen atudents a n d freshman nlen studenti not Iiving at home are requireti Lo live in colIege-ol~eratedhousing. Students desiring t o reside in the city ~r.ikhr c l a t i r ~t~n u ~ tfin[ secure apprtrral for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All studen& living in the dormitoris. and umst sturlenk i n off-campus homing take heir meals in she coJIcp r l i n i t q room. The c o l l e ~ ealso prorides two houses Eor ~vornen with a cnoperati\.~huuse plan and nne house with small apartments. Reeiclenc~l~allcare npPn to students a day before regdar schedules become ~ffectir-P.and the!- C ~ O ~aP day after the term clnsee. Students %rlio 1ris11 to sta!- in residence during vacatiun~ must apply for the privilege. R o n m ~are furnit-hrd err~p1for l ~ p dlinen. LOX$-rls, hlankels. and bedspreads. Laundry facilitit~ arp alaiIa1,lc i n each residence. Red linen. and tntrels n-iay be reiltcrl rrit11 laurl(lcring fir--ice a1 a reasenahle c o ~ t .T h i ~sen~iceir; ~equircdof all \\-.\.omenstudent-. in Gerda >Tortensen Hall. =Zn optional linm sen-ire is a r ~ i l a b l eto other students. 5tudents e l y a g e a aonm ai tlic: hegi~lninenf the fan semester f o r the entire scltonl !;car. Rr~om resema1inn3 urrith depnsit nf 925 are requirsrl of all 5ittgJe ~ f u r l ~ n tThis s . rleposit is appli~dto the first semester's room rent. Rooms Tor ncrr- students are a ~ ~ i ~ ni ne dthe lare summer according to the date of application. P r e s ~ ~~tudrnts tt must make room application prior LO M a y 15 ant1 suhmit tIte rnom deposit by July 15. After May 15, reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall are required to pay a $15.00 breakage fee at the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the fee is refunded if the condition of the room and the furniture is satisfactory. The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. The Coordinator of Stu,dent Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society. Liaison between the Student Society and Faculty and Administration is the function of the Student-Faculty Committee. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared by the Student Personnel Office. Also, the college activities calendar is kept by the Coordinator of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the Commission on Student Organizations. EXAMINATIONS T&s are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of e ~ c hsemester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be &sent from a h a 1 m i n a t i o n because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot ahtain an excuse, may arrange to take such an mamination during some period after the time on which the mult i n a subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $2.00 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he mmt obtain a statement from the Registrar's ofice and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations map be permitted in courses in which h e Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believe the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. W h e n permission is granted, the necessary approval foms may be secured at the a5ce of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers wiIl be filed in the Registrar's office. GRADE VALUES A -Superior, 3 honor puinb per credit B -Very good, 2 honor paints per credit C -Satisfactory, I honor point per credit D -Passable, no honor points per credit F -Failure, minus 1honor point per credit E - Condition I - Incomplete CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester, or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. 11 incompletes Academic Administrotion / 39 and conditions are not removed within the time rtflowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete map be changed to a passing grade only when the average of Lhe previans work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the BacheIor of h degree, certain reqtmenrents m u ~ he t m ~ with t re& to credits. courses, and grades. A student wlio plans to graduate from tlugsburp is urger1 to dudy the requiremcnts as outIimcd in this section of the catalog and in the deparkmunt in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to pee that he includef- the rvuirad subjects a t the right time in his program of studic~.The facull? ad&ers. IF: deans. and &e registrar will gladly a s s i ~ thim in planning his prorrarn. For a general college education and as a basis for study in professicnal fields, students are required to complete credits as indicated in the following fields : Religion, 1 4 credits, at least 8 credits in lower division courses and 4 in upper division. A maximum of 3 credits from courses 10, 51, 52, 54 may apply. For transfer students, the requirement is an average of 2 credits per semester of attendance. Freshman English, 6 credits from Eng. 1-2. On the basis of proficiency examinations, students may substitute Eng. 3, 21. Literature or Philosophy, 3 credits. Beginning Speech, 2 credits. Fine Arts, 2 credits from Art 1, 71; H.Ec. 3, 64; Mu. 3, 7; or Sp. 30. Foreign Language, 0 to 1 4 credits as indicated below: AMOUNT PRESENTED FROM HIGH SCHOOL Four years of one language. Two or three years of one language. None or one year of a language. AMOUNT REQUIRED I N COLLEGE None. Second or third year of the same language, or two years of another language. Two years in one language. Social Sciences, 6 credits from Hist. 1-2; 21, 22; or Soc. 1, 2. Natural Scierices, 9 credits, at least 3 of these credits must be in the biological sciences, and 3 in the physical sciences. Physical Education, 1 credit from Courses 3 and 4. 40 / Academic Administration All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Where the demands of special curriculums prevent completion of the general education requirements in four years, exemption or modification of these requirements may be sought through petition. All students are required to complete a major for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in lower division courses. Application for major must be made to the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion Music Business Education Philosophy History Home Economics Greek and Latin Sociology Medical Technology English Social Science Biology Language Arts Psychology Physics German Elementary Education Chemistry French Business Administration Natural Science Spanish Economics Mathematics Speech Physical Education Except with special majors such as language arts, music, business education, home economics, and combined natural science, students in the teacher education curriculums should complete a minor as well as a major. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see departmental statements. Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. A maximum of 40 credits in one department is permitted to count toward graduation. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least 36 credits in the Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. The amount of work required for gaduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout or;e semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. Academic Administration / 41 RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degree in residence. DEGREE W I T H DISTINCTZON THE A.B. DEGREE with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude Honor point ratio 2.8-3.0 2.5-2.79+ 2.1-2.49+ To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. Academic procession approaches S i illelby Hall for Comrnencen~en~ Service. Flags o n top of building denote countries where alumni are serving. Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1962-64 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances map necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration map LC cancelled. Stndents should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. SYMBOLS i Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with coneent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS CREDITS SHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit c o m e generallT meets hvice a week and a three-credit course three 'times a week. In the caPe of laboratory courses. the hours of meeting per week are more than the crcdib given, A semester is appmximate\!- 1S J V P P ~ S in length. The normal load for s student i s 16 credit hours per wrnester, Cuurses of Study / 43 DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to make: interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. Religion Philosophy Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Business Education Home Economics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Division of Religion and Philosophy MR. P. A. QUANBECK,Chairman THROUGH m~ STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is appraised of those realities which are central to the problem of human existence. The student is encouraged to seek to understand himself and his relation to the world within the framework of the Christian Faith. The goal is the development of an informed and integrated Christian person who is equipped to participate responsibly in the life of the Church and of society. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith i n Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. The graduation requirement includes 14 credits in religion. Of these credits 8 must be in the lower division, and at least 4 must be upper division. N o t more than 3 credits earned in any of the courses numbered 10, 51, 52, and 54 may be applied to this requirement. Freshmen are required to take courses I and 2, and Sophomores are required to take courses 3 and 4. Courses I , 2, 3, and 4 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Requirements for transfer students will be determined at the time of admission. A religion major is recommended as preparation for careers in parish education, parish work, youth work, and parish administration. Majors must consult with the Chairman of the Department regarding their course of study. Major, 28 credits. Minor, 22 credits. Six upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major in religion. r, 2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament, including the history of Israel and special attention to one o r two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament with special attention to two o r three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. 3 . CHURCHHISTORY.I. 2 Cr. A survey of the institutional development of the Christian Church, with the purpose of creating a greater understanding of its historical foundations. Emphasis is on the Reformation. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 45 4. CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.11. r Cr. The fundamental doctrines of the Christian Faith and the historical development of some of these doctrines. The significance of the Pcumenical creeds and the Lutheran confessional writings. 10. HYMNSAND !MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11. See Course 10 under the Department of Music. 2 Cr. Upper Division Courses $1. PRINCIPLE^ OF CHRISTIANEDUCATION.I. 3 Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, curriculum, and administration, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 2 Cr. PARISHWORK. 11. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 52. r Cr. CHURCH.11. A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 54. YOUTH WORKIN THE 6 1 . HISTORYOF RELIGIONS.I. 3 Cr. A survey of some of the major religions of the world. The origin and development of these religions and their influences today. Includes readings in the sacred writings of the religions studied. 62. THEMISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.11. 3 Cr. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. 3 Cr. 71. THE EARLYCHRISTIANFATHERS.I. The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the Early Church. 3 Cr. PROTESTANTISM IN AMERICA.11. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. 72. 3 cr. 8 I . THE GOSPELS.I. The nature of the Gospels. The life and work of Jesus. Particular attention to His teaching concerning the Kingdom of God. 46 / Division of Religion and Philosophy 8 2 . LIFE A N D EPISTLESOF PAUL. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the life and work of Paul, with a study of some of the leading ideas that emerge from his writings. 8 3 . T H E MESSAGEOF THE OLD TESTAMENT.I. 3 Cr. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the 9 I . INTRODUCTION TO CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGICAL THOUGHT.I. 3 Cr. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 9 2 . CHRISTIAN ETHICS.11. 3 Cr. The basic principles of ethics from a Christian point of view. Their application to selected personal and social moral problems. 94. THE CHRISTIANVIEW OF MAN. 11. 3 Cr. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY THE COURSES I N PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as science, religion, and morals. Major, 24 credits beyond Philosophy 2 1 . Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 2 1 , 2 3 , 4 1 , 42 are required for the major and the minor. 2I. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY.Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. 2 3 . LOGIC.Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. The formal rules of sound reasoning. The nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction. A brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. 4 1 , 4 2 . HISTORYOF PHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 2 1 . I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in selected primary sources. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47 Upper Division Courses 53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1963-64.) 54. AUGUSTINE AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of the most important philosophical writings of each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1963-64.) 63. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196364.) cr- 3 64. EMPIRICISM. Prereq. 42. 11. A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1963-64.) 65. GERMANIDEALISM. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered 1962-63.) 66. EXISTENTIALISM.Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered 1962-63.) 7 I . CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. 73. PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE.Prereq. 42. I. A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions, and procedures. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. OF RELIGION.Prereq. 21. I. 85. PHILOSOPHY An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 cr. 86. MORALPHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 21. 11. An inquiry into the nature of the moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourse. ( W e r e d 1962-63.) 91, 92. PHILOSOPHY SEMINAR. Prereq. #. I, II. 1-3, 1-3 Cr. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the head of the department. Division of the Humanities MR. THORSON,Chairman IT rs THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in finding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN, AND HEBREW THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries. Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 14 credits in Latin. 20 credits in New Testament Greek and N E W TESTAMENT GREEK Minor: t o credits. I-2.f ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. I, 11. 8 Cr. In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar of' the Greek language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 5 2. ADVANCED NEWTESTAMENT GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Selections ,from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. $ 3 , 54. GREEKEXEGESIS. Prereq. 12. I, 11. 3 9 3 Cr. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emSphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. LATIN BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11. Grammar and exercises in translation. 1-2:;- 8 Cr. 3 , 4. CZSAR, ST. AUGUSTINE,AND MEDIEVALWRITERS. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11. 3 , 3 Cr. Continuation of grammar and syntax. Selections from Caesar's Gallic War, St. Augustine's Confessions, and Medieval Latin writers. Uivisron of the Humanities / 49 HEBREW g3-g4.t HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, n. See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary. n. a5, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, See Course 17, 18 under Theological Seminary. 6 Cr. 2, n Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH THE DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISHaims to train students in the proper use of English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the beginnings of Western literature and its development in England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for gaduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. This requirement is met by satisfactory completion of English I and 2, or, for students of superior rating, satisfactory completion of English 3 and 21. English 2 1 also meets the literature requirement for graduation. Satisfactory completion of English I is a prerequisite for English 2. All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing to qualify for the A.B. degree. Major: 26 credits above course 9, including 21, 3 I , 32, 5 I , 6 1 , 62, 74, and a course in modern literature. Recommended for students who plan graduate study, in addition to those listed above, courses 52, 76 or 78, 92, 94, three credits of electives, plus mastery of French and German. Teaching major: 28 credits above course 9, including courses listed for the major, plus 2 5 or lo, and 71. A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended. All teaching majors must meet the foreign language requirement. Minor: I8 credits above course 9, including 21, 3 I , 32, 5 I , 61, and 62. Teaching minor: For secondary school: 2 1 credits above 9, including courses listed for the minor, plus 50 or 7 1 . For elementary school: 18 credits above 9, including 21, 25 or 50, Y I , 71, and 3 credits in modern literature. A. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. Fr. (Oflered both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upperclassmen, but only freshmen receive credit. 6 Cr. I-2.t FRESHMAN ENGLISH.(Offered both semesters.) A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a week. yo / urvrston 01 tne Hll?nlr~~~reS 3 . FRESHMAN ENGLISH.I. 3 Cr. An accelerated course providing experience in writing a reference paper, expository, narrative, and descriptive themes. Includes study of language, correct usage, and types of literature. Introduction to analysis and criticism of literary selections. 7. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN.I. 2 Cr. An introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and listening. T o be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English. 2 Cr. A course including reading of literary selections and practice in the skills of writing, speaking, and listening. For student nurses. 9 . COMMUNICATIONS. (Offered both semesters.) 12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11. See course I 2 under Journalism. z Cr. 21, 22. LITERATURE OF THE WESTERNWORLD.Prereq. 2 o r 3. (Offered both semesters.) 3, 3 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. 25. EXPOSITORY WRITING. Prereq. 2 o r 3. I. 2 Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. 26. CREATIVE WRITING.Prereq. 2 o r 3 . 11. 2 Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 3 I . MEDIEVAL LITERATURE. Prereq. 2 o r 3. I. 2 Cr. Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefiy English. Special attention given to Chaucer. 32. RENAISSANCE LITERATURE. Prereq. 2 o r 3. 11. z Cr. Literature of England from 1481 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention given to non-English works. Upper Division Courses yo. MODERNENGLISHUSAGE.Prereq. 2 or 3. (Offered both semesters.) 2 Cr. A course in grammar and usage for the general student. Recommended for students preparing for teaching. Satisfactory completion of this course meetss the graduation requirement for proficiency in English. 11, 52. AMERICANLITERATURE. Prereq. z o r 3. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 55. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. I. Sec course 15 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. r Cr. Division of the Humanities / 5 I 56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. 11. See course 56 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. 57. THE BRITISHNOVEL.Prereq. 2 or 3. I. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 cr. 58. MODERNFICTION.Prereq. z or 3. 11. The modern novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers. (Offered 1963-64.) 59. MODERNPOETRY.Prereq. r or 3. I. 3 Cr. A study of major English and American poets with attention to themes, forms, and techniques. 60. MODERNDRAMA.Prereq. 2 or 3. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of 1,bsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. (Offered 1962-63.) 61. BRITISHLITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURIES. 3 Cr. Prereq. r or 3. I. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 62. BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY.Prereq. 2 Or 3. 11. 3 Cr. Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. 3 Cr. 71. INTRODUCTION TO MODERNENGLISH.Prereq. 2 or 3. I. The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective teachers an introduction to the study of language. (Not offered (1962-63.) 2 Cr. CRITICISM. Prereq. 2 or 3. I. 73. LITERARY A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. 74. SHAKESPEARE. Prereq. 3 2 or #. 11. A study of selected plays with attention given to Shakespeare's development, to dramatic technique, and to the Elizabethan Age. 76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 or #. 11. z Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Offered 196364.) 78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11. z Cr. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered I 962-63.) 5 2 / Division of the Humanities 83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I. 2 Cr. The immprtant literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1962-63.) 85. CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN LITERATURE.Prereq. 5 2 or #. I. 2 Cr. A study of major writers and movements since World War I. (Offered 196364.) 92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. 2 Cr. Methods and problems of bisbliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT I , I Cr. partment chairman. (Offered both semesters.) JOURNALISM 12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING.11. r Cr. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and headlining 15. EDITINGTHE SMALLPAPER. I. 2 Cr. The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective advisers of high-school publications. (Offered 1963-64.) Major in Language Arts for Teaching: 46 credits in the following areas, including: Eng. 21, 31, 32, 51, 61, 62, 71, 74, 2 2 or $2, 2 5 or 50; Journalism 12; Speech 31, 66, plus 2 additional credits; Library Science 63. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH THISDEPARTMENT aims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in intenpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. II All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation.. Speech is designed especially for this requirement. Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department for individual attention. Major: 24 credits above Speech 11. For Education students courses 12, 30, 3 I , 5 I, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required of all majors. Minor: 17 credits above Speech 11. For Education students courses 3 I , 5 I , 66, and 76. 12, 30, - Division of the Humanities / 5 3 I I. BEGMNINGSPEECH. SO. ( m e r e d both semesters.) 2 Cr. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Three hours a week. 12. FORMSOF PUBLICADDRESS. Prereq. 11, Fr., So. 11. z Cr. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. Three hours per week. I 6. STORYTELLING AND CREATNE DRAMATICS.SO. lT. z Cr. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for p/arish workers and elementary school teachers. (Offered 1962-63.) z Cr. 21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE DEBATE. I, 11. Open to all students. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 25. ~NTERCOLLEGIATE SPEECH. Open to all students. I. Prepara~ionfor and participation in intercol1egiate.speech contests. I Cr. 30. INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS.Open to all students. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. 3 I. INTERPRETATIVE READING. So. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. So. TI. 3 Cr. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. jz. ACTING. Upper Division Courses 3 Cr. 5 I . ARGUMENTATION. Jr., Sr., I. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. Participation in intercollegiate debates. 3 Cr. 52. ADVANCED PUBLICSPEAKING.Jr., Sr., 11. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. $5. GROUPLEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION. Jr., Sr., I. z Cr. Theories of group leadership; principles and types of discussion; practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1962-63.) 64. STAGECRAFT.Jr., Sr. 11. r Cr. A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. 54 66. / Division of the Humanities STAGEDIRECTION. Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Theory and practice of stage direction with lzboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. SPEECH PATHOLOGY. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 91, 92. SPEECH SEMINAR.Sr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and the methodology of research. 93, 94. DRAMASEMINAR.Sr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and interests. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES THISDEPARTMENTaims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom i t is the main channel of expression. I t also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. I t durthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. GERMAN Major: 24 credits above German 2. Minor: 1 6 credits above German 2. I - 2 . t BEGINNINGGERMAN.I,, 11. 8 Cr. Pronunciation, grammar, reading, elementary composition and conversation. Audio-oral exercises in laboratory required. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN.Prereq. 2 o r equivalent. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Emphasizes pronunciation and comprehension. Grammar review, composition, and conversation. Required for teachers and minors. Students who have credit for German 5 , 6 will not receive credit for this course. y, 6. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Emphasizes reading and interpretation of texts in German. For students who plan to enroll in a theological seminary or graduate school. Students who have credit for German 3, 4 will not receive credit for this course. Upper Division Courses 51, 52. GERMANLITERATURE. Prereq. 4 or 6. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Selected works of standard German authors. A survey of German literature and culture. AND CONVERSATION. Prereq. 4. I, 11. 61, 62. COMPOSITION 2, 2 Cr. More advanced work in writing and speaking German. Required for teachers and minors. Prereq. 5 2 or #. I. 71. THEGERMANDRAMAQF THE 1 9 m CENTURY. 3 Cr. A survey of the field and reading of representative works. (Offered 1963-64.) #. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the genre and reading 'of works in the field. (Offered 1963-64.) 72. THEGERMANSHORTSTORY(Novelle.) Prereq. 52 or 74. THEGERMANNOVELOF THE I ~ T HAND LOTH #. 11. CENTURIES.Prereq. 5 2 or 3 Cr. Discussion and reading of representative works. (Offered 1964-65.) 91. INDEPENDENT STUDY.Prereq. #. Offered both semesters. r Cr. Selected topics in German literature. Paper to be written in German. (Offered '963-64.) SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LlTERATURE Minor, 24 credits. I-2.-1- BEGINNING NORWEGIAN. Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN.So. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 1963-64.) I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1963-64.) Upper Division Courses $5. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerl~f, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11. L Cr. The course includes dramas by Bjfirnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1962-63.) FRENCH Major: 24 credits above French Minor: 16 credits above French I-2.t 2. 2. 8 Cr. BEGINNINGFRENCH.I, 11. Pronunciation, conversation and elementary grammar. Oral, written, and reading practice. Laboratory work an integral part of the course. 3 , 4. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Further study of grammar involving aural-oral and written practice. Composition. Reading of representative works. Laboratory emphasis on the native voice. Upper Division Courses 51, 5 2 . SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE. Prereq. 4. I, 11. 3, 3 cr. Study of French authors and literary movements. Lecture, reading, and reporting on literary works in the French language. 61. FRENCH C O N V E R S A ~ O N COMPOSITION. AND Prereq. 4. I. 2 Cr. Further conversation practice and composition toward facility in the language. Vucabulary enrichment, organization, and correctness of expression. 62. FRENCH HISTORYA N D CIVILIZATION. Prereq. 61 or #. 11. 2 Cr. Contribution of French thought and culture to the world is studied in conjunction with historical setting and contemporary life. 72. MODERNFRENCHLITERATURE. Prereq. 52. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Significant literary works since Balzac. Contemporary trends in literary movements and 20th century thought. (Offered 1963-64.) 71, 2 Cr. 90. SEMINARIN LITERATURE.Sr. 11. Selected topics in French literature. Discussion and reports in French. (Offered 1963-64.) SPANISH Major: 24 credits above Spanish 2. Minor: 16 credits above Spanish 2. 1-2. t BEGINNINGSPANISH.I, 11. 8 Cr. Aims to develop the ability to speak, write, understand, and read simple Spanish. Laboratory work an essential part of the course. 3 , 4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Further study of grammar; oral work; reading of short stories, novels, and plays. Further laboratory work. Upper Division Courses j I, j t . SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 4. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish. Reading of representative works. Written and oral reports. Laboratory work. z Cr. 61. SPANISHCONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION. Prereq. 4. I. Aims to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition. Laboratory work provides opportunity for hearing native voices. 62. SPANISHCIVILIZATION. Prereq. 61 or #. 11. 2 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with characteristic aspects of Hispanic life, thought and culture. Significant texts are used as a basis for discussion and for written and oral reports in Spanish. 71, 72. CONTEMPORARY SPANISHA N D HISPANICAMERICANWRITERS.Prereq. gt. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Selected readings of modern writers. Oral and written reports in Spanish. (Offered 1963-64.) z Cr. 90. SEMINARI N LITERATURE.Sr. 11. Selected topics in Spanish literature. Discussion and reports in Spanish. (Offered '963-64.) DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC THE DEPARTMENTOF MUSIC offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, o r who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 58, 61-62" o r 6364*, 69, 77 o r 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. A t least z credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. Non-education students may substitute 10 for 77 or 78. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors and seniors. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the monthly Performance Seminars. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals which provide opportunity for p b l i c ~erformanceand acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. 58 / Dirision of fbc lf zrrnanities All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. I t includes: (a) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together, at moderate speed; ( b ) a Bach two-part invention o r a classical sonatina; (c) a romantic o r modern piece showing expression; and ( d ) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. Minor: 26 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 58, 61-62" o r 6364", and 6 credits in applied music, z of which must be in private lessons in vocal o r instrumental music. A maximum of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. I , 2. THEORY.I, IT. z, z Cr. A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight rezding, dictation, and part singing. TO MUSIC. 11. 4. INTRODUCTION z Cr. A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 7, -8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE OF MUSIC. I, 11. z, z Cr. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supplemented by musical scores and recorded performances. 10. H Y M N SAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11. 2 Cr. Development of the music af the Christian Church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. I 5-16:i- HARMONY. I, 11. 4 Cr. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies a; well as opportunity for simple creative writing. Upper Division Courses 55, 56. ADVANCED HARMONY.Prereq. 2, 16. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Continuation of 15-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. 57, 58. CONDUCTING.Prereq. Jr. I, 11. 2, or 2 Cr. in piano, organ, o r equivalent. z, 2 Cr. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should take the course in junior year. :% student in education should, unless he takes both technique courses, take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique if his applied music is largely vocal. / 59 Division of the Humanities 61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I, II. -2, 2 Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 2 , z Cr. Class instruction in the 'fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 69. TWENTIE-TH CENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. 2 CL 77. COUNTERPOINT.Prereq. 56. Sr. I. r Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and four-part writing in all the species. Three hours per week. 2 Cr. 78. MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq. 56. Sr. 11. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. I , I Cr. 80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11. P,dvanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research. (Offered in 1963-64.) APPLIED MUSIC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. I, I Cr. PIANO. I, 11. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this examination has been passed apply toward the major or minor. ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, 11. I , I Cr. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. I, I Cr. VOICE. I, 11. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. CHOIR.-;- I, 11. CONCERTBAND. I, 11. WOOD-W~ND INSTRUMENTS,BRASSINSTRUMENTS. 2 Cr. I, I Cr. I, I Cr. WOMEN'S CHORUS (Cantorians), MALE CHORUS, VARSITYBAND, ORCHESTRA (Offered in 1963-64), BRASSENSEMBLE,STRINGENSEMBLE, WOODWIND ENSEMBLE. I/1 Credit per semester These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. PERFORMANCESEMINAR I, 11. o Cr. 6o/Division of the Humanities DEPARTMENT OF ART THE DEPARTMENTOF ART endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. In addition to the courses oeered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass windows. The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples of student art work for exhibition purposes. Minor: 16 credits, including I , 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 7 1 . I . BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, lettering, and sculpture. 3. ART IN DAILYLMNG. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 17, I 8. OIL PAINTING. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscap, and portrait painting. 21, 22. SCULPTURE.I, 11. z, z Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting. 32. WATER&LOR PAINTING. 11. z Cr. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. (Offered 1963-64.) Upper Division Courses n. 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 68. PRINT MAKING.11. Prereq. I. 2 Cr. Introduction to principles and methods of color printing and composition. Studio practice in woodcut, linocut, monoprint and the silk screen process. (Offered 1962-63.) 71. HISTORY OF PAINTING. I. 3 Cr. A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean cultures to modern times. Division of the Social Sciences MR. CHRISLOCK, Chairman IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore ictended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE THE WORK OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations af the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for gaduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major o r minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. I , 2. WESTERNCIVILIZATION.Fr. I, 11. 3, 3 crThis course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History. 2 I, 22. UNITEDSTATES HISTORY. So. I, 11. 3, 3 CrA survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas and institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 1865; second semester, the beginning of the reconstruction period to the present. Upper Division Courses 52. ENGLANDTO I 832. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Emphasis laced on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196263.1 3 Cr. 53. HISTORYOF CANADA. Jr., Sr. I. The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1963-64.) 5 5 . CONTEMPORARY UNITEDSTATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be takep for one additional credit on approval of instructor. 62 / Dizfision of the Social Scirnces A ~ T E R IDIFSQMATTC C A ~ T HISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pof. Sci. 16. =. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The history of Arreric3~1fortiqn policy. The period from ~ 8 9 8to the present is emphnsiacd. Seminar o f i r e d in cr,mection with this course may be takcn for or one additional credit oa apprnr3l of in,strvctor. (Offcred 1963-64.) GOVERNMENTS A N D PROBLEMS OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST ASIA. Jr., Sr. I. See course 57 under Political Science 57. 58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMSOF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11. See course 58 under Political Science. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 61. ANCIENTHISTORY. A cultural and p l i t i c a l history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. 63. MEDIEVAL EUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , z. Jr., Sr. I. From the decline of Rome, through the ~olitical,economic, and cultural revival of I r t h century Europe. (Offered 1963-64.) 64. MEDIEVALEUROPE, 1200-1500. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Medieval culture at its height in the r 3 t h century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the Italian Renaissance. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. 65. EARLYMODERNEUROPE, 1500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1962-63.) 66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE, 1648-1783. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of divine-righr ahsoliltism of Louis XIV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern of England, scientific developments and their efiects on areas of thoughr, 18th cenrury background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1962-63.) Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the nineteenth century. (Offered 1963-64.) I67. PRE-NINEI,EENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND 68. CHINA A N D JAPAN, 18y0 TO JAPAN. PRESENT. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1963-64.) A N D EARLYNINETEENTH CENTURYEUROPE. FRENCHREVOLUTION Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to I 8 $0. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 71. I 848. Division of the Social Sciences / 6 3 LATE NINETEENTH C E N ~ ~ U EUROPE. RY Prereq. 12 credits in History. 3 Cr. Jr., Sr. 11. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 72. HISTORY OF POLITICALTHEORY. Jr., Sr. I. See course 75 under Political Science. 75. 82. TWENTIETHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 3 Cr. credits in History. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak, of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval af instructor. 95. SEMINARI N NORTHWESTHISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1962-63.) POLITICAL SCIENCE Minor: I5 credits. 41-42:i- AMERICANGOVERXMENT.I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. Upper Division. Courses 5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. 11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. GOVERNMENTS AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEASTASIA. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and economic problems. (Ogered 1962-63.) 57. 58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS OF .THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1962-63.) PUBLIC FINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I F for Political Science 3 Cr. minors. Jr., Sr. I. See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics. 61. 71. HISTORY OF POLITICALTHEORY. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1963-64.) GEOGRAPHY 14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY. Fr., So. 11. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 Cr. 64 / Division of the Social Sciences Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Geography; Sociology I , 2; Economics I F , 16; Political Science 41-42. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better understanding ~f socircy and its socia! problems, a3 well as tu prepare students for social senice, f o r grnduatc trnining in mcia1 nrork. and for graduare study in Sociology. Bepond rrndersranding of society and its pmMcms and beyond academic comperence, the Department aims to explore the relevance uf Christianity to effective social service. Major, 27 credits including Sociology I, 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, o r 21, zz; Psychology 5 . Minor, 11 credits including Sociology I, 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, or Z I , 22. I. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY. Fr., So. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. SOCIALPROBLEMS. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root. of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. 8. SOCIOLOGY. 11. r o r 3 Cr. A n introduction to the field of sociology. Designed especially for student nurses. I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11. 3 Cr. See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 21. RURAL SOCIOLOGY.So. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the problems of contemporary rural America. rr. URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11. 3 Cr. Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS. Offered both semesters. 42. MARRIAGE See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. Division of the Social Sciences / 65 Upper Division Courses 9 3 . INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Jr. I. 3 Cr. Scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison, and interpretation of numerical data. Constructing of graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendencies, variability and correlation. Methods of sampling. 54. SOCIALRESEARCH.Jr. 11. 3 Cr. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology; an examination of problems and procedures of social research; an analysis of research designs and techniques. 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWOW. Jr., Sr., I. z Cr. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. TO METHODS OF SOCIALWORK. Jr., Sr. 11. 58. INTRODUCTION z Cr. Principles and procedures of case work and group work. Designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1963-64.) 5 9 6 0 . t FIELDEXPERIENCE I N SOCIAL WORKAGENCIES.Jr., Sr. I, 11. 2 Cr. Provides laboratory experience in the metropolitan community for students preparing for social work. To be integrated with Sociology 57 and 5 8 o r 66. 63. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of casual factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 66. PUBLICWELFARE.Jr., Sr. 11. z Cr. A study of the development of public welfare in the context of historical changes in American society, and an examination of major concomitant social issues. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. 75. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. I , Psy. 5. Jr., Sr. I. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of grou,p norms. Selrcted forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. 3 Cr. 76. RACERELATIONS.Jr., Sr. 11. The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1962-63.) 78. LABOR-MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 1963-64.) 81. MODERNSOCIOLOGICAL THEORY. Sr. I. 3 Cr. An examination of the nature and major types of contemporary sociological theories in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Offered 1963-64.) 66 / Division of the Social Sciences DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT ARE: ( I ) to acquaint the student with the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior and ( 2 ) to enable the student to better understand the processes which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of man, so that the student may develop an understanding of himself and his fellow man. Major: 24 credits, including 5, 6 1 , 62, 64, 8 1 , and 86. In addition, Sociology $3 or Business Administration 54 is required. Students planning to enter graduate school in psychology should also plan to take Biology 1-2 o r 13-14; Chemistry 5, 6, or Physics 5, 6 ; and Philosophy 2 3 or 73. Minor: I 5 credits, including 5, 62. 5. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. So. o r #. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. 7. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. I. 2 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined. For student nurses. Upper Division Courses 50. H U M A NGROWTHA N D DEVELOPMENT. Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. o r See course 5 0 under Education. #. 11. 3 Cr. 60. PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT. Prereq. 5 and Soc. 53 or Bus. Ad. 54. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A systematic survey of problems of data collection and analysis. Special attention given to measurement of achievement, aptitudes, interests, attitudes. 61. PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY: NORMAL.Prereq. 5 . Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. #. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. OF PERSONALITY: ABNORMAL.Prereq. 6 1 or 62. PSYCHOLOGY 64. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 5 , and Sac. 53 o r Bus. Ad. 54. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to design, execution, and analysis of experiments in psychology. One two-hour lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Division of the Social Sciences / 67 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 5 . Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 Cr. 75. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 5 and Soc. See course 75 under Sociology. 3 Cr. I. Jr., Sr. I. 81. HISTORYAND SYSTEMSIN PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 9 hours in Psy. or #. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current points of view in psychology. 1-2, 1-2 Cr. 83, 84. TOPICSIN PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. #. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Independent study for students desiring to carry out individual research projects. Four credit maximum. 85. COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 61.Sr. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. (Offered 1963-64.) 86. SEMINARIN PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. 1 5 hours in Psy. or #. Sr. 11. 2 Cr. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. (Offered 196364.) DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION THE EDUCATION CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7 STUDENTS PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During t h i s year the srudmt has regwlw conferences with the Director for orientation ar;d counseling purposes, and is resred in the subject matter of the fields which are r ~ u ~ hinr elementary schools. S:udenrs wirh dctiriencies may be required to t A e addi:ionnl work. Each scudenx w&ng to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by thc Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Major: 3 1 credits, including all courses listed under Curriculum for Elementary Education. 6 8 /Division of the Social Sciences 51. ORIENTATIONTO ELEMENTARY EDUCATION. Prereq. Admission to Dept. of Education, Jr. I. 4 Cr. A study of the qualifications of teachers, the teaching profession, survey of American schools, philosophies, policies, and practices. Includes observation of teaching situations. 73. A HUMAN GRDPM AND stndy of the growth DEVELOPMENT. Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 Cr. and development of the human organism from con- ception &rough adol~cmce.Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learn in^. 54. METHODSAND MATERIALS:ART, HEALTH,PHYSICALEDUCATION, MUSIC. z Cr. Prereq. 5 I and 53. Jr. II. Principles, methods and techniques for health and physical education in elementary grades. Philosophy, methods and materials for teaching art and music in the elementary school. 56. METHODS AND MATERIALS:MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE.Prereq. 5 I and 53. Jr. 11. r Cr. Principles, aims, methods, techniques of arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. 61.METHODSAND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS.Prereq. 5 1 and j 3 . Sr. I. r Cr. Aims, methods and techniques of the language arts sther than reading; language, spelling and handwriting METHODSAND MATERIALS:SOCIALSTUDIES.Prereq. j I and 53. Sr. IT. r Cr. Objertiveg, principles, rnerhods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. 62. 63. TEACHING OF READING.Prereq. 5 I and 5 3. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory. 65. CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I and j 3 o r #. Sr. I. 3 Cr. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. It requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 66. SEMINARIN TEACHING. Prereq. Concurrent registration in 68. Sr. 11. r Cr. This deals with the practical problems of teaching as they arise in the student reaching experience. 68. DIRECTEDTEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL.Open to seniors in elementary education. 11. 8 Cr. Students spend eight weeks assisting the regular teacher and doing actual tea,ching in cooperating schools. Supemision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. SECONDARY EDUCATION TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application ADMISSION to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on Division of the Social Sciences / 69 the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must register for Group Activity, usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71 and 72. They are also required to have a course in personal and community health (Family Health for Home Economic majors) and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see Curriculum for High School Teaching. 3 Cr. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. o Cr. 73, 74. GROUPACTIVITY.I, 11. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71, 72. Includes such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student. 76. ~RINCWLES OF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71. Offered both semesters. Sr. 2 Cr. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 2 Cr. n. both semesters. Sr. 78. SCHOOLAND S o c ~ ~ Offered A course designed to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. Included are a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. 79. TEACHING OF NATURALSCIENCES IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. t Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 81. TEACHING OF BUSINESS IN 83. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN 85. TEACHING OF SOCIALSTUDIES IN 87. TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. THE THE THE s Cr. 70 / Division of the Social Sciences 88. TEACHING OF MUSICIN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Jr. 89. TEACHING OF MUSICIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 91. TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICSr~ THE n. z Cr. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION AND ADULTEDUCATION IN HOME ECONOMICS. Sr. 11. 2 93. TEACHINGOF ENGLISHIN 2 Cr. 94. TEACHING OF MODERNLANGUAGES IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. THE Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. TEACHING OF SPEECH IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. Courses 79 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Each student is required to take one course related to the major field to prepare for student teaching. Prerequisites are a major in the field and Education 72. 95. 97. STUDENTTEACHING IN THE both semesters. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered 6 Cr. Student teaching is offered both semesters of the senior year. Two alternative experiences are possible: an eight-week, full-time teaching assignment; or onehalf day of each school day for one semester. In addition, the student attends seminar meetings. 99. TOPICS IN EDUCATION. Offered both semesters. Sr. 1-2 Cr. Independent s t u d y offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of his findings o n the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. LIBRARY SCIENCE THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books for the school li,brary, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher. Minor, 55-56:i- I6 credits. Recommended elective, Education 65. BASICFUNCTIONSOF THE SCHOOLLIBRARY. SO., Jr. I, 11. 4 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Division of the Social Sciences / 7 1 58. ELEMENTARYM A ~ R I A L SJr., . Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1962-63.) MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 6 Cr. 59-6o.j- SECONDARY Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered '963-64.) METHODS. Prereq. 56. Sr. I. 6 1 . PRACTICAL I Cr. Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. 63. READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. I. 2 Cr. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. DEPARTMEMT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION A N D ECONOMICS, A N D BUSINESS EDUCATION THE OBJECTIVE OF THIS DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. The economics major provides the background necessary for further study in g a d u a t e school. The department also provides a major and minor f o r teaching in secondary schools. BUSINESS ADMlNlSTRATION A N D ECOATOMICS Major in Business Administration: 3 3 credits, including courses I , 2, 15, 16, 53, 54, 61, 62, 92. Equivalent of higher algebra also required. Major in Economics: 30 credits, including courses I , 2, 15, 16, 54, 6 1 , 62, 92, and nine credits from courses 78, 8 I , 83, 84. Math. 5 2 also required. Applications for admission to the major must be made to the department before the end of the sophomore year. Recommended electives: sociology, psychology, history, and political science. Minor in Business Administration: 1 8 credits, including courses I , 2, 15, and six credits in Upper Division courses. I 6, Minor in Economics: 1 5 credits, including courses 15, 16, and nine credits from courses 61, 62, 78, 81, 83, 84. I , 2 . PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING.Fr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single partnership, and corporation; preparation of financial 72 / Division of the Social Sciences statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets four hours per week. I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLESOF ECONOMICS. So. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability t o use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Course 1 5 recommended for students taking only one semester of economics. Upper Division Courses 53. BUSINESSLAW. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 54. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Prereq. higher algebra. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. Consideramble emphasis on statistical inference. 61. INTERMEDIATE ECONOMIC ANALYSIS: THE FIRM. Prereq. 11,16,and higher algebra. Jr. I. 2 Cr. An analysis of the behavior of business firms under competitive and monopolistic conditions, with particular reference to the firms' decisions in regard to production and prices. 62. INTERMEDIATE ECONOMICANALYSIS:INCOME AND EMPLOYMENT. Prereq. 2 Cr. IJ,16, and higher algebra. Jr. 11. An analysis of the determinants of national income, employment and price levels with particular reference to aggregate consumption and investment. 71. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING. I. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, net income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, cash, receivables and inventories. 72. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 11. Prereq. 71.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, with additional emphasis on financial statements and various measures of income and operations. 74. COST ACCOUNTING. Prereq. 72. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. 78. LABOR-MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. 11. See course 78 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. Division of the Social Sciences / 73 8 1 . MONEYAND BANKING.Prereq. r 5 , I 6. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. 8 3 . PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15, 1 6 . Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. 8 4 . COMPARATIVE ECONOMICSYSTEMS. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A cornpararive study of the major politico-economic systems of today-capitalism, socialism, communism. The background, the characteristics, the strengths and weaknesses, and the problems of each system will be examined and compared. 9 2 . SEMINARIN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION. Sr. Offered both semesters. 2 Cr. Covers problems of special concern to economics and business majors and serves as a capstone of previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students in areas of particular interest to them. BUSINESS EDUCATION THESECOURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business oEices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Business education major: 3 6 credits above I , including 3-4, 8 , 5 I , 5 2 , 5 3 - 5 4 , 5 5 . Business Administration I , 2 , I 5, 1 6 , 5 3 . Minor: 2 6 credits above I , including 3-4, 8, 5 1 , 5 2 , 5 3 - 5 4 , and Business Administration I , 2 ; or I 5, I 6. Six credits less will be required on the major or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory -achievement in course 3-4. I. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING. Offered both semesters. I Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 3-4.t 6 Cr. ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND.Prereq. I . I, 11. Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 3 Cr. 8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. I . Offered both semesters. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Three hours per week. Upper Division Courses 3 Cr. 5 I . ADVANCED TYPEWRITING. Prereq. I or equivalent. I. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. Four hours per week. 74 / Division of the Social Sciences 52. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE. Prereq. 4. 11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. 4 Cr. 53-54.t ADVANCED SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, II. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. 55. BUSINESSSEMINAR.11. z Cr. A study in special ~roblemsin the field of business education through research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS THE OBJECTNES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to offer training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Non-teaching major: 36 credits; courses are 3, 5, 6, 8, 39, 40, 42, 45, 58, 74. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 1-32; Physics 3; 66, 67, 71, Economics 15; Sociology I ; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14, and 54; Psychology 5 and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: upper division course. 21 credits, including 3, 5, 8, 39, 40, 42, 45, and one Teaching major: 38 credits above H. Ec. 3 ; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home EConomics are Education 91 and 92. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the staff about details of the program when she begins her college work. 3 Cr. 3. ART IN DAILYLIVING. I. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. 2 Cr. 5. CLOTHINGSELECTION, CAREAND REPAIR.I. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Two class hours per week. 11. 6, CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. 2 Cr. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of different fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory periods per week. Division of Social Science / 75 8. ELEMENTSOF NUTRITION. 11. A study of the nutrients necessary for maintenance of good health all of life starting from prenatal needs and continuing rhrough old emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three periods per week. 3 Cr. throughout age. Special class memsingle class 3 Cr. 33. COLORAND DESIGN. I. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. z Cr. 36. CRAFTS. 11. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Ofiered '963-64.) AND MANAGEMENT.Prereq. 8 o r f f . I, II. 3, 3 Cr. 3,0, 40. FOODPREPARATION Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory periods per week. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. 42. MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS. A course applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. r Cr. 45. CHILDDEVELOPMENT.Prereq. Psy. 5 or #. I. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college for 10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 58. TEXTILES. 11. t Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. OF ART. 11. 3 Cr. 64. HISTORYA N D APPRECIATION A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1962-63.) 4 Cr. 66. HOMEPLANNINGAND FURNISHING. 11. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education maiors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 76 / Divisim of Socid Science 67. FAMILYHEALTH. I. s Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOME MANAGEMENT PROBLEMS. I. z Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and COordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. 3 Cr. 73. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY. I. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of house and equipment. Emphasis is placed on management of time, money and energy for eflective family living. Six weeks residence in a home management house. One individual conference and one group meeting per week. 74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOMEMANAGEMENT. II. 2 Cr. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 2 Cr. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 6. I. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course z . Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics MR. NASH, Chairman IT IS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training in methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to interpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of science and mathematics in a modern, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields; and to equip the student with a scientific background which will enrich hi life and the lives of his fellow men. DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY THE AIM OF THIS DEPARTMENT is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 2 9 , 26, and at least 3 Upper Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in chemistry. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25, 26, and at least one Upper Division course not including 60. I-2.iGENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of the broad pinciples of biology to meet the needs of non-science majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. This course does not count toward the major or minor. AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. 3. HUMANANATOMY A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. For student nurses. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3. 4. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 8. MICROBIOLOGY. 11. 3 Cr. The study of bacteria, yeasts, molds, viruses and other micro-organisms, their characteristics, role and control, especially in the fields of sanitation and medicine. Designed especially for student nurses. Two lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 13-14.i- GENERALZOOLOGY.Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 78 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics 25, 26. GENERALBOTANY.SO., Jr. I, 11. 4, 4 Cr. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed on botanical principles. Flowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periods per week. Upper Division Courses 1I . GENETICS.Prereq. 15-14, or 25, 26. So., Jr. I. 4 Cr. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. 4 Cr. 52. ECOLOGY. Prereq. I 3-14, and 25, 26. So., Jr. 11. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Ogered 1963-64.) 53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY. Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1962-63.) $4. MICROBIOLOGY. Prereq. Chem. or I $ . 11. 4 Cr. The study of bacteria, yeasts, molds, viruses and other micro-organisms; their characteristics, role, and control in the home, medicine, agriculture, and industry. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 3 Cr. 56. TAXONOMY OF FLOWERING PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11. Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1962-63.) $ 8. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES. Prereq. I 3-14. lT. 4 Cr. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11. A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1962-63.) I Cr. DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY IT IS THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and i t provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Division of ATatural Sciences and Mathematics / 79 Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, (2) the study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing, and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. Students planning chemistry majors for pre-graduate training, high school teaching, or pre-medical work are urged to consult with the chemistry staff at the earliest possible time. Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics 5, 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. For those planning to teach chemistry in high school, the major will include Math 13, 14; Physics 5, 6; Chem. 5, 6 (or 15, 1 6 ) ; 53, 54; 61; 82, 84 (or 78) and preferably 83, 85. A teaching minor must include Chem. 5, 6 (or 15, 16) and other courses to complete '16 credits. Chem. 32 and 61 are strongly recommended. Recommended for pre-medical students: I 7, 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) , 53, 54; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Majors participate in informal, biweekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 93, 94, 95, and 96. See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of the American Chemical Society. 3. ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or tf. 3 Cr. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. 5, 6. AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY Fr. I, 11. 4. 4 c r . For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists, and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 17, 16. INORGANIC AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY. Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 c r For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry. 32. ELEMENTARY ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11. 4 Cr. Designed for medical technology and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. (Offered 1962-63.) 80 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics Upper Division Courses 53, 54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY. Prereq. 6 or 16. So. I, 11. 4, 4 c r . The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Correlations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic ccnnpounds. Three lectures, five hours of laboratory per week. 6 I . QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 3 2 or 5 3 or #; Math. 13. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Three lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 72. ADVANCED ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 54, 61; some reading knowledge of German (or concurrent registration). Jr. 11. 4 Cr. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spectraphotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 78. INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 61 and Math. 14. Jr. 11. 4 Cr. For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week. (Offered 1963-64.) 82, 83. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 61 and Math. 5 2 (or concurrent registra- tion). Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids. Three lectures per week. 84, 85. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Jr. 11, Sr. I. I, I Cr. Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week. 86. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, afid theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 88. ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSES.Prereq. 61. Jr., Sr. 11. I Cr. A laboratory course designed to acquaint students with some of the important optical and electrochemical methods of chemical analysis. Four hours of laboratory per week. 90. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 61. 11. 4 Cr. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the periodic table, hydrides, and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81 93, 94, 95, 96. CHEMISTRY SEMINARS. Jr., Sr. I, 11. o Cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal bi-weekly seminars to discuss topics of general interest. 97, 98. CHEMISTRY RESEARCH.Sr. I, 11. Cr. Arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. By staff permission only. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS RECENTDEVELOPMENTS in the field of physics make it imperative that excellent training be provided for those who intend to continue their studies in graduate school or who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of physics. It is the aim of this department to assure the needed training for both of these groups and to provide the non-science major with s d c i e n t background to make it possible for him to follow, with some degree of comprehension, the developments in the field of science as they come to him from the medium of semiscientific publications. Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 54. Minor: 16 credi,ts. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. 2. DESCRIPTIVE ASTRONOMY.Fr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of our galaxy with particular emphasis on the origin of our solar system and the distribution and composition of the planets and stars. The location of some of the more prominent constellations and the use of the telescope and spectroscope will be studied. Three lectures per week. Periodic evening meetings to observe the sky. 3 . PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICS. Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 Cr. A lecture, demonstration-laboratory course in the principles of physics 'including mechanics, fluids, heat, electricity, magnetism, light and sound. This course is intended for students in home economics and elementary education, and others who wish some basic information in the field of physics. Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory. 5. GENERAL PHYSICS.Prereq. Math. 13 or concurrent registration in Math. 13. Fr., So. I. 4 Cr. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5 . Fr., So. 11. 4 Cr. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 82 /Division of Natztral Sciences and Mathematics Upper Division Courses INTRODUCTION TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 51. So., Jr. 11. 3 Cr. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e"/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 52. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 1 or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I. 3 Cr. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 53. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 5 3 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent 3 Cr. registration in Math 52. So., Jr. 11. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 54. OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 1 Jr. I. 3 Cr. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1962-63.) 57. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 5 1 . Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle, motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension, motion in a conservative field. 61, 62. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in I, I Cr. an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. 63, 64. 7 1 . HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 1 or concurrent 3 Cr. registration in Math. 5 I . Jr., Sr. I. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 1963-64.) PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 72. MATHEMATICAL Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 1963-64.) PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in 73, 74. ADVANCED I, I Cr. an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Combined Science Major for Teaching: 4 6 credits, including Chemistry 5, 6, (or 15, 16) 32, 6 1 ; Biology 13-14 and 25, 26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in Upper Division courses. Division of Natural Sciences a d Mathmatics / 8 3 DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge and skill in the major branches of elementary mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background for teaching and for professional and graduate study. ~ a j o r :24 credits above 13, including 14, 5 I, 52. For those preparing to teach in the secondary schools, courses 6 1 , 62, and 71, 72 are also required. Minor: z t credits, including I 3, 14, 5 I , 52. 5 . ENGINEERING DRAWINGAND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY.Prereq. solid geometry. Er., I. 3 Cr. Representation and analysis of systems of projection and space problems including engineering geometry. Introduction to theory and standard practices of graphic representation. Two lectures and four laboratory hours per week. 6. ENGINEERINGDRAWING A N D GRAPHICCOMPUTATION. Prereq. 5, I 3. Fr., 11. 3 Cr. Application of theory and standard ' practices of graphic representation. Graphical computation of engineering problems and analysis of empirical data. Two lectures and four laboratory hours per week. 13, 14. INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra o r equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 4, 4 c r . An analysis of algebraic, trigonometric, logarithmic, and exponential functions. I t includes derivatives and integrals, and an introduction to determinants, and numerical trigonometry. Calculus and analytical geometry are introduced. Students whose backgrounds call for additional work are placed in sections meeting five hours a week. Upper Division Courses I A, 5 zB. ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.Prereq. 14. So., Jr. I, 11. 51 5 I 3, cr- Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made. (Offered 1962-63.) ANALYTICALGEOMETRYAND CALCULUS. Prereq. 14. So., Jr. I, II. 4, 4 Cr. Study of calculus and analytical geometry. Includes some work in solid anal y t i c ~ .Open to freshmen with exceptional preparation from high school. (Offered 1963-64.) 5 I, 12. 56. FOUNDATIONS OF ARITHMETIC.Jr., Sr. 11. 2 Cr. A treatment of basic arithmetical concepts and number theory. For students preparing for elementary school teaching only. (Ogered 1962-63.) 84 /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics 61. BASIC CONCEPTSOF MATHEMATICS Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A treatment of basic mathematical concepts. For students preparing to teach mathematics in high school. (Offered 1963-64.) 62. MODERNGEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of advanced Euclidean and an introduction to non-Euclidean geometry. Stresses the postulational approach. Primarily for students preparing to teach mathematics in high school. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. 66. DIFFERENTIALEQUATIONS. Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. 11. A study of ordinary differential equations and partial differential equations. Special attention is given to these as they are applied in physics and advanced geometry. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. 67. PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS. Prereq. 51. Jr., Sr. I. A study of probability, distributions, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, and other topics in statistics. (Offered 1963-64.) 7 1 , 72. MODERNALGEBRA. Prereq. 51. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. A n introduction to abstract algebra, with topics including theory of equations, determinants, matrices, groups, rings, fields, and vectors. 73, 74. ADVANCED CALCULUS. Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 3, 3 %r. Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program.. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major for men: 32 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51, 54, 57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required. hlajor for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 1 3 , 14, 17, 18, 23, 53, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required. Minor, 2 1 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, men; 2, 3 , 4, S, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 73, 74 for women. I I, 12, 5 I , 73, 74 f o r Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 8 y z. PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH. Fr. Ofiered both semesters. z Cr. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. 3 , 4. PHYSICALACTIVITIES.(Men). Fr. I, 11. Two hours per week. 3, 4. PHYSICALACTIVITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11. Two hours per week. %, % Cr. TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION.Fr. I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, physical education, and recreation. 5. ~NTRODUCTION 6. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11. I Cr. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modified games. Two hours per week. 8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. I Cr. 11. TEAM SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men.) So. I. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, volleyball; touch football, and basketball. Four hours per week. r 2. INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS. ('Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, bowling, and wrestling. Four hours per week. 2, 2 Cr. 13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN.SO. I, 11. Theory and practice in the coaching and osciating of field hockey, soccer, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Four hours per week. (Offered 1963-64.) 17. SELF-TESTINGACTNITIES.(Women). So. I. z Cr. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Four hours per week. I 8. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). SO. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffleboard, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Four hours per week. 23. RHYTHMS.SO. I. I Cr. Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. Two hours per week. Upper Division Courses 7 I . SELF-TESTING ACTIVI~ES. (Men). Jr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, and special physical fitness activities. Four hours per week. 86 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics $3. SWIMMINGA N D AQUATICS.(women). I. (For majors and minors in physical education only.) I Cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming. Acquaints students with lifesaving and water safety work. Two hours a week. 54. SWIMMINGAND AQUATICS.(Men.) 11. (For majors and minors in physical education only.) I Cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming. Acquaints students with life-saving and water safety work. Two hours a week. 57. KINESIOLOGY. Prereq. Biology 4. Jr. I. 2 Cr. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements. 58. PHYSICALEXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTEDPHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq. 2 Cr. Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases. 61. PREVENTIONAND TREATMENT OF ATHLETIC INJURIES. (Men). I. z Cr. 66. INSTRUCTOR'S COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11. I Cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUMOF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Prereq. 5. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary school hea1,th education and physical education curriculum. 73. 74. ORGANIZATI~N AND ADMINISTRATIONOF HEALTH EDUCATION AND 3 Cr. PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Prereq. 5. Sr. 11. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education and physical education. S I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALLAND BASKETBALL.Sr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, o r approval of instructor. 82. c 0 . 4 ~ ~ O F1 SPORTS: ~~ BASEBALLA N D TRACK.Sr. TI. 2 Cr. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. 11. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. I Cr. 86. COMMUNITYRECREATION.Jr., Sr. I1 2 Cr. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Ofiered 1962-63.) 87. TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICALEDUCATIONIN SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. THE 2 Cr. Special Programs of Study EVENING SCHOOL EVENINGCLASSES are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school and are available to regular day students as well. Announcement of courses to be offered is made in the fall. AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING STUDENT NURSES in the SchooIs of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess. Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsbmg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to she hospitals directIv. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY IN COOPERATION with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first t h e e years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month p r o e m is completed at one of the two hospitals. SPAN AUGSBURG PARTICIPATES in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) progranl. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and s e ~ e r a lcolleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal. study abroad. Applications are made in the ~pringof the Sophamore year. JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD A n ARRLVGEMEXT has bem made with the Universit!~ of Oslo in Norway under which s ~ c l e n tentering ~ their junior year in collcge may spend this ?ear a t that I'nive~ity. llpplications must he approved b?- the Committee on Admissions ancl Strrtlent Standing. The plan is available onlv to students -with good echolastic records whose special fie!d of study can he follo~redsatisfactorily a t the Univer~ityof Oslo. Some possible fields are Nomegiw language and literature, history, reli~ion. and plrilosophp. CORRECTIVE THERAPY A YROGR~M in Corrective ThaaTJy worked out in cooperation ~ 4 t h the Veterans Administration Hospital is availahlc to students who complete a majar in Phvcical Education at Augsburg. The program requires 250 hours of clinical obsenation, practice. and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Xedicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work map be done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries no c o l e g ~credit. Curriculums The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a prolgram in accordance with his major field of study and vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS THE COURSE OF S T ~ Y given below suggests a sepence which may be followed to include the rewired general education courses. For elmtives, students should take care to include all courses required for the -jar field of study. Requirement- for the major are listed m d e r departmental headings. FmSHMAN SOPHOMORE ISem. I I Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 .2 2 English 1, 2 ................ 3 3 History or Sociology ...... . 3 3 Foreign Language ......... . 4 4 Natural Science ........ .3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Education 3, 4 Y2 Y2 ............. .... JUNIOR ISem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............... Foreign Language Social Sc~ence Natural Science Electives .................... ..........Z .3 2 3 D 3 9 ............. .3 ........... .- - SENIOR I S m . I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ..................... 3 3 Speech 2 Social Science or History .. 3 Electives ................., .lo 12 - I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Fine Arts .3 Literature or Philosophy ... 3 Electives ................... 14 14 .................. - THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY COMPLETFON OF TEE P R E - S E ~ . P R YcrrrricuInm qualifies the &dent for admission into the th-ree-year c o u r s ~in the "27leological Seminary*which preparer students for the Cbi3ian ministry as pastoss or miesionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminarp course. T t does not specify a major or a minor. The srudent shouId seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as ~ossiblesince the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshrnan year. Prsseminary students should confer with the Seminary adviser. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. ................ ........ ...... .2 Basic Bible meshman Endish ......... . 3 .4 Foreign ~ a n 5 a g e .3 Western Civilization Physical Education ........ % Natural Science .3 Electives 2 ........... .................... 2 3 4 3 H 3 2 I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 3 3 Religion 3, 4 .............. . Z Fine Arts Natural Science ........... .Psychology ................. .S Foreign Language ........ .3 Typewriting ............... .I New Testament Greek ... .4 Electives .3 ................... .- ................... 3 4 2 JUNIOR SENIOR I Sem. I I S e m . Cr. Cr. -3 3 ...2 3 -3 3 ..... .................. .................... N e w Testament Greek Speech History Sociology or Economics or Political Science ........ . S Electives ................... .5 3 5 f Sem, R Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .3 a Y o u t h W o r k in t h e- Church2 Philosophy ................ . 3 3 English Literature ........ . 3 3 Electives .................. . 8 5 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS THE PURPOSE OF THIS COURSE is to train men and women for effective the Church at home o r ahroad: &at is, as teachers in vacation, week-day, m d Sundar schools. as yonih leaders, and as parish workers. The course is co arranged that the student rtill, upon its satisfactory conclusim. receive the A.R. degree and also a certificate indicating that he or she is a tpaljfied parish worker. service in Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the chairman of the Department of Religion. The suggested schedule provids for a minor in religion and makes it possible to plan for a major in this field or in history, English, philosophy, or socielogp. The caur;es essential for the securing of the Parish Torker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below. SOPHOMORE FRESHMAN I Sem. II S e m . Cr. Cr. Basic Bible .............. , . .2 Freshman English ......... .3 Natural Science ........... . 3 Typewriting .1 Phy$icaI Activities ......... Yi Foreign Language ......... . 4 Sociology 1, 2 .............. . 3 ............... 2 3 3 I Sem. R ............. ................. ....-......... -L. ieligion 3, 4 .2 ,h 11 .2 :h 12 ............. .anguage .a ~ e n e f a lPsychology ....... . 3 Fine Arts ................. .First Aid .Natural Science -3 Speech 16 ................. .Music: 1U FElectives .4 A - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. T h e Missionary Enterprise 3 Principles o f Christian Education ............... .3 Religion 81 ............... - 3 Religion 72 ............... Social Pwchology or Urban Socioloau - - ................ .S Acting Crafts Elementary Shorthand .... .8 Recreational Activities Electives 6 . .- .- ~ ~ ........................ Cr. 2 .................. ........... ................. .- ................... SENIOR JUNIOR I1 Sem. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. -Cr. 2 Parish W o r k ............... Y o u t h W o r k i n t h e Church 2 Educatiofial Psychology ... .3 Journalistic Writing ....... Literature or Philosophy .. .3 Fields o f Socinl W o r k ...... . 3 Secretarial Practice ........ .Advanced Typewriting ... . 3 Electives ................... .4 .- HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science, business education, and language arts, students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain teaching majors or minors include English, German, Spanish, French, speech, music, history, social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry, natural science, mathematics, and physical education. Minors are also offered in Scandinavian language and literature, art, political science, and library science. FRESHMAN r smn. Cr. Religion 1. 2 ............. .4 English 1, 2 .3 History or Sociology .3 Foreign Language ....... .a Natural Science ....... .3 or 4 Health . Physical Education 3, 4 I4 .............. ..... I1 S e m . Cr. 2 3 3 SOPHOMORE I Sem. cr .2 . Foreim U n z u a E e ........3 P.wcholoP~ ...-........... .h'alurnl ScTence ........ .3 ar 4 Religirm 3, 4 ............. 11 S e m . .. JUNIOR I S m . 11 Sem. Religion ................... Education 71. 72 .......... Education 13. 74 ........ Speech Electives in Major or Minor ................ Cr. 3 .3 .1 .................... Cr. 3 3 1 + 2 10 0 SENIOR I S e m . I1 Sem. Cr. Education 76 ............. .2* Education78 .2* Special Methods ......... .2-4 Education 97 .6* Literature or Philosophy . .Electives in Major or Minor .................... 4-6 *May be taken lT Sem. .............. ............. Cr. - Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 2 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissims and Stodent Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of the following, not t o exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman English, 3 credik; literature or philosopby, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits; h e arts, 2 credits; natural science: 3 credits; social science, 3 credits; foreign language, 6 credits. (At least one year of foreign language must be taken in college, unless the student completed four years of a language in high school.) To be valid, approvaI of exemption must be filed in the Registrar's office prior to registration for the junior year. Curriculums / 9 I ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning for elementary school teaching are required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementar)- Education. -4s with other *dents: certain exemptions are paeaibIe. Since die optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must be follo~vedcarefully from the fim gear, The major in this program is Elementary Education: each szudenr i s reqrrired to take a minor in at least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. SOPHOMORE I Sem. I S e m . I1 S e m . Cr. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion 3, 4 .............. ..2 ............... Religion 1, 2 .2 3 -General Biology ...........- 3 O e s h m a n English ......... .3 3 General PsvcholoE~ -. ....... .3 -Western Civilization ...... .3 4 Geography .................. .Modern Foreign Language 4 3 or 4 ,U. S. History .............. .S /hysical Science . . . . . . . .3 or 4 Modern Foreign Language . 3 (Selected from Physics 3, Electives in minor ........3 Astronomy, Chemistry 5, FRESHMAN Sem. Cr. 2 3 . 6 ) c_phGical Health Activities ....... .I/* SENIOR JUNIOR I S e m . I1 S e m . m. Cr. 3 Religion ..................... American Government ..... . 3 Education 51 ............. - 4 Education 53 ............. . 3 Education 54. . . . . . . . .?$ducation 56 Basic -Design .& Introduction to Music .Mathematics 56 ............ Electives in minor .4 ............. .............. ..... ...-... I S e m . I1 S e n . Cr. Cr. Religion ................... Education 61 Education 62 Education 63 .............. Education 65 ............. Education 66 ............. Education 68 Literature .................. Speech Electives in minor ........ .3 ............. 3 .................3 2 .3 .- ...............3 .3 LAW Most law schools require, for admision, at least three years of prelegal education at the college l e ~ e l The . student ia advised to select a broad program of study including course in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. ,4 suggested threp-year curriculum is given below : FRESHMAN I Sem. I I S e m . Cc. Religion 1, 2 ...............2 English 1. 2 ............... 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 History 1, 2 .............. ..3 Natural Science ........... .-i Physical Education 3, 4 .... ' i Cr. 2 3 4 3 4 1/2 JUNIOR I S e m . I1 S e m . Religion .3 3 S ~ e e c h .................... .2 ~ L d i s hComposition ....... .2 Fine Arts ................. .2 Electives ................. .12 10 ................... SOPHOMORE 1 S m . IISem Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 .............. .2 2 English ................... .3 Foreign Language ........ . 3 3 Logic ................-..- - 3 3 Social Science ............ .3 Natural Science ......-.... 3 Electives ............. --.... 3 6 - 9 2 / Curriculums VOCATIONS IN HOME ECOhrOMZCS Work in the Department of Rome Economics is intended to equip ~tuden&for the teaching of home economics in bigh sc.hao1, to prepare them for homemaking and to give them h e - b s t two years of the training required fnr wch rocaeons as dietetics, institution rnanagemerit, home ectrnomice ancl journaliem, and home ectjnomim in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home economics departments (SmithHughes). Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 .............. .2 Physical Education ........ !k English .................... .:! S O C ~ O ~.................. O~Y .S Biology 1-2, or 4 or 13-14" .................. W Art in Daily Living ....... .3 Nutrition ................... Clothing Selection ......... . 2 Clothing Construction Chemistry 5 or 5, 6, or - .....- 5, 32. .................... 4 2 Yz 3 3 4 -3 - 2 0-4 JUNIOR ISem. Cr. ReUgim ................... .F o r c i ~ n Languaqe .3 ........ ................. Speech ..................... .2 Economics .3 Co!or and Design .......... .3 H o m e Planning k Furnishjng Family Health ............ .2 ....................Edzccotional Psychology ....3 Tpachtng in SeC. Schools ..Textiles C r c ~ r p Actlvitu ........... . O Home EconoWcs 75 .2 ........ I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 .............. .2 2 Psychology ................ .3 Foreign Language ......... . 4 4 Physics .................... . 3 Marriage & Family Relations3 Child Development ....... .2 Food Preparation & Management ..................... 3 3 Electives 2 ................. . 3 II Sem. Cr. 3 3 - 4 - Z 3 SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .3 Literature or Philosophy ..3 Biology 54 .............. 4 Education 76, 78, 91 .. , .1 2 Education 92 .............. .2 Education 97 ............. .6 Home Management Problems ................. 2 Home Management Lab ... .3 Home Economics 74 ....... .2 ....- 0 Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr- Religion 1, 2 ............. .2 English 1, 2 .............. . 3 Chemistry 5, 6 (or 15, 16) .4 Mathematics 13, 14 .........4 Electives .4 .................. 2 3 4 4 4 IS-. r. ...............C.3 .4 Religion 3, 4 Zoology .................... Chemistry 53, 54 Physics 5, 6 ............... Electives .................. ...........4.i .3 n Sem. Cr. 2 4 4 4 3 BUSINESS The program in business adminisbation is intended for stndents who are planning to wotk in the fields of business and indumy. In addition to giving preparaeion for a bwiness vocation the following wggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Ark degree. FRESHMAN I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. .2 2 .3 3 ............. ......... Religion 1, 2 Freshman English Foreign Language ........ .4 History or Sociology ...... .3 Business 1, 2 ................ 3 Physical Education ........ M JUNIOR 4 3 3 Y 1 Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Religion ................... .Literature or Philosophy .3 Business Law Business 61, 62 ............. . 2 Business X Science ................. .3-4 Fine Arts ............... .2-3 Electives ................. .3-6 ............... .................- Cr. 3 3 - 2 3 SOPHOMORE ISem. IISem. Cr. Cr. 2 ............... ... Religion 3, 4 .2 F'oref~n Language ........ .3 .3 Princ~plesof Economics Natural Sc:ence ......... .3-4 .2 Smach .................... E!actcves .................. SEMOR .3 3 3 3-4 - 3-6 I Sem. IISem. cr. Religion ................... .Business 92 Electives .............. .15-17 ............... .- Cr. 3 2 12-14 3-5 Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History, Speech, English, College Algebra. CHEMISTRY The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is recommended by the American Chemical Society for ~ t n d e n bwho pIan to do graduate ~ t u d yin chemistry. Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological sciences and the second year of a foreign language. FRESHMAN 1 s m . I1 Sem. Cr. Chemistry 15, 16 ........... 4 Mathematics 13, 14 ....... .4 Religion 1, 2 .2 English 1, 2 ..3 History or Sociology -3 !1 Physical Education 3, 4 ............... .............. ....... .... m Q R 4 4 2 3 3 'h T s w I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. ......... .4 m ~ ! m k C r g 82 ............. .Chemlslry 84 .............. .Cherni-Wy 93, 94 ......... .O G c m a n 1-2 .............. ..4 3 I a i h e m a t i ~ 73, 74 ........3 Physics 53, 63, 52 ........ 4 Fine Arts ................. . 3 ChmM'y 61, 72 Cr. 4 3 SOPHOMORE I Sem. IISem. Ct, Cr. ............4 Chemistry 53, 54 %thematics 51, 52 ....... Physics 5, 6 ............... Religion 3. 4 Spe&h .................... Literature or Philosophy ............. SENIOR -4 .4 .2 2!. ..- 4 4 4 2 3 f S m . I1 Sem. Cr. Chemistry 83, 88 ........... . 3 Chemistry 85, 86 ......... . I Chemistry 90 ............... Chemistry 97, 98 ....... .Am. Chemistry 95, 96 ........... .O Religion ................... .3 German or French .3 or 4 - ... Cr. 1 3 4 Arr. 0 3 3 or 4 *Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition, foods, textiles or equipment as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offering special training in dietetics. These students may take the biology course m the sophomore year. NURSING Many hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have at least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of c~llegework are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. (5r. Relieion 1. 2 ............... -2 2 . English 1-2 ............... . 3 Foreign Language ....... .5-5 Sociology ................. .3 Chemistry 5 ............. .4 Psychology or Geograuh~ - . . ..First Aid Physical Education ........ Y Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals, Minneapolis, take some of their course work at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should be made directly to these hospitals. MEDICAL TECH-WOLOGY Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augoburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. The following program prepares them for eventual certification in Medical Technology, and it includes the requirements for the degree. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Relieion 1. 2 ............. .2 English 1, 2 ............... .8 Chemistry 5-6, or 15-16 ... .4 History or Sociology ..... . 3 Mathematics 13 ........... -4 Speech Fine Arts ................. .Physical Education 3, 4 ....4 JUNIOR Religion ................... ?KIcrobioloW I Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............. .2 Chemistry 32, or 53-54 . .O-4 Biology 13-14 ............. . 4 Foreign Language ......... . 4 Literature or Philosophy . . 3 Electives .................. 0-3 Sam. Cr. 2 4 4 4 3 SENIOR I Sem. II Sem. Cr, Cr. .3 3 .4 .3 3 4 ............. Foreign Language ......... ChemisS' 61 .............. B i o l o ~Elective ........... . 4 FIectix-esm ................. -3 'Physics strorsgl~ rrcmnmended sciences, arts, humanities. Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........ 32 6 Other recommended electives: English, social In the senior year, students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital. SOCIAL WORK A sapid expansion of the field of ~ o c i a work l during the past twenty years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Pmitions are a>-ailablein publie agencies on federal, state, c o m t ~and , municipd leveis; in private agencies sponsored bg churches OT other community organizations; in group work case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Au.g:$urg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: t a ) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate training, and (b) prqare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Anpburg College k an active member of the Minnesota Conference nn Social Work Education. During recent yeare graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in hot& public and private welfare, in probation rtmrk, child welfare. gronp workI and case work. Tlre following courss are recommended for students i n t e r a d in Social Work. The courses which are itnlicrized should be taken by dl such students. FRESHMAN I Sem. IISem. Cr. Religion 1, 2 .............. . 2 English 1, 2 .............. .3 History 1, 2 ............... . 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 Introduction to Sociology .. 3 Social Problems .......... .1Physical Education 3, 4 % .... Cr. 2 3 3 4 - 3 SOPHOMORE I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. 2 3 3 3 Religion 3, 4 .............. .2 American Government ... . 3 Natural Science ...........+ 3 Psychology ............... Principles of Economics ... . 3 Rural Sociology .......... .3 Urban Sociology .......... .Foreign Language .3 .- ........ JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .3 Sociology 57, 59 ......... . 3 3 Sociology 58, 60 ............ Fine Arts .................. .3 Speech .2 sociology 53, 54 ........... . 3 Electives .................... 5 - ..................... SENIOR 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. ....................Cr. Sflciolorm 63 ............... . 3 ReHgion Cr. 3 ......... .............. - Sociol Psr~cblagy .3 Pspcholog]r W Pub!hc Welfare ......... .Electives in Upper Division Courses .................. 10 A student map take two Fears of pre-mgineering at Angsbmg before transferring to a school of engheehg. The following currkuluIn is recommended. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher alpbra and solid geometry in high scf~ool. FRESHMAN Cr. Religion 1, 2 ............... .2 'JEnglish 1. 2 3 v Mathematics IS. 14 ...... . 4 *' Mathematics 5, 8 ......... 3 Physics 5, 6 ............... .4 Physical Education 3, 4 ....Y ............... rI Sam. Cr. 2 3 SOFHOMOELE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. R e l l ~ o n 3, 4 ............ Mathematics 51m 52 P h y ~ c s 52. 63 ............ Mathematics 66 C3rrnimy 15. 18 Soclal Science ............ E n p h h 31 ................. .2 ......4 2 3 .......................34 .2 Students who plan to transfer to the Institute of Technology at the need. in same cases, to take a course University of Minnesota will in Rigid-Body Mechanics (statics). It is recommended that h i s be done in summer session at the University. 96 / Curriculums MEDICINE Most medical schooB reqaire a rninimnm of three years of colege education, but premedical students muallp find it advmtageous to complete their collep \work before entering the medics1 school. The foIlowing program will meet the requirements of m o e m e d i d schools, bat it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. ISr. Cr. Religion 1. 2 ............. . 2 Engl'lsh 1, . 2 ..............."3 Chemistry 15, 16 ........... 4 Mathematics 13, 14 ........ - 4 Physical Education 3, 4 .... 'k History or Social Science .S 2 3 4 4 1/2 3 . JUNIOR I Sem. - Cr. Religion .................... Social Science or Historv . - -" - .3 German .................... 3 Chemistry 61, 78. .......... 4 Physics 5 , 6 .............. .4 Literature or Philosouh-v .3 . . Chemistry 93, 94 .......... 0 I1 Sem. Cr. 3 .. - 3 4 4 3 0 I Sem. 11 Sem. Cr Cr. Religion 3. 4 ............. .2 ~ e r m a n .................... . 4 Biology 13, 14 ............. . 4 Psychology ................. Chemistry 53, 54 .4 Speech 11 ................. . 2 ......... SENIOR - 2 4 4 3 4 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. .- 3 Religion .................. . . 3 Social Science .......-.... .~ - - ~. --Fine Arts ................. Genetics ................... .4 Electives .................. .9 Chemistry 95. 96 ........... . O 3 10 0 *Offered alternate years SECRETARIAL WORK The fir& year of the fonow3ng program provkh preparation far certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who ha. had similar coarse.4 in high school may bc admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline af the recpiremmts for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Bueincss Education. A Secretarial-work Certi6cate is swarded on camp1etian of the two-year program. SECOND YEAR FIRST M:AR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 ............. . 2 2 Freshman English ....... . 3 3 Elementary .Typewriting ...1 Office Machlnes ............ 3 Elementary Shorthand ... . 3 3 Physical Education ........ % Ih Electives .................... 8 6 - - I Sem. 11 Sem. Cr. Religion 3 4 ............... . 2 Speech 11 ................. .Advanced Typewriting .3 Advanced Shorthand ..... . 2 Principles of Accounting .. . 3 Secretarial Practice ........ Psychology ................ . 3 Electives .................. .4 ..... - Cr. 2 2 2 3 3 5 Augsburg Theological Seminary INTRODUCTORY AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY is the training school for the pastors and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where tlie G i h of Grace are freely cultivated and nurtnred under the a u t h o r i ~of the Word and the guidance of the Holy Spirit. ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following: 1. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminary, including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and church membership. 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the candidate's local church. 4. A certificate of good health. These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary Faculty before July first. The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Serninary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The first year of study is always considered a probationary year. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS THE NORMAL REQUIREMENT for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek 2 years Philosophy ............................................................ 1 year German, or Latin, or Norwegian 2 years In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. 98 / Augsburg Theological Seminary SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES IN QKDER TEAT STDENTS may derive the greatest possible advantage from their theological studies, it i s recommended that their college course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor and, i n addition tn the srchjccrs indiefled above- include as many a3 pn-die of the following: English Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PaychoIogy ........................................................ K~istorq.--. Youth Work ........................................................ Natural Science Sociology, or Economics, or Political Science, or Education -1 Typewriting -. 1 2 years 1 year 1 year 2 years 1 semester 1 year year year When possible, it is recommended that elementary Hebrew be taken in the senior year of college. All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good academic record in their preparatory studies in college. TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING S~nn~m ARE s AD3rrTTED to the Seminar\- with the anderstanding thal their studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Facu1t;r. :lnp arrangement to take a part of h e theological course at another seminary must have the prior approval of h e Tlrmlogical Faculty at Augsburg. Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in other theologica1 seminaries of recognized standing. EXPENSES SEMINARY STUDENTS pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per semester. This includes the general library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students living in college or seminary housing receive a special grant to cover the cost of room rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students. See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50 is payable a month before graduation. CLASS ATTENDANCE A STUDENT IS EXPECTED to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable absences may be excused by the Dean. Attendance at any conference involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean well in advance of the conference. EMPLOYMENT THEWORK in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation. However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more frequently than every other Sunday. CONDITIONS AND ZNCOMPLETES A CONDITION or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incomplete~and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete will be recorded as a passing grade only if the average of previous work is sufficiently high. SEIWINARY INTERNSHIP IN ADDITION to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course. A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service period. The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amount of practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in nearby communities. STUDENT ACTIVITIES ALL SEMINARY STUDENTS are members of the Concordia Society. A principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel service. During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project, the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission. The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities. 102 / Augsburg Theological Seminary 16. OLD TESTAMENTTHEOLOGY.The major themes of the Old Testament approached topically: God's nature, names and self-revelation in history. Covenant, election, people of God, nature of man. Sin and forgiveness, judgment and salvation. Worship, sacrifice, praise and prayer. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. 17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS.A review of Hebrew grammar. Lectures on principles of exegesis. Application of exegetical method to selected passages of the 2, z Cr. Old Testament. (Offered 1963-64.) A study of archaeological discoveries 19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY. and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a number of introductory lectures followed by student presentarions of assigned topics I Cr. and class discussion. (Offered 1963 -64.) N E W TESTAMENT 20-21. NEW TESTA MEN.^ GREEK. TWO years of Greek is a requirement for admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load. 22. INTRODUCTION TO THE NEW TESTAMENT. A survey of the contents of the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr. scripts and early versions. (Offered 1962-63.) 23. THE GOSPEL OF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek, with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry. Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline 3 Cr. of Jesus' ministry. (Offered 1962-63.) 24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's 3 Cr. appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1964-65.) 25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the ~ o u r t f fGospel, its authenticity and value, and relation to contemporary religious movements. Study of the Gospel in Greek and discussion of the themes 3 Cr. which pervade the Gospel. ( m e r e d 1963-64,) 26. THEJEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH. Rapid survey of Acts 1-12. This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. Augsburg Theological Seminary / 103 27. ASPECTSOF THE THEOLOGY01: PAUL. Survey of some approaches to Paul and a study of some of the basic themes of his theology. Selected portions of the Epistles examined in Greek. (Offered 1964-65.) 3 Cr. 28. INTERPRETATIONS OF ROMANS.Exegesis of the Epistle in Greek; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. Consideration of the Gospel as Paul relates it to the problem of Israel and the Christian life. (Offered 1963-64.) 3 Cr. OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of 2 Cr. Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1962-63.) OF THE REVELATION OF JOHN. The course aims at a 30. INTERPRETATION mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. 2 Cr. (Offered 1964-6j.) CHURCH HISTORY 40. THE EARLYCHURCH.The History of the Christian Church from the Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great ($90). The organization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1964-65.) 2 Cr. 41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES.A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. A study of the causes which led to the Protestant 42. THE REFORMATION. Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman 3 Cr. Catholic Counter-Reformation. (Offered 1962-63.) This course covers the period 43. THE CHURCHAFTER THE REFORMATION. from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on 2 Cr. the history of the Lutheran Church. ( m e r e d 1963-64.) CHURCHHISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches; 44. AMERICAN church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state; revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America 3 Cr. is studied with special care. (Offered 1963-64.) 104 / Augsbarg Theological Seminary THE HISTORYOF CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE.A study of the development of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1964-65.) 2, 2 Cr. 45,46. THE LUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.A study of the constitution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr. 47. SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY BASICPRINCIPLES OF THEOLOGY. An inquiry into the field, sources, and z Cr. methods of systematic theology. ( m e r e d 1963-64.) lo. AND ANTHROPOLOGY. A systematic examination of the teach71. THEOLOGY ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1963-64.) 2 Cr. A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning 52. SOTERIOLOGY. Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit; 3 Cr. the order of salvation. (Offered 1964-65.) AND ESCHATOIOGY. A s t u d y 4 f the nature and function 53. ECCLESIOLOGY of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered 1964-65.) 2 Cr. ETHICS.A study of the religious and ethical implications 54, 55. CHRISTIAN of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to the application of Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. (Offered 1962-63.) z, 2 Cr. A careful studv of the Book of Concord. Attention is given tb. SYMBOLICS. to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and 2 Cr. its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1963-64.) SYMBOLICS AND RELIGIOUS CULTS. A comparative study 57. COMPARATIVE of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings z Cr. of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1962-63.) 58. THE THEOLOGICAL ISSUESOF THE SIXTEENTHCENTURYPROTESTANT REFORMATION. The basic theological differences between Roman Catholicism and historical Protestantism. The position of historical Protestantism with regard to divergent theological doctrines is discussed, evaluated, and compared with the corresponding position of the Roman Church as expounded primarily in the dogmatic definitions issued during and after the Council of Trent. (Offered 1962-63.) z Cr. Az~gsbz~rg Theological Seminary / 105 PRACTICAL TffEOLOGY All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field. A. I'astoral Theology 60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORAL THEOLOGY. This course deals with the Biblical basis for the Christian ministry, the call and qualifications of the pastor, his public and private life, and the practical aspects of his work in the church z Cr. today. (Offered 1963-64.) 61. INTRODUCTION TO PASTORAL COZJNSELING. A course dealing with the dynamics underlying human behavior. Various pastoral counseling techniques are studied. The course attempts to help the student recognize deviations of personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.) I Cr. 62. CLINICALPASTORAL TRAINING. The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes, I Cr. special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.) 63. THE CHRISTIANWORLD MISSION. The worldwide responsibility of the Church. hlissionary motives, methods and aims. Rapid survey of mission history and a study of the present missionary situation, with special attention given to the emerging national churches. (Offered 1964-65.) 2 Cr. B. Homiletics 65. PRINCIPLESA N D P R A C ~ I C01: E PREACHING.Technical and psychological 2 Cr. elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors. 66. HOMILETICS.The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation 2 Cr. and constant practice in delivery. Middlers. 67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great are studied. Seniors. 2 Cr. C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work 70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; officers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the 'Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinr Cr. thians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1963-64.) 106 / Augsbwg Theological Seminary A study of the various aspects of congrega71. CHURCH ADMINISTRATION. tional organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective oflice procedures. The practice and teaching of Christian stewardship. (Offered 1964-65.) I Cr. 72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community. The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1962-63.) I Cr. The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy 73. LITURGICS. as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1964-65.) I Cr. An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from 74. HYMNOLOGY. the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England, and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 196263.1 I Cr. E. Christian Edztcation and Sociology 76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCATION.Studies in the application of basic principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1962-63.) 2 Cr. 77. THE CHURCH AND SOCIETY.A study of the relation between the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians, both the individual and the Church, and the activities and agencies by which these duties may be fulfilled. 2 Cr. Personnel THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES Officers of the Board MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President THE REV. L. 0. GJERDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-president MR. R. F. PAUTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary MR. R. E. MYHRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Treasurer Term Expires in 1962 MR. GILBERTBERG,Seattle, Washington Business, Berg Fuel Company THE REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON,Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Church MR. R. E. MYHRE,Minneapolis, Minnesota Insurance Term Expires in 1963 THE REV. L. 0. GJERDE, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota MR. HERBERTA. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota Investors Syndicate Life and Annuity Company THE REV. HARRYT. SORENSON, Bellevue, Washington Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd Term Expires in 1964 THE REV. ERLINGTUNGSETH, Rochester, Minnesota Pastor, Bethel English Lutheran Church MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota Education, University of Minnesota MR. JEROMEFORMO,Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice-President, Plastics Corporation of America, Minneapolis, Minnesota Term Expires in 1965 MR. R. F. PAIJTZ,Minneapolis, Minnesota Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company MR. PHILIPC. HELLAND,Willmar, Minnesota Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota MR. U. W. TERVO,Rochester, Minnesota Personnel Director, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota 108 / Personnel Term Expires in 1966 MR. L. S. HARBO, Austin, Minnesota Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota MRS. GEORGENELSON,Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker MR. RUBENHOVLAND,Northfield, Minnesota Education, Northfield Public Schools. Farming Advisory Members The REV. DR. JOHN M. STENSVAAG, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Lutheran Free Church DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Augsburg College and Theological Seminary MR. LEONARD RAMBERG, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice-President, Northwesterii National Bank Minneapolis, Minnesota ADMINISTRATIOM BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President NORMANL. NIELSEN . . . , . . . . . . .Vice President in charge of Development MARTIN QUANBECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of t h e College PAUL G. SONNACK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean o j t h e Theological Seminary . BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bu~iness Manager PETER ARMACOST(on leave 1961-61) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students GLEN W. JOHNSON . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acting Dean of Students, 1961-62 GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., D e a n o f W o m e n MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar; Secretary of the General Faclclty IVERB. OLSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary of t h e Theological Faculty KARLISOZOLINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian CARL R. HAMMARBERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing FRIEDEL WINDMANN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer S. V. HJELMELAND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development HAROLDKAMBAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations A. B. BATALDEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of A l u m n i Relations IRVINGHOEL . . . . . . . .Pi~rchasingA g e n t ; Sz~pervisor of Buildings and Grounds Personnel / 109 RICHARDL. BERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Business Manager MRS.MARYLOU BROWN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services BJARNELANDA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum DONOVANLUNDEEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions MARK JOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor VERNONCHILGREN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Residence Halls and Housing GLENN THORPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations Assistant Director of News Bureau MRS. JACQUELYN GIMSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Women's Residences ADAIINISTRATIVE STAFF Office Staff: M c e of the President and Dean-Mrs. Helen Brodin and Karen Schwarzrock; Business Office-Lois Medin, Mrs. Andrea Wrage, Ethel Manning, Carol Hanson; Office of Registrar-Mrs. Lois Parker, Tena Mehus, Manning, Carol Hanson; Office of Registrar-Judith Obe~beck, Mrs. Lois Parker, Tena Mehus, Borghild Esmess; Development, Public Relations and Admissions-Avalon Okemn, Violet Myers, Mrs. Dorothy Bailey, Mrs. Margaret Kemper, Muriel E r i c b ; Pcmmncl, Placcmenf, and Employment-Marilyn Petersen and MS. Shirley Rnox; Edurafiom OfficeMrs. Naomi Sorkness and Mrs. Joyce Fmig; L i b r l r r p M n . Ern3 Staub and Sandra Bloom; Printing and Mailing-Valborg Bosmoe, Lillian Peterson, and Mrs. Joan Berg; Receptionist-Mildred Nelson. Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Jack Nordgaard; Gerda Mortensen Hall, Alice Anderson; Auxiliary Houses, Phyllis Acker, Julie Ose, Genevieve Trenne, Mary Utke, and Margaret Wiozeschke. Supervisor of Housekeeping: Mrs. Olive Rud. Manager of Grill: Arthur C. Engen. MEDICAL STAFF Dr. Ernest T. Bohland, Physician; Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Jeanette Johnson, R.N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY Presidenfs Cabinet: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck G. Johnson, Fosse, Educutional Policies: Ex ofTicio: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Miss Joel. P. Quanbeck, Sateren, Chrislock, Nash; Hanwick, R. Anderson, Miss Mattson, Miss Segolson, Sonnack Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Lundeen, M. Quanbeck, Holum, Miss Cole, Thompson, Budge. I Io / Personnel Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Mattson, P. Quanbeck, Miss Aaskov Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Dahlen, Sateren, Miss Mattson, Miss Segolson, Urdahl, Tollefson Library: Ozolins, Hemmingson, Colacci, Gisselquist, Agre, I. Olson Athletics: Soberg, Kleven, Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold *Convocations: Urdahl, E. Johnson, Miss Pederson, Torstenson, Batalden Faculty Personnel Policies: Halverson, Fosse, Hemmingson, Holum, Torstenson institutional Studies: R. Anderson, Pearson, Mrs. Anderegg, Alton, Chrislock *Religious Life: P. Quanbeck, Sonnack, Hanwick Social Functions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Lillehei, Hammarberg, Hatchek *Student Activities: G. Johnson, Miss Mortensen, DeYoung, Hemrningson, M. Quanbeck *Student Conduct: E. Nelson, Mrs. K. Peterson, Thut, Miss Lund Nominations: I. Olson, Miss Cole, Landa AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY FACULTY BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, I 922 ; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, GSttingen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 192~-26.Pastoral work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938. TERENCEE. FRETHEIM,B.D., Instructor in Old Testament A.B., Luther College, I 9 5 6; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, I 960. Additional study: Minnesota; Union Theological Seminary; University of Durham, England. Teaching: Luther Theological Seminary. At Augsburg since 1961. MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testament (on leave) A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 I y ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 192I -3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40 and 1960-62. At Augsburg since 1941. "Joint Student-Faculty Committees Personnel / I II RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL, A.B., B.Th., Assistant Professor of Old Testament (on leave) A.B., Luther College, 1947; Th.B., Luther Seminary, 1952; Additional Study: University of Chicago; Karl Eberhardt University, Tubingen, Germany. A.t Augsburg since I 9 5 9. IVERB. OLSON, A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 19 57. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. A t Augsburg since 1945. PHILIP A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Associate Professor of N e w Testament A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 1951; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1958. Pastoral work, 195153. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954-57. A t Augsburg since 1957. PAULG. SONNACK,Th.B., A.M., Dean of the Seminary and Professor o f Church History A.B., Augsburg Callege, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945; Th.B., 1947; A.M., University of Chicago, 1960. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minnesota, 1945-47. A t Augsburg since 1949. MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Lecturer in Theology For statement of academic preparation and experience, see College Faculty LAWRENCEM. GUDMESTAD, A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1942; S.T.M.; Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1955-. A t Augsburg since 1955. JOHN STENSVAAG, Ph.D., Lecturer in Homiletics A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1939; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins University. Teaching: Augsburg Seminary, 1942-59; Dean, 1953-59; Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1945-46. President of Lutheran Free Church since 1959. II2 / Personnel AUGSBURG COLLEGE FACULTY RUTH AASKOV, A.M., 11zstr~r~tor in French A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., Middlebury College, 1960. Additional study: University of Grenoble, Boston University. Teaching: High School, 1954-60. At Augsburg since 1960. COURTLAND L. AGRE,Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 193.1; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1937; Research Chemist, 1937-40; U. S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist, 1941-46; Teaching, St. Olaf College, 1946-58; Univ. of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. EARLALTON,Ph.D., Assistant Professbr of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., University of Michigan, 1958; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching: Teaching Fellow and pre-doctor instructor, University of Michigan, 1955-58. A t Augsburg since 1960. LYLA MAE ANDEREGG, A.M., I~zstructor in Education A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., Northwestern University, 1947. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago, California. Teaching and Counselling, High Schools, 1945-46. I 9 5 I -5 3 ; Teaching: East Washington College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-5 I ; Oakland Junior College, 19 5456; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 19 59. ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, I 937-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy, 1946. A t Augsburg since 1949. A.M., Instructor in Greek PETERG. ANSORGE, A.B., Sr. Olaf College, I 958; A.M., University of Michigan, 1959. Teaching: Northwestern Theological Seminary, I 9 59-6 I . A t Augsburg since 196 I . PETERH. ARMACOST, A.B., Dean of Stzrdents (on leave) A.B., Denison University, 1957. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant at University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1959. Personnel / II3 LEROYA. BAKER,A.B., lnstructor in Physics A.B., Northwest Nazarene College, 1960. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Research Physicist, Minneapolis-Honeywell. At Augsburg since 1960. MERRUYNBELGUM,M.S.W., lnstructor in Sociology A.B., University of Minnesota, 1946; M.S.W., University of Denver, 1956. Chisago County Welfare, 1948-49; Lutheran Welfare Society, Iowa, 194952; Department of Public Welfare, Anchorage, Alaska, 19 5 2-54; University of Denver, Field Instructor, 1956-57; Denver Public Schools Social Worker, 1957-60. At Augsburg since 1960. WAUNETABLACKBURN, A.M., Assistant Professor of English A.B., Milton College, 1930; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1942. Additional study: Pennsylvania State University. Teaching: High School, 193046; Stout State College, 1946-61. A t Augsburg since 1961. BRUCEP. BUDGE,M.S., Instructm in Business Administration B.S., University of Idaho, 1913; M.S., 1957. Teaching: University of Idaho, 1951-57. We~erhauser Company, 1913-5 5, 1957-60. A t Augsburg since 1960. JACQOLYN L. CHERNE,A.B., lnstructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1958. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1960. CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., 19 55. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.D.; 1948-51. At Augsburg since 1912. GRACIACHRISTENSEN, A.M., Instructor in English A.B., Hunter College, 1932 : A.M., Radcliffe College, 193 5. Additional Study: University of Chicago. MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Professor of New Testament Greek and Latin Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., I 93 2; Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campbasso, Italy, 1941-49. At Augsbuq since 1952. AILENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor of Speech A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, 1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956. I 14 / Personnel K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; Crosby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-41. A t Augsburg since 1941. KENNETHN. DEYOUNG,Ph.D., Instructor in Psychology A.B., Michigan State University, 195 6; A.M., 1957; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1961. At Augsburg since 1960. DAVIDA. EDE, B.D., instructor in Religion A.B., St. Olaf College, 1957; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. At Augsburg since 1961. BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46. Industrial Engineering work, 1949-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953. KRISTIAN FROSIG,A.B., Laboratory Instructor in Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1953. Additional study: Macalester College; University of Washington. Teaching: High School, 1953-61. A t Augsburg since 1961. WILLIAMH. GERMAR,A.B., Instructor in Journalism A.B., Drake University, 193 5. U.S. Army Signal Corps, 1942-46. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1960-1961. A t Augsburg since 1960. DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Instrzmental Specialist (Brass Instruments) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1954-44. Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943; University of Montana, 1947-48; Gustavus Adol~husCollege, 1948-5 t At Augsburg since 1 9 5 4 JACQUELYNL. GIMSE,B.S.N., Director of Women's Residence R.N., Moline Public Hospital, 1957; B.S.N., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960. Moline Public Hospital, 1957-5 8 ; Gustavus Adolphus College, Assistant Dean of Students, 1960-61. A t Augsburg since 1961. OKLOUEGISSELQUIST, A.M., Assistant Professor of History A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956. Teaching: Bethel College, 1954-56. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1956. TINGSIN GO, B.S., Laboratory lnstrzcctor in Chemistry B.S., Mapua Institute of Technology, Manila, Philippines, 1953. Additional study: Adamson University, Manila; University of Minnesota. Teaching: Adarnson University, 19 57-59. A t Augsburg since 1960. Personnel / II5 DONALDR. GUSTAFSON, A.M., Instructor in History A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; A.M., University of Wisconsin, 1916. Additional study: Indiana; California, Berkeley; Minnesota. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1960-6 I. At Augsburg since I 96 I . WILLIAMH . HALVERSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., Princeton University, 1959; Ph.D., 1961. Teaching: Princeton Theological Seminary 1957-59. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959. A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology CARLR. HAMMARBERG, A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kan., 1948-53. A t Augsburg since 1953. LEIF E. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Modern Languages A.B., Concordia College, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Additional study: Michigan; Stetson University; Wisconsin. Teaching: High School, Norway, 1959-60; University of Wisconsin, 1960-61. At Augsburg since I 961. MAURINEM. C. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Home Economics A.B., Rice Institute, 1920; .4.M., University of Colorado, 1938. Additional study: Texas, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1920-21, 193443, Lamar College, 1943-45, University of Minnesota, 1949-, Hamline University, 1949-58. At Augsburg 1957-58, and since 1959. in Philosophy WILLIAMH. HANSON,-A.M.,Instr~~ctor A.B., Hamline University, 1958; A.M., Yale University, 1960. At Augsburg since 1961. THEODORE J. HANWICK, Ph.D., Professor of Physics B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching: Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-3 8; New York University, 193842; U. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46; Rutgers University, 1946-56. At Augsburg since I 9 5 6. GEORGEW. HATCHEK,LL.D., Instrzrctor in Modern Languages LL.D., Law School of Vienna, Austria, 1938. Interpreter at United States Surplus Depot in France, 1944-46. Teaching: International Institute and YWCA, 1954-60. At Augsburg since 1960. RUBENG. HAUGEN,M.M., Instructor in W'oodwinds B.M., MacPhail School of Music, 1950; M.M., MacPhail Schml of Music, 1951. Additional Study, University of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, 1950-72; Breck Military Academy, 1952-5 5; MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsburg since 1958. I I6 / Personnel ORVALD B. HAUGSBY, A.B., Instructor in Mathematics A.B., Wisconsin State College, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1953-56; Wisconsin State College, 1956-59; University of Minnesota, Teaching Assistant, 1959-61. At Augsburg since 1961. MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion (on leave) For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. A. ROBERTHEMMINGSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Economics and Business Administration A.B., Dana College, I 9 5 3 ; A.M., University of Nebraska, I 9 57. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: University of Nebraska, 195657. At Augsburg since 1957. A.M., Instructor in English MARYA. HINDERLIE, A.B., St. Olaf College, 1935; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1937. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1937-39. JOHN R. HOLUM,Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1950-52; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 1958-59. U. S. Armed Forces, 1951-57. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. IRENE KHIN KHIN JENSEN,Ph.D., Instructor in History and Political Science (on leave) A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 19 5 1; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, I 9 5 6. Teaching: Rangoon University, Burma, 1949-50 At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959. JOHN JENSON,A.M., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1955; A.M:, University of Minnesota, 1957. U.S. Navy, 1957-61. At Augsburg 1956-57 and since 1961. MILDRED V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional Study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947. EINAR0. JOHNSON,Ph.D., Professor of Education A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 1950; Ph.D., 1961. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: Elementary and High School, 193 3-40; University of Washington, 195354; Luther College, 1954-56; At Augsburg since 1956. Personnel / GLEN W. JOHNSON, I I7 B.D., Acting Dean of Students and Instructor in Mathe- matics B.S. Engr., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Additional study: University of Minnesota. JAMES JOHNSON,A.M., Instructor in Piano A.B., University of Minnesota, 1956; A.M., Juilliard School of Music, 1958. A t Augsburg since 1961. WINFIELDJOHNSON,A.M., Instructor in Religion A.B., St. Olaf College, 1939; C.T., Luther Theological Seminary, 1943; A.M., New York University, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL, A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion (on leave) For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. HAROLD M. KAMBAK,A.B., Instructor in Journalism and Director of Public Relations A.B., Augsburg College, 1919. Additional Study: University of Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 1956-58. A t Augsburg since 1958. ROBERTK A R L ~ NB.M., , A.M., lnstructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1959. Additional Study: Berkshire Music Center, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-5 3; St. Agathals Conservatory, 1958-59; University of Minnesota, 1957-59. A t Augsburg since 1959. MMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 192235; Wheaton College, 1946-47. A t Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947. BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Languages A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 19 5 2. Teaching: High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1941-47. U. S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since 1947. I I8 / Personnel DENNISE. LANE, B.S., Instructor in Organ B.S., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1943-46; University of Minnesota, 194243; MacPhail School of Music, 1945-51; pr,ivate organ and piano instructor. Church organist and choirmaster. A t Augsburg since 1960. BERTHALILLEHEI,A.M., Instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957. LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON,A.M., Instr~.ctorin English A.B., University of Minnesota, 1930; A.M., 1932. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1932-35; 1952-60. A t Augsburg since 1960. GERTRUDES. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science A.B., Augsburg Teaching: High Morris, 1945-47; 49. A t Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951. School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture, Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 1948since 1950. MARTHAM. MATTSON,A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1928; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1932. Additional study: Boston University; University of Wisconsin. Teaching: Elementary schools, 1922-36; Elementary Supervisor, 1939-60. A t Augsburg since 1960. ERWIN D. MICKELBERG,A.B., Assistant Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1954-56. A t Augsburg since 1956. GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women w i t h rank of Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since 1922. M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach EDORC. NELSON, of Football and Baseball A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. Personnel / I 19 GLENN I. NELSON, A.M., lnstrztctor in Sociology A.B., St. Olaf College, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. A t Augsburg since 1961. GRIERNICHOLL,A.M., Instructor in English A.B., Wesleyan University, 1951; A.M., Columbia Teachers College, 1956. Additional study: Minnesota; University of London. Teaching: High School, 1954-55; Southern Oregon College, 195 5-57; University of Minnesota, 195 8. A t Augsburg since 1960. NORMANI. NIELSEN, A.B., B.Th., Vice President in Charge of Development A.B., Augsburg College, 1944; B.Th., Luther Seminary, 1947. Additional Study: Boston University. Pastor: Minot, N. D.; Minneapolis, Minn. A t Augsburg 1958-61. DAVIDNORDLIE,A.B., lnstructor in Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1961. ESTHER J. OLSON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1945; A.M., 1945; Ph.D., 1956. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1945-56; Luther College, 1956-60. A t Augsburg since 1960. IVER B. OLSON, A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. MAGNEB. OLSON, A.M., lnstructor in History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg, 195 8; 4.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Teaching: High School, 1960-61. A t Augsburg since 1961. KARLISOZOLINS. A.M., Th.B., Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 5 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1961. Additional Study: University of Marburg, Germany. A t Augsburg since 195 5. SULAMITOZOLINS,Cand. Phil., Instructor in Russian Cand. Phil., University of Marburg, Germany, 1948. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1959. PATRICIAA. PARKER,A.M., Assistant Librarian and Instructor in Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; A.M., University of Michigan, 1952. Teaching: University of North Dakota, 1949-5 1; University of Michigan, 19 51-52; University of Minnesota, Librarian, 19 54-5 6; Minneapolis Public Library, 195 6-59. A t Augsburg since 1960. KRISTOFFER F. PAULSON,A.B., Instructor in English A.B., St. Olaf College, 1956. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway; University of Heidelberg, Germany; George Washington University; Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1960. HOWARD E. PEARSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. At Augsburg since 1956. ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Professor o f English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1 9 4 1 Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. At Augsburg 1932-44 and since 1946. KATHERINEPETERSON,M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa, 1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. A t Augsburg since 1956. LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1954. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg since 1950. MARTINQUANBECK, Ph.D., Professor o,f Education and Dean of the College A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933; Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, M i n . , 1929-36. Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-3 8. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean, 1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 1938. PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion; College Chaplain For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943. Additional study: Composition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39. Music Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Civilian Public Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 1941-43 and since 1946. Personnel / 12 I EDWIN J. SAUGESTAD, A.B., Instrzictor in Physical Edzccation and Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1959. A. MAYOSAVOLD,A.B., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Luther College, 1941. Additional study: North Dakota, Minnesota, MacPhail School of Music. Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D., 1934-37; Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42 and 1946-48. U.S. Armed Forces 1942-45; Glenwood Public Schools, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1952. DONNAL. SCHLORF.A.B., Instructor in Physical Edzccation A.B., Augsburg College, 1955. Additional study: University of Minnesota; University of Colorado; University of Oslo, Norway. Teaching: Junior and Senior High School, 195 5-61. A t Augsburg since 1961. RUTH SEGOLSON,M.S., Professor of Ifome Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925 ; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 197.5-28; Univer. sity of Minnesota, 1928-44. At Augsburg since 1944. MARJORIEH. SIBLEY,A.M., Assistant Librarian A.B., University of Illinois, 1942; A.M., 1943. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Elementary, 1940-41; University of Illinois, 1945-46; Acquisitions Librarian, Macalester College, 1959-61. A t Augsburg since 1961. GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926. PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Professor of Religion For statement of academic ~ r e ~ a r a t i oand n experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. RUTH SONSTENG,A.M., lnstrztcfor in Home Economics A.B., Augsburg College, 1954; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Teaching: High School, 1955-56; Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57. A t Augsburg 1957-60 and since 1961. LAWRENCE H. STARKEY, Ph.D., Lecfztrer in Astronomy A.B., University of Louisville, 1942; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary, 1945; A.M., University of Southern California, 1948; Ph.D., 1954. Additional study: Garrett Biblical Institute. Teaching: University of California, Bethel College. I zz / Personnel MERTONP. STROMMEN,Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955; Ph.D., 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor: Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. A t Augsburg since '947. OLAF H . SWENSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-51. Probation Ogce, Hennepin County, 195 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953. AGNESB. TANGJERD, A.M., Archivist A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. Librarian, Augsburg College, 1940-1960. PAULETTER. THOMPSON,A.M., Instructor in Spanish A.B., Augsburg College, 1954; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1960. Additional study: University of Mexico. Teaching: High School, 1954-57; University of Minnesota, Assistant, 1957-59. A t Augsburg since 1960. PHILLIP J. THOMPSON,A.B.. M.F.A., Assistant Professor of A r t A.B., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., State University of Iowa, 1958. Teaching: State University of Iowa, 19 57-5 8; Kokomo Extension of Indiana University, 1958-59. A t Augsburg since 1959. Ph.D., Professor of English (on leave) GERALDH. THORSON, A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1957. U.S. Army, 1943-46. Additional study: Grenoble, Oslo, Wisconsin. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. Visiting Professor, University of Reykjavik, Iceland, 1961-62. A t Augsburg since 1946. JOHN THUT,A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota, Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 193 I 44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1947. VERATHUT,B.Mus., lnstructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota, Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti, Robyn Xormal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. Personnel / 123 HAROLDTOLLEFSON, A.B., M.Th., Instrzrctor irz Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 195 3 ; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, I 9 5 5. Additional Study: University of Heidelberg A t Augsburg since 1959. JOEL S. TORSTENSON, A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D., 19 59. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg 193842 and since 1947. E. MARGARET TRAUTWEIN, A.M., Instrz~ctorin Engli~h A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 19 53. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. A t Augsburg, 1950-54 and since 1961. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biolog~' A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, I 93 I -3 5. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. A. BRUCEWRIGHTSMAN, B.S., Instr~rctorin Mathematics B.S., University of Wisconsin, 195 8. Additional study: Luther Theological Seminary. Teaching: University of Wisconsin, 1957-58. At Augsburg since 1960. CARL W. LANDAHL,M. Mus., Assistant Professor of Mzrsic (Deceased October 26, 1961) A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music, Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., Cali,fornia Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 193 1-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern College, 1950-59. A t Augsburg 1952-61. KARL H. BREVIK,A.B., B.Th., Instrzrctor in Religion A.B., Concordia College 1951; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1951. Additional Study: Syracuse University. Teaching: Concordia College, 195456. Associate Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, 1956-61. A t Augsburg 1959-61. Administratiolz and ZDENEKCERNOHOUS, A.M., Instrzrctor in B~~silzess Econonzics A.B., St. John's University, 1953 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 195 5. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1956-60. A t Augsburg 1960-61. 124 / Personnel IVAN DOSEFF, B.S., Instructor in Art B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: A r t Institute of Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8- 19; Iowa State Teachers College, 19 19-2 I ; Luther College, 1922-23 ; Minneapolis A r t Institute, 1928-30; University of Minnesota, 1926-53. A t Augsburg 1955-1961. NELSW. FORDE,A.M., Instructor in History A.B., Luther College, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1958. Teaching: Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1957-60. A t Augsburg 1960-61. PAULGABRIELSEN, Th.B., A.M., College Chaplain A.B., Concordia College, 1952; C.T. and Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; A.M., University of Chicago, 1960. Pastor, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 1958-60. A t Augsburg, 1960-61. SHERMANJOHNSRUD, A.M., Instructor in Philosophy A.B., St. Olaf College, 1953; A.M., Univeristy of Chicago, 1955. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Celle, Germany, 1953-54; Valparaiso University, 1955-58; Concordia College, 1959-60. a t Augsburg, 1960-61. RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., Instructor in Health D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42; Oflicer, U.S. Navy, 1942-46. A t Augsburg 1955-61. DEAND. KNUDSEN,B.D., Instru~torin Sociology A.B., Sioux Falls College, 1954; B.D., Berkeley Baptist Divinity School, 1957. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1960-61. EMMA J. KYDD, M.S., Instructor in Home Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1958; M.S., 1960. Teaching: University of Minnesota, Teaching Assistant, 1958-60. A t Augsburg 1960-61. RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian A.B., Concordia College, 1954. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1954-56. A t Augsburg 1957-61. CATHERINE CHRISTIENICHOLL, A.M., Instructor in English A.B., Hope College, 1953; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Additional study: Minnesota, University of London. Teaching: Colby Jr. College, 1954-5 5; Bradford Jr. College, 195 5-56; Southern Oregon College, 1956-57. A t Augsburg 1957-1961. Personnel / I25 ROBERT C. STENSTROM,A.M., Instrztctor in Physics and Mathematics A.B., University of South Dakota, 1917; A.M.. University o f South Dakota, 1958. Teaching: University of South Dakota, 1956-58. A t Augsburg 1958-61. HUGHB. WILCOX,M.S., Lecturer in Mathematics B.S.E.E., University of Minnesota, 19 14; M.S., 19 16. Teaching: High School, 19 I 8-19; University of Minnesota, 1920-60. A t Augsburg 196061. PAUL CASPERSON,A.B., Teaching Fellow in Biology and Assistant Football Coach, 1960-61. MALCOLMGIMSE, Teaching Fellow in Physical Education, 1961-62. PHILIP W. HEIDE, A.B., B.Th., Teaching Fellow in Religion, 1960-61. MARSHALLD. JOHNSON,A.B., B. Th., Teaching Fellow in Religion, 1960-61. RICHARDJOHNSON,B.E.E., Teaching Fellow in Mathematics, 1960-61. ORLIN MANDSAGER, A.B., B.D., Teaching Fellow in Religion, 1960-61. HUBERTNELSON, A.B., Teaching Fellow in Religion, 1961-62. Graduates AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1960 WITH THE DEGREE OF BACHEL~ 3R Abrahamsen, Svein A., Jr. Ramsey, N. J . Amundson, Bruce Arnold Climax Anderson, Donald Arthur Minneapolis Anderson. John Allen St. Paul Anderson, Karen Lou Minneapolis Anderson, Robert Allan Mznneapolis Anderson, Sharon Lee Lam berton Benson, Margaret Yvonne Montevideo Beree. Richard Harold Albert Lea - - - --~ e r g e r ,Newman 0. Veblen. S. ~ a k ; Berkness, Loren Gerald Minneapolis Betker. Gaylen B. Hutchinson Bispala, John Kaarlo Hibbing Boleman, LeMoyne C. Minneapolis Boyum, Arne Harold Peterson Burfield, Carolyn M. Carver Bussler, Arlo Rudolph Stewart Carlsen, Carlson, Carlson, Carlson, Carlson. Ruth Markell Minneapolis Jerald Henry Minneapolis Kurt Gregory Minneapolis Margaret Ruth Marietta Mvron LeRov Willmar as person, -Carol Ann" Johnson Minneapolis Casperson, Paul Conrad Minneapolis Christensen, Naomi Grace Minneapolis Christiansen, DiAnn Renee Minneapolis Christianson. Elizabeth Louise Minneanolis ~lexagdria Christopherson, Iver C. Collin, Harry Clifford, Jr. Minneapolis Cruys, George Harold Minneapolis Cunning, Bruce R. Minneapolis OF ARTS Kepski, Ralph A. Kennedy. Richard John Kirkeeide, Robert Edward Minneapolis St. Paul Minneapolis Larson, Dorothy Ann Oak Park Larson, James C. Minneapolis Lecander. Ronald Glen Menomonie, Wis. Leslie, John Howard Minneapolis Lind, E. Delano Minneapolis Locke. Peter Michael Minneawolis Lokken, Lawrence Lundeen, Walter Gerald Minneapolis Lyon, LaRae K. Lake Crystal enso on Marciniak, Joseph Andrew Minneapolis Robbinsdale McKay, Keith M. Millar. Barbara Mznneanolis - -- - Elaine Milne. Barbara Jean ~oifston Mundschenk, Harold E. Minneapolis Munson, James W. Omaha, Neb. Myhre, Clifford Morris. Jr. Minneawolis Myhre, Paul ~ a y m o n d ~inneabolis Myring, Marcia Christine Minneapolis Nelson, Judith G. Minneapolis Nelson, Nicholas David Corona dc: 3Inr. Cclif, Nelson, Sonja Kaye Roseau Rnu; S~iehlorr Nielsen, Loren L. Noble, James A. Blooming P7n:ric Nordlie, David Amos Mirnrcopolix . ~ Ofstun, Richard Elliot Duluth Oliver, George James Minneapolis Olsen, Donald A. Minneapolis Olson, Barbara M. Cottonwood Elroy, Wis. Olson, Edward J. Dahlmeier, Phyllis LaVonne Minneapolis Olson, R. Thomas Minneapolis Minneapolis Dean, Alberta Kay Ose, Phyllis M. Minneapolis Droegemueller, Lee Arthur Minneapolis Paulson, Clayton Arvid Clitherall Minneapolis Pedersen, Ramona Joan Fergus Falls Edmund, Wayne F. Minneapolis Ellefson, Jon Richard Pederson, Dwight L. Osceola, Wis. Minneapolis Willmar Ellis, Colleen Patricia Pedersor., W. Dennis D. Clarissa Engelmann, Alfred B. Persson, Paul Robert Minneapolis Minneapolis Peterson. Judv Gail Minneanolis Erickson, Donald LeRoy ---- -Fertile Peterson; ~ a r e nAnn Brainerd Erlandson, Gene Marland Oconto, Wis. Peterson, Paul Alvin Hopkins Evenson, David Bruce Quanbeck, Fay Laurel Minneapolis Fosston Flaten, Arden Stanley Minneapolis Flom, Everett H., Jr. Richter, Lois A. St. Paul Minneapolis Flom, Marjorie Moland Schmid, Byron Lee Argyle, Wis. Garland, Nancy Vienette Marinette, Wis. Schueler. Orin Jav Harold Gedrose, James, M. Berkeley, Calzf. S. Dak. Brandon.. Gilberg. Donald C. Carp~o, N. Dak. Shotts, Dale Eugene ~ a ~ m o n Wis. d, ~ i l b e r g o n , Darrel Strum, Wis. Skurdal, K. Benjamin Williston. N. Dak. Glad, Dennis Edward Minneapolis Slotvig, Philip LeRoy Minneapolis Gravgaard, LaVonne A. Temple, N. Dak. Stanley, Ronald Harold Minneapolis Stevens. Robert C. Minneawolis Hagen, Aldemar Ellen Johnson Studlien. Marlene Minneakolis ~~~, - ~ Louise -~ --- - Cambridge, Mass. Svanoe. L. Alfred ~znneabolis Hagen, Dean L. Minneapolis Swanson, Sharon Jeanne Mtnnenpolis HaUer, James Howard %Vnrienli~~go Syverson, Gordon Lee Minneopolzs Hanka, Dale E. Mi nnenpolis Thompson, Paul A. Minneapolis Mni7reupolis Hanka, J. David Thompson. Lawrence R. Minneapolis Calloway Hanson, Gordon 0. Thorpe, Glenn C. Aniwa. Wis. Hatiield, Dennis V. Medicine Lake, Mont. Thorpe, Neal 0 . Aniwa. Wis. Hatland, Kenneth Minneapolis Thorsgard, Ruth M. Northwood, N. Dak. Watertown Hendricks, Gerald E. Tollefson, Beverly Marlene Hess, Ronald Clayton Brainerd Osnabrock. N. Dak. Minneapolis Holrnquist, Donald J. Torgerson, David George Minneapolis Holmquist. Don M. Minneapolis Toussaint, Harry, Jr. Milaca Homme; Donald W. Minneapolis Tweed, Marilyn Edith Pequot Lakes Hoversten, Chester, Jr. Minneapolis Hutchison, Robert M. Minneapolis Valleen, Kermit Ludwig Lindstrom Vorpe, Floyd Eugene Minneapolis Isum, Marvin P. Elmwood, Wis. Wacker, Linnea Lee Stewart Johnson, Gerald S. Hector West, Stanley L. New Brighton Johnson, James A. Fergus Falls Wilsey, Shirley Harms Minneapolis Johnson, Marcus Wayne Minneapolzs Juntunen, Wayne Roger Cloquet Ziemann, Lowell Albert Fairmont AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1961 WITH THE DEGREE OF BACHELOROF ARTS Acker, Phyllis A. Minneapolis Adam, Timothy W. Minneapolis Akerman, Kenneth LeRoy Ashby Anderson, Carol Kay Peshtigo, Wis. Anderson, Curtis DeWayne Peshtigo, Wis. Anderson, n e r P. St. Paul Anklam, Robert D. Minneapolis Arvidson, Gayle J. Parkers Prairie Baker, Shirley Hoekstra Minneapolis Newfolden Bakke. Llovd G. ... erg&, ~ e i e nJoan Hawley Berge, Phyllis Dow Raymond Minneapolis Birkeland, Joyce Sofie Northport, N. Y. Blegen. Oscar I.. Jr. Minneawolts 8lok. Ronald Carl Marinette, -wis. Rotten. Theodore P.. Jr. Minneapolis Chisago City Buchkoskg. Dsvid 8. Burlicgame. Clyde Royce Minneapolis >. Cadson. Daniel J . Jamestown, N. Y. Cowl, Lawrence Burton Minneapolis Cummings, Richard Frank Minneapolis Krusemark, Lyle Kenneth Kulander. Paul E. Hoffman Minneapolis Larson, Diane E. Amherst Junction. Wis. Larson, George S. Murdock Larson, K. Duane Cadott, Wis. Leach, Thomas Charles Minneapolis Minneapolis Lee, Harold T. Leiseth, Keith M. Buffalo Liebenovr, Cameron L. Minneapolzs Lorenz, Leonard D. Minneapolis Minneapolis Lund, Richard E. Madson, Gregory N. Parkers Prairie Magnuson, Julie Ann Marinette, Wis. uagnuson, Roy Norman Minneapolis Maher, F. Phil Minneapolis Manske, Kenneth J. Minneapolis Marshall, Harold Arthur Sp.ring Park Martin, Robert. N. Valley Stream, N.Y. Mayala, Jacob A,, J r . Clear Lake, Wis. Miller, Orville Jerome St. Paul Minneapolis Mokros, Norbert W. W. Nelson, Bernadine LoAnn Portland, N. Dak. Dahlager, Arlo Orlando Fremont, Calif. Nelson, Kenneth G. Elbow Lake Dalluge, David G. Minneapolis Niemi, Bereley Douglas Negaunee, Mich. DeMars. James E. Minneawolis Nordlund, Patricia Lou Clearbrook Dudero, Russell Archie s t . ~ a u l Nordlund, Winnie Marie Clearbrook Duncan, Agnette Ulstad Minneapolis Norum, Arden L. Eagle Bend Dyrud, Leola Thief River Falls Willmar Egertson, Joel A. F:I~~@;;;,X?TL r e ~~~~i~~ Falk Ehnert, Loren L. Olson, Cedric John Granite Falls Elavsky, Michael Jon ~ + Olson, ~ Deloris~ May ~ ~Staples .?.lixncc.pots Erickson, Harold. Jr. Minneapolis h F i , s %Gz&df"'c'%t&n Samuel Minneapolis ~ ; Page, Gerald S. Robbinsdale Pearson. Glenn Albin Minneawolis Pearson, Stanley L. ~inniapilis Pedersen. Ralph A. Minneapolis Gallagher, Lawrence E. 311i1nerr~lrs Pederson, Earl E. Minneeapolis Gartner, Deanna Presttun Brclricrri Peterson, Gerald L. Minneapolis Gibson, Joan K. 31inneapoUs Peterson. Paul D. Battle -~~ . Lake -.Gilbertson, Barbara J o Engen Minneapolis peterson; Robert E. Eleva, Wis. Minneapolis Peterson, Rolf A. Gunderman, Charles Minneapolis Raivo. Sharon L. Minneapolis Rew, Myron E. Jamestown, N.Y. Hagestuen, Richard M. Medicine Lake, Mont. Cottonwood Rosvold, Marlo L. Halvorson. Audrey M. C~attire Fulls Saether. Harold Edward RTinncopoi7s Halvorson. Gary Stev,ert Blanchardville, Wis. Hamre. John M. Mi?zneepolis F e ~ p t t y Fat* Hancy, Curtis M+?:?~copnfis Saure. W U p n Gail m e . Karen Watle 3rorrts Schlink Fdarie Gjerde iW~xneapola Hellzen, James P. nlInneapolzs Schroeaer, Dennis Floyd il.11nnrapoIis Heskin, Roger Edward Norwich. N. Dak. Score. Severt Ole %lin~~cupolis Holden. JamK. S h e i b u ~ ~ : Shepherd. h x r e n c e Daniel ItIinn~opolis Iiolrnan, ;Vary Ann i T o r d ~ Lokc Li!Tion Shogren, David J m e s 3ltnneopoliu Halmer;. LeRog Cecil Soudau Sho,9.cn. Glcnna Sr17&nr;c .Mi?~rtr4potis Hsieh, Joseph Shan-Chen Sohlden. Jean Marie ChnIl:.s, Mich. Taipai, Formosa S o l b e r g . Da\-id H. Xorrhfi~~ld Humphrey. Richard L. Grand Marais S:ansk. Dennis David Elko Husfloen, Richard Lowell, Fargo, N. Dak. S t c n M . John Earl-ie 31inncap01i3 Stokke, Verna Lou Clarl$eld Jackson. Harvey L. Madrid, Iowa Svailoe. Cwol Ha\\-kins Minncopolk Jacobson, Kathlyn C. Sebeka Swanson. Patricia Evelqne WaIcrtnu7n Jacobson; Robert L. Minneapolis Johnson. Arlan E. Aitkin Terrio, Gary LeRoy Mt. Iron Thompson, Richard M. Minneapolis ~ o h n s o n ; Carolyn Sylvia Minneapolis Trelstad Karen Egesdal Elmore Johnson George 0 . Minneapolis Trenne, ' Genevieve W. Fergus Falls ~ o h n s o n : Sheldon Donald Minneapolis Jones, Nellie Lucille Oak Park Willmar Westphal. Bruce Malvin Kalpin, Dennis Arlon Minneapolis Hang Kong Yue, Alexander Ka-Yu Keck, Kenley C. Brainerd Knutson, David Marlyn Minneapolis Zinn, Robert Warner s t . Paul Koeneman, Robert Lewls Minneapolis Feldmann, Mary Joan Grenora, N. Dak. Foss, Meredith A. Minneapolis ~ AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1960 Faust, Daniel Gordon .. .Valley City, N. Dak. Snider, Neal E. ........ .Pembina, N. Dak. Wrm THE DEGREE OF GRADUATE IN THEOLOGY Armstrong, James W. ........... St. Paul Glasoe, James L. .......... Minot, N. Dak. Jensen, Carl A. ............. .Racine, Wis. Rhoe, Kenneth R. ...-.......... Wayzata AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1961 Almauist. James Arnold ............ Swicer Gjerde, Manley Kenneth .. .Tacoma, wash. Heide, Philip Wendell .......Alkabo N. Dak. Johnson. Marshall Duane ..... . ~ i d h l eRive7 Ose, Gaylen V. ........... Thief River Falls Steenberg, Thomas Alfred, Jr. . .Minneapolis Lundquist, George Raymond Paulson, Philip .. .Minneapolis .................Minneapolis SUMMARY OF GRADUATES Seminary Graduates-] 870-1959 . . . . . . . . . Graduates-1960 ................. Graduates-1961 ................. Total College Total Enrollment Summary AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 1960-1 96 1 FIRST SEMESTER Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D H.) Jr Nurse (D H.) ......... Fr Nurse (F H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . Evening Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . Total ......... Men 77 103 141 224 45 Women 33 63 92 185 20 42 36 54 P6 SECOND SEMESTER Total Men Women 110 166 233 409 65 42 36 54 96 19 70 106 137 190 39 29 63 86 170 16 41 0 41 91 18 99 169 223 360 55 41 0 41 91 28 1107 - - 13 - - 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596 - 634 1230 551 556 6 Total -- TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR Mmn Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Senior Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jr Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F H.) .............. Fr Nurse (S. H.) .............. Evening Students (only) ........ 12 . . . . Women . . Total .................... Total 33 65 94 187 22 42 36 55 96 25 112 177 247 423 81 42 36 55 96 37 - - - 651 655 1306 AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 1960-1 96 1 SEMESTER I SEMESTER II TOTAL Men Men Men 7 Third Year ........................ Second Year 9 First Year ................. ;. . . . . . . 13 2 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....................... . Total ....................... 7 9 13 2 . 31 31 7 9 13 2 . 31 TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1960-1 96 1 College Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655 Total ........................................ 1306 Seminary Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total ........................................ Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once ......... 31. 0 - I 30 / Enrollment Summary AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 196 1-1 962 Class ................ Senior Junior ............. Sophomore ........... Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (D H.) . . . . . Jr . Nurse (D. H.) . . . Fr. Nurse (F H.) . . . Fr. Nurse (M. H.) . . . . Fr. Nurse (S H.) . . . Evening Students (only) . . . Total Men 70 124 145 245 46 0 0 0 0 0 6 - FIRST SWESTER Women Totol 53 123 73 197 109 254 227 472 26 72 42 42 1 1 49 49 22 22 92 92 11 17 - - 7341 602 TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sop homore . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . Fr Nurse (F H.) . . . . Fr Nurse (M. H.) . . . Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . Evening Students (only) Women 54 74 111 23 1 35 42 1 49 22 92 11 ......... 635 - SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total 64 48 112 121 73 194 139 107 246 230 213 443 42 27 69 0 38 38 0 0 0 0 38 38 0 22 22 0 88 88 6 3 9 705 . . . . . . . - - 657 1259 Totol 125 201 265 487 89 42 1 49 22 92 20 Toto l . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 196 1-1 962 SEMESTER I Men 7 Third Year Second Year . . . . . . . . . . 11 First Year . . . 12 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 30 SEMESTER II Men 7 TOTAL Men 7 11 12 2 11 12 2 32 32 - TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 196 1-1 962 College Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722 Totol .................................. 1393 Seminary Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . - 32 1425 3 Index Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . 36 Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1W . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 .............. 23 ............ 23, 98 Aims, Fundamental .............. 8, 9. Alumni Association, The . . . . . . . . . . I3 Archives, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Art, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Athletics Attendance, Chapel .............. 24 Attendance, Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Audic-Visual Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Administrative Staff Admission, College Admission, Seminary Advanced Placement Advanced Standing Divisional Organization Dramatics ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29. 43 53 Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Education, elementary . . . . . . . . . 67, 91 Education, secondary . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 90 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 99 Engineering, Pre-Engineering Course . 95 49 English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Entrance Requirements, College . . . . 22 Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 38 Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .IS, 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 16 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Financial Information .............. I5 Financial Support and Control . . . . . 10 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Food Service .................... 34 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $6 Faculty The Fees Biology. Department of . . . . . . . 77 Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Business Administration. Curriculum . . 93 Business Administration and Economics 71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78. 93 Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . . 103 Classification of Students . . . . . . . . 37 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . 109 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Control. Financial Support and ... 10 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 .. Calendar General Education Campus Life Cancellation ............. 7 Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Coordinator of Student Activities . . 35 Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I S Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . 42. 101 Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40. 42 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39. Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . 100 92 24 41 Requirements 39 General Information Graduates-(1870.1961), Summary of 128 Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . 39. 100 Grants-inaid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Greek. New Testament ............. Health and Physical Education . . . . . 48 84 Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49. 101 High School Teaching Curriculum . . . 90 Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 History. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Home Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74. 92 Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38. 40 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31. 41 Hospital Afiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . . # Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . Journalism Practical Theology 30 Prizes. Scholarships and . . . . . . . 18 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 37 Psychology. Department of . . 66 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Purposes .................... 8 ....... Junior Year Abroad 14 48 91 12 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Location ................ 2 Laboratories. Natural Science . . . . Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Mathematics. Department of . . . . 83 Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . 87. 94 Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . 96 Membership in Educational Associations 6 Ministry. Preparation for the . . . 88. 97 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Missionary Work. Preparation for . Modern Languages. Department of . Music. Deporiment of . . . . . . . . 40 89 54 57 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Musical Organizations . . . . . . 30. 59 Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... New Testament (Seminary) Norwegian. Courses in . . ... Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of . Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . . Old Testoment (Seminary) . . Organizations. Student . Orientation ............ Parish Work. Preparation for Pastoral Theology . . . Payment of Accounts . . . Personnel Services. Student Philosophy. Department of . . . 77 102 55 42 87 94 101 25 33. 101 . . ...... ..... Political Science ......... 33 26 17 36 36 44 26 41 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Scandinavian Language and Literature 55 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . 18 Secretarial Work Curriculum . . . . . 96 Seminary. Admission . . . . . . . . 97 Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . 101 Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Seminary. Faculty . . . . . . . . . . 110 Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . 100 Seminary. Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . Social and Recreational Activities . 99 26 Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . 61 Social Work Curriculum . . . 95 .... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Programs of Study . . . Sociology. Department of SPAN .. Spanish Speech. Department of . . . . . . . Student Activities. Coordination of . Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . Symbols . . . . . . . . . . .... Systematic Theology . . . ... Theology. College Preparation for 88. 98 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . .23 .. Trustees. Board of Tuition and Fees Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . Placement Service for Graduates Plant. The Physical Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . Religion and Philosophy. Division of . Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . 90. 91 Teaching Curriculums . . . . 90. 91 Testing . . . . . . . . . . . 23. 38 Theological Seminary. Augsburg . 97 . ....... Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . 105 38 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 ... . . 107 . . . . . . . . . IS. 16 University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Upper Division Requirements . 4 0
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1958-1960
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine defin...
Show more Courses of Study COURSES OFFERED DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semestm without completing the other. SYMBOLS f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must complete both semesters. # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS CREDITSSHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks in length. The normal load for a student i? 16 credit hours per semester. DIVlSIOjVAL ORGANIZATION THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Religion Philosophy Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Secretarial Studies Home Economics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education Division of Religion and Philosophy MR. P. A. QUANBECX, Chairman THROUGHTHE STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of the central realities of li,fe and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The student is challenged to accept this point of view-to relate himself to G r i s t as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in i n ~ t r ~ c t i oi n. ~to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. The graduation requirement is 14 credits in the Department of Religion. Of these credits, 8 must be lower division and at least 4 must be upper division credits. Courses 9, 58, and 60 fulfill major and minor requirements but do not fulfill the religion requirement for graduation. Students are required to take one two-credit course each semester during their first two years and six credits during their last two years. In this area the sequence required of Freshmen is Basic Bible. Total hours to ,be earned by transfer students will be determined by classification given them a t the time of admission. Six credits from Greek 5 I , 52, 53, or 54 may apply toward the religion requirement. Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Upper division credits in Greek may apply toward the major or minor in religion. I,2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament, including the history of Israel and special attention to one or two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament with special attention to two or three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament. 3, 4. CHURCHHISTORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 4 5 7. CLASSICS IN CHRISTIAN I)EvoTIoN. I. 2 Cr. The approaches to the Christian life as seen in some of the classical devotional writings of different periods in the history of the church. 8. THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE.11. 2 0. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. PRINCIPLES OF CHRISTIAN EDUCATION.I. 2 Cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 9. lo. HYMNSAND IMUSIC OF THE CHURCH. n. See Course 10 under the Department of Music. 2 Cr. Upper Bvision Courses 5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE RELIGION. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of ten or twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world. OF CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE.Prereq. 3, 4. I. 3 Cr. 5 3 . FUNDAMENTALS The fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith and attention to the historical development of some of these doctrines. CHRISTIANE m ~ c s . Prereq. 3, 4 , 5 3 or #. 11 3 Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. 54. 5 5. THELUTHERANCHURCH. Prereq. 3 , 4 or #. I. 2 Cr. The Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices, with special reference to some of the confessional writings. Attention is given also to Lutheranism in America and to the basic princi.ples of the Lutheran Free Church. 5 6 . THE CHRISTIANCHURCHES. Prereq. 3, 4 or #. 11. 2 Cr. Aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal psition, and practices of the various branches of the-Christian Church. 1 8 . PARISHWORK. 11. 2 cr. Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. 4 6 / Division of Religion and Philosophy 60. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH. II. r Cr. A study af principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 61. GODAND MAN IN THE OLD TESTAMENT. I. 3 cr. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 62. THEMESSAGE OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11. 3 Cr. A discovery of the essence of the Christian faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. TO CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGICAL THOUGHT. INTRODUCTION Prereq. 3, 4 o r #. I. 3 Cr. A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian Church. 63. 64. THE CHRISTIAN FAITHIN THE MODERNWORLD. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and rival faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the present conflicts and crises in Western culture. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY THE COURSES IN PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant with the great men and intellectual movements i n the history of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in such areas as religion, art, and morals. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 23, 24, 41, 42 are required for the major. Courses 23, 4 1 , 42 are required for the minor. 23. LOGIC. I. 3 Cr. A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. The course includes a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. 24. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY.11. 3 Cr. By means of reading selected source material, supplemented ,by cclssroclm lecture and discussion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics, metaphysics, and theory of knowledge. Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47 HISTORYO F PHILOSOPHY. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in selected primary sources. 41, 42. Upper Division Courses 53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. 54. AUGUSTINE A careful study and analysis af the most important philosophical writings of each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 cr. 6j. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I. A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196162.) 3 0. 64. EMPIRICISM.Prereq. 42. 11. A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1961-62.) 65. GERMANIDEALISM.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered 1960-61.) 66. EXISTENTIALISM. Prereq. 42. 11. 3 Cr. A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered 1960-61.) 7 I . CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I. 3 Cr. An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1961-62.) OF ART. Prereq. 23 or 24. 11. 3 Cr. 72. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1961-62.) 85. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience. (Offered 1960-61 .) 86. MORALPHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. 11. 3 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of moral discourses. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Humanities IT IS THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN, AND HEBREW THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theologicaI seminari&. Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and 1 4 credits in ,Latin. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK Minor: 20 credits. , 1 - 2 4 ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENTGREEK. I, 11.. 8 Cr. In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar cd the Greek language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 52. ADVANCED NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, II. 3. 3 Cr. Selections &om the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. 53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.Prereq. 52. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. S.pecial emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. LATIN I-2.t BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11. Grammar and exercises in translation. 8 Cr. 3, 4. CZSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. Continuation of grammar ,and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Galhc WIW and St. Augmtine's Confessions. (Offered 1960-61 .) Division of the Humanities / 49 HEBREW 83-84.f HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, 11. See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary. 85, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, 11. See Course 17, 1 8 under Theological Seminary. 6 0. 2, 2 Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH T m DEPARTMENT OF E-UCLIF~ a h to train students in t h e proper use ofEnglish in oral md wrirtcn expfiwion: to increvc proficiency in reading uld U I a n a l p k g literary texts; to acqusinr the scudents with the dmeIopment d the literatute of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundaments! truths and realiries o f life revcdcd in great Iiteraturc. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. The department may exempt a few well qualified students from course I. Those exempted fmm course I may satisfy the English requirement by courses z and 21. Students who do not achieve a satisfactory standard in their writing in course I must repeat the course before they enroll in course 2. All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. Major: 28 credits above course 2, including courses 21, 22, 31, 32, 51, $2, 61, 62, and 74. Minor: z I credits above course 2, including courses 21, 3I , 32, 5 I, 52, 61, and 62. Teaching Major: 28 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching major plus 71 and the second year of a foreign language. Teaching Minor: 2 1 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for the non-teaching minor plus 71. A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students who plan on graduate study in English should include courses 76, 78, 92, 94, 95, history 12, German, and French. Recommended sequence of required courses for major: sophomores, first semester, 21, 31; second semester, 22, 32; juniors, first semester, 51, 61, 74; second semester, 52, 62, plus 71 for teaching majors. A. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. Fr. (Wered both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upper classmen, but only freshmen may receive credit. 1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. ( M e r e d both semesters.) 6 Cr. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper. Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a week. 50 / D i ~ d i o nof thc Hzrmanities 5. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN. I. z Cr. AII introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and listening. To be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English. 9. COMMUNICATION FOR NURSES. I. 2 Cr. A study of the communication skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening 12. FORMSOF JOUKNALISTIC WRITING. See course 12 under Journalism. IT. 2 Cr. 21, 22. LITERATURE OF THE WESTERN WORLD. Prereq. 2. 3, 3 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. Course 2 1 offered both semesters. Course zr offered I1 semester 1960-61; both semesters I 961-62. 25. EXPOSITORY WRITING. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. CREATIVE WRITING. Prereq. 2. 11. 2 Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in rhe composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 26. 31. MEDIEVAL LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefly English. Special attention given to Chaucer. 32. RENAISSANCE LITERATURE.Prereq. 2. 11. z Cr. Literature of England from 1485 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention given to non-English works. Upper Division Courses JUNIORENGLISH. Prereq. 2. (Offered ,both semesters.) I Cr. Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Recommended for students who rank low in the sophomore English test. 56. 5 I, 52. AMERICAN LITERATURE.Prereq. ?. I, JI. 2, z Cr. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 5 5. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. I. Scc course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA- n. z cr. See course 5 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Hilmanities / 5 I 58. MODERNFICTION. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 cr. The modem novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers. yy. MODERNPOETRY. Prereq. 2. I. Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry. 3 Cr. 60. MODERNDRAMA. Prereq. 2. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Bsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. BRITISHLITERATURE O F THE SEVENTEENTH AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURIES. 3 Cr. Prereq. 2. I. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 61. OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY. Prereq. 2. 11. j Cr. 62. BRITISHLITERATURE Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. 71. INTRODUCTION TO MODERNENGLISH. Prereq. 2. 5 cr. The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective high-school Englis4 teachers an introduction to the study of language. (Offered I Sem., 1960-61; ZI Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 72. LITERARY CRITICISM. Prereq. 2. I. A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 74. SHAKESPEARE.Prereq. 32 or #. Reading of some of the plays. Attention given t o the princitples of drama and the historical background. (Offered I1 Sem., 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) 76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 o r #. II. 2 Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. ( m e r e d 196162.) z Cr. 78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1960-61.) 83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I. a cr. The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1960-61.) 8 5 . CONTEMPORARY AMERICANLITERATURE.Prereq. yz or 8. 1. Major writers since World War I. (Ofiered 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. 2 Cr. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. 52 / Division of the Humanities STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT partment chaiman. Offered both semesters. I , I Cr. JOURNALISM r 1. SURVEY OF MASSCOMMUNICATIONS. I. z Cr. Attention is given to patterns of operations in mass media with emphasis on analysis of content and audiences. Contributions of other disciplines to the reporting of news and the functions of the press and other communication agencies in the formation of public opinion are studied. 12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11. 2 0. An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH THISDEPARTMENTaims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in intempretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which .prepares the student to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech, theater, or speech pathology. II All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation. Speech is designed especially for this requirement. Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department for individual attention. Mapr: 24 credia above Speech I I. For education students courses I z, 3 I, 32, 66, and 76. Philosophy 23 is required of all majors. Minor: 18 credits ambove Speech I 1. For Education students courses 12, 3 I, 32, 5 1 or $3, and 66. I I. BEGINNINGSPEECH. SO. Offered both semesters. Basic prablems of effective speaking and critical listening. 12. ARGUMENTATION. 50. II. Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. 16. STORYTELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS.SO. Il. z Cr. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice id story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. (Offered 1960-61.) Division of the Hxmanities / 5 3 DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students. 21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE z Cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. 25. INTERCOLLEGIATE SPEECH. Open to all students. I. Preparation for and participation in intercollegiate speech contests. I Cr. TO DRAMATIC ARTS. Open to all students. I. 3 Cr. 29. INTRODUCTION An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 I . INTERPRETATIVEREADING.So. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice .in reading various kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. 3 Cr. 32. ACTING. So. 11. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GROUPLEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION.Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Theories of leadership; principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered I 960-61 .) 53. ADVANCED PUBLICSPEAKING. Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. (Offered 1961-62.) 5 5. PERSUASION AND PROPAGANDA. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. The psychology of persuasion; techniques used in public speaking, advertising, selling, and propaganda. Ethical implications of persuasive techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. 64. STAGECRAF~.Jr., Sr. 11. A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. ( m e r e d 1361-62.) 3 Cr. 66- STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. TI. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. 76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. 54 / Division of the Humanities 92. SPEECH SEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on rhe uie of primary sources and the methodology of research. 94. DRAMASEMINAR. Sr. 11. z Cr. Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and interests. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES THIS DEPARTMENT aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem language as a 'factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees. GERMAN Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-2.f BEGINNING GERMAN. I, 11. A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy (prose and poetry. Special work in conversation is required of all students planning to teach. Upper Division Cou.rses 1I , 12. GERMANLITERATURE.I, 11. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. 3. 3 Cr. SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Minor, 24 credits. I-2.f BEGINNING NORWEGIAN.Fr. I, II. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11. 3, 3 c r Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. 3 Cr. A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 1961-62.) Division of the Humanities / 5 5 I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1961-62.) Upper Division Courses THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I. Cr. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d 1960-61.) 5 5. 2 56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11. t Cr. The course includes dramas by Bjernson, Zbsen, and Stridberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1960-61.) FRENCH Minor, t o credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, H. 8 Cr. The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. One half of the time is devoted to the further study af grammar, composition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEY OF FRENCHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries. 52. FRENCHPHONETICS,CONVERSATION, AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 CC A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and composition. SPANISH Minor, 20 credits. 8 Cr. I-z.? BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11. Stresses pronunciation, the essentiat of grammar, elementary conversation, and background reading in Spanish on the I.atin American countries. Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading d short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. 56 / Division of the Humanities Upper Division. Courses 5 I . SURVEY OF SPANISHLITERATURE.I. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. 52. SPAXBH CONVERSAT~ON ~m Cornsmow. 11. 3 cr. A course aiming to fncilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation and composition, including original themes. Lzhratory, including audio-visual aids, inregrared wirh classroom work and instruction. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC THE DEPARTMENT OF MUSICoffers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparatiod for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and lo, courses I through 58, 61-6r* or 6364*, 6 9 , 77 or 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical organization. At least 2 credits in private instruction must be earned in the junior and senior years. Non-education studears may subsrirute 10 for 77 or 78. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors y in and seniors. This requirement may be fuifilled by s a r i ~ f ~ c t o rparticipation the monthly Performance Smnhtrs. Fomzl public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students with a repertory of musical excellence. All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Ir includes: the major and minor scales in a moderate tempo; three pieces in different styles, such as (a) a Bach invention or a dance from one of the suites, (b) one of the easier sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, or Beethoven, and (c) one of the shorter pieces by a nineteenth or twentieth century composer; sight-reading songs af hymn-tune grade. Minor: 2 6 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 5 8 , 61-62" or 6 3 64*, and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must 'be in private lessons in vocal or instrumental music. A maximtlm of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. "A student in education should prepare for both vocal and instrumental work. Therefore, unless he takes both technique courses, he should take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique if hi applied music is largely vocal. I , z. THEORY. I, 11. z, z Cr. A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of nota- tion, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight reading, dictation, and part singing. 3. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. 11. z Cr. A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music. Fulfills the fine arts requirement. 7, 8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE OF MUSIC. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supple- mented by musical scores and recorded performances. 10. HYMNS AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11. 2 G. Development of the music cd the Christian Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion. I 5-16.? HARMONY. I, 11. 4 cr. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing. Upper Divisionl Courses 5 5, 5 6. ADVANCED HARMONY.Prereq. z, 16. I, U. 2, 2 Cr. Continuation of I 5-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. CONDUCTING.Prereq. 2, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. Jr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and community. Students in music education should ,take the course in their junior year. 57, 58. 61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, H. z, z Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and #percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra. 63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Class instruction in the ,fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music. 69. TWENTIETHCENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends. 77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. I. z Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and tour-part writing in all the species. 58 / Division of the Humanities 78. MUSICALANALYSIS. Prereq. $ 5 and 77 o r #. Sr. 11. z Cr. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11. I , I Ct. Advanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research. APPLZED MUSZC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. I, I Cr. PIANO. I, 11. Technique as needed, repertory, pedormance, accompanying. Music majors and minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this examination has been passed apply toward the major o r minor. ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, II. I , I Cr. Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying. I, I Cr. VOICE. I, 11. Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexi,bility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. WOOD-WINDINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I, I Cr. 2 Cr. I, I Cr. CHOIR.; I, 11. CONCERTBAND. I, 11. WOMEN'S CHORUS(Cantorians) . I, 11. %, % Cr. %, % Cr. o Cr. These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. PERFORMANCE SEMINAR I, 11. o Cr. DEPARTMENT OF ART THE D E P A R ~ E N OF T ART endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of a r t in history Dfvisim of the Humanities / 59 and religion. Because of the impact art has on contemporary life, students are encouraged to find opportunities in teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. Minor: 16 credits, including I, 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 71. I. BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, l e t t e ~ h ~ , .and sculpture. ART IN DAILYLIVING. I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3. 3 Cr. 17, I 8. O m PAINTING.I, 11. 2, z Cr. Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life, landscape, and portrait painting. 21, rz. SCULPTURE. I, 11. 2 , z Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting. 32. WATERCOLOR PAINTING.11. z Cr. Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting. Upper Division Courses 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. CI. See course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 71. HISTORY OF PAINTING.I. 3 Cr. A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean cultures to modern times. The 65-voice Augsburg College Choir, directed b y Leland B. Sateren, and the 55-piece Augsburg College Band, directed by Mayo Savold, perform distinctive music works and tour annua2ly. Division of the Social Sciences MR. CHRISLOCK, Chairman IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE THE WORK OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the .phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools. HISTORY Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, ~rere~uisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. I , 2. WESTERN CIVILIZATION. Fr. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for ,future work in History. 21, 22. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY. So. I, TI. 3. 3 Cr. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas afid institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 186s; second semester, the 'beginning of the reconstruction period to the present. Upper Division Courses 52. ENGLAND TO I 8 3 2. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196061.) 5 3. HISTORY OF CANADA.Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The development of Canada from early explorations u, the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Oflered 1961-62.) 5 5 . CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken 'fbr one additional credit on approval of kstructor. Wision of the Social Scimces / 61 AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pol. Sci. or #. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1961-62.) 56. AND PROBLEMS OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST ASIA. GOVERNMENTS Jr., Sr. I. See course 57 under Political Science 57. 58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. See course 58 under Political Science. H. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. 61. ANCIENTHISTORY. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution to modern cultures. (Offered I 960-6 I .) 63. MEDIEVALEUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1961-62.; 64. MEDIEVAL EUROPE,1200-1500. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. hledieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies, decline of the medieval ,papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the 'Italian Renaissance. ( m e r e d 1961-62.) 3 cr. 65. EARLY MODERNEUROPE, I 500-1648. Jr., Sr. I. Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 cr. 66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE,164-1789. Jr., Sr. II. A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XlV and its influence in Europe, contrasting political pattern af England, scientific developments and their effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1960-61.) Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A ,political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the nineteenth century. (Offered 1961-62.) 67. PRE-NINETEENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND JAPAN. AND JAPAN, I 850 TO PRESENT. Jr., Sr. n. 3 Cr. 68. CHINA A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with each other and with the West. (Offered 1961-62.) FRENCHREVOLUTION AND EARLYNINETEENTH CENTURYEUROPE. 3 Cr. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to I 8 50. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of 1848. 7I. 62 / Division of the Social Sciences LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from, 1848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism, and the background of World War I. 72. Jr., Sr. I. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. See course 75 under Political Science. TWENTIETH CENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 3 Cr. credits in History. Sr. 11. z Cr. A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval cif instructor. 82. 12 99. SEMINARIN NORTHWEST HISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required. (Offered 1960-61.) POLITICAL SCIENCE Minor: I 5 credits. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT.I, 11. 6 cr. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. 41-42.$ Upper Division Courses 5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATIC HISTORY. 11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. 57. GOVERNMENTS AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and economic problems. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. P O L I ~ CAND S PROBLEMS OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle East. (Offered 1960-61.) PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I 1 for Political Science 3 Cr. minors. Jr., Sr. I. See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics. 61. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY. A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the Greeks to the present. (Offered 1961-62.) GEOGRAPHY 14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.Fr., So. 11. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 Cr. Division of the Social Sciences / 63 Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 2 I and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics I 5 , 16; Political Science 4 1 -42. Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 4 1-42; and 3 credits in Economics. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare studenu for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service. Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2 . Reuired in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22; Psychology 5 . Minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22. Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology. For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum. I. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY.Fr., So. I. 3 Cr. An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. SOCIALPROBLEMS.Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.Fr., So. 11. See course 4, under Business Administration and Economics. 3 e. 5 . SOCIOLOGY.I. 2 Cr. An introduction to the field of sociology, designed especially for student nurses. I 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11. See course r 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 Cr. 2 I. RURALSOCIOLOGY.So. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the problems of,contemporary rural A.merica. URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11. 3 Cr. Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growrh, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. 22. 42. ~ ~ A R R I A G EAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.II. See course 42 under Department of Home Economics. 3 cr. 64 /Division of the Social Sciences Upper Division; Courses 5 I. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. 52. RACERELATIONS AND ,MINORITY PROBLEMS.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1960-61.) 5 6. LABOR AND MANAGEMENT RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. I1 3 Cr. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 19.61-62.) 3 Cr. 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. An introductory exploration of the scope, nature, and functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 3 G60. PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. H. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institctional functions of social welfare, including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. I, Psy. 5 . Jr., Sr. I. 3 a61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Society and the individual, the socialization .process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. PSYCHOLOGY. 62. ABNORMAL See course 62 under Psychology. 3 Cr. 64. INTRODUC~ON TO METHODS OFSOCIAL WORK. Prereq. #. II. 3 Cr. Princi.ples and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1961-6s.) DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY THE CURRICULUM IN PSYCHOLOGY is designed to acquaint students with the data and methods used in the scientific study of human behavior. The work in psychology is further designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his #fellowmen. Minor: 15 credits. Division of. the Social Sciences / 6y GENEU PSYCHOLOGY. Offered both semesters. y. 3 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general principles, methods and problems of psychology are discussed. 7. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY.I. z Cr. An introductory course intended for student nurses. Special emphasis is placed upon normal and abnormal reactions to stress and frustration, mental hygiene, and to methods of therapy. 10. PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJOSTATENT. Prereq. y . So. 11. 3 Cr. Motivations of man with emphasis on behaviors necessary for adequate living, theories of adjustment, defense mechanisms and adjustive techniques considered with respect to personality and mental hygiene. Upper Division Courses 61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. I. Sec course 61 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 62. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and psychotic behavior. Modern methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. Community organization for mental hygiene. 64.. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Experiments to illustrate the basic methods used by psychology as a contemporary science. Demonstrations and experiments in human and animal learning, problem-solving, perception, measurement of abilities and personality traits. One two-hour and one three-hour period per week. (Offered 1961-62.) IN PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. y, and 8.Jr., Sr. 11. 1-2 Cr. 66. TOPICS A study of special problems. For students desiring to continue investigations begun in the regular courses or to carry out individual research on topics of their choice. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Jr. I. See course 71 under Education. 3 Cr. EDUCATION THE EDUCATION CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7 PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow STUDENTS the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education. Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation 66 / Division of the Social Sciences ar;d counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matter of the fields which are taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies may be required to take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. 2, 2 Cr. 50,51. CHILDPSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5 , Jr. I, 11. This is a study of child development and the process of learning. I t includes consideration of the techniques of studying children. METHODSAND MATERIALS OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLCURRICULUM. Prereq. Psy. 5, and concurrent registration in Ed. yo and 1 1 . Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . A study of the methods and the materials o;f the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of mathematics, science and health, physical education, music, and art; it utilizes staff assistance from several of the academic departments involved. Special attention is given to the content of the mathematics program of the elementary school. 5 2 , J 3. METHODSAND MATERIALSIN SOCIALSTUDIES AND THE LANGUAGE ARTS ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 5 I . Sr. I. j Cr. The methods and the materials of the curriculum of the elementary school in the fields of social studies and language arts. 54. IN THE Prereq. 53. Jr. I, 11. Sr. I. 5 y, 56, 57. %SERVATION OF TEACHING. A combination of laboratory experience and seminar. Students spend two to three hours a week in observing teaching in an elementary school and may assist the room teacher with certain classroom tasks. One seminar or discussion hour a week. I credit per semester. J 8. TEACHING OF READING. Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory. 19. CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I. 3 Cr. This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. I t requires extensive reading and evaluation of books. 60. SEMINARIN TEACHING. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. 11. 2 Cr. This deals with the practical problems o;f teaching as they arise in the student teaching experience. 62. DIRECTED TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 55. Sr. 11. 8 Cr. Students spend half days for a full semester observing, assisting the regular teacher, and much of the time in actual teaching in cooperating schools. Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college staff. Division of the Social Sci,mces/ 67 SEGONDARY EDUCATION ADMISSION TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application to be approved .by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete a major and a minor or two majors. All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must secure two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71 and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71. For a proposed course of study see under Curriculum for High School Teaching. 71. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I. 3 Cr. A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. 72. TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11. 3 Cr. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. 73, 74. GROUP ACTNITY. I. 11. I, I Cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 71,72; Religion 9, 58; Physical Education 6, I I, 13, 14, 81,82. The nature of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and nlay include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work is connected, A student may not receive more than z credits in Group Activity. 76. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71.Sr. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. 78. ISSUESm CONTEMPORARY EDUCATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy of education is stressed. OF NATURAL SCIENCESIN 79. TEACHING THE SECONDARY SCHO~L. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 68 / Division of the Social Sciences 81. TEACHING OF BUSINESS IN THE a3. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. 85. TEACHINGOF SOCIALSTUDIES IN 87. TEACHINGOF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION M THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. s Cr. 88. TEACHING OF MUSICIN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. 89. TEACHINGOF MUSICIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 91. THE TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICS nu m E JT. 11. 2 cr. 2 Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. AND ADULTE D U C A ~ OIN N HOMEECONOMICS.Sr. 11. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION 93. TEACHING OF ENGLISHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. OF MODERNLANGUAGES IN 94. TEACHING THE z Cr. SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. z Cr. 95 . TEACHINGOF SPEECHIN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. Sr. I. 2 Cr. Courses 79 through 91 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare 4or student teaching; this means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a ,minor in the field and Education 7 2 . 97. STLTDENT TEACHINGIN m E SECONDARY SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered 4-5 Cr. both semesters. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. 99. TOPICS IN EDUCATION.Offered both semesters. Sr. 1-2 Cr. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of hi tindings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar ,basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. LIBRARY SCIENCE THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books for the. school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for hi own needs as a teacher. M i o r , 16 credits. Division of the Socid Sciences / 69 55-56.? OF BASICFUNCTIONS THE SCHOOLLIBRARY.So., Jr. I, TI. 3 Cr. Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit, second. 57-58.i 4 Cr. ELEMENTARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Library materials for the elementary school lhrary; book selection, principles and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1960-61.) 6 Cr. 59-60.? SECONDARY MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-,book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Wered 1961-62.) 61. PRACTICAL ~ ~ T H O D S . Prereq. 5 6. Sr. I. I Cr. Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. 2 Cr. 62. READINGGUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS, AND SECRETARIAL STUDIES THE OBJECTIVE OF m I s DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. T h e economics major provides the background necessary for further study in gaduate school. Together with secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching major and minor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS Major in Business Administration: 36 credits, including courses 16, 53, 72. In addition, Psychology 5 is required. I , 2, 3, 4, 15, Major in Economics: 24 credits, including courses 4, 15, 16, 60, and twelve credits from 51, 54, 56, 61, 62. In addition, I, z, and Math. 13 are required. Minor in Business Administration: 21 credits, including courses I, z, 3, 15, 16, and six credits in Upper Division courses. Minor in Economics: 15 credits, including courses 15, 16 and nine credits from 51, 54, 56, 60, 61, 62. 70 / Division oj the Social Sciences I, 2, PRINCIPLES OF A C C O U N ~ N GSO. . I, 11. 3, 3 c r . An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single proprietorship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of hancial statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions. Meets four hours per week. 3. ILVTRQIY~CT~OK TO Busn~ss. Fr. I. f Cr. An introductory survey of busincss and b&ws mamgement including a study of rhc varicry, namre and inrerrrlariomhip of problems of 8 b m i u aperation. ~ Finance, p w n n e i , prduction, marketing, internal organization and control, and governrnenrd relationships are a few o f the topics cowred. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS.SO. 11. 3 Cr. A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing graphs and tables, as well as &dina measurer of central tendencies, variability, correlation and sound rnethds of sampling. 4. I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOWCS. So. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. The foundations of economic analysis; ,production, employment and prices; and public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic policy problems. Upper Division, Courses 5 I. MONEYAND BANKING. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., ST. I. 3 Cr. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1960-61.) 53. BUSINESS LAW. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 54. MARKETING. Prereq. I 1, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An introductory course in which the functions and institutions of marketing are studied. Problems in selecting channels of distri,bution and in determining merchandising and pricing plicies are also considered. (Offered 1961-62.) RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11. 56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT See course 56 under Department of Sociology. 3 Cr. 58. INDUSTRIAL ,MANAGEMENT.Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management objectives. (Offered 1960-61.) 3 Cr. 59. COSTACCOUNTING.Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and process costs. (Offered 1960-61.) Divisim of the Social Sciences / 7 I 60. INTERMEDUTE ECONOMIC ANALYSIS.Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An advanced course in economic analysis, problems, and policies. (Offered 196162.) 61. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Governmental taxation, spending and ,borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 62. CORPORATION FINANCE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. 11. The various methods in financing of private businesses, and the means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements of corporations. (Oflered 1960-61.) 63. TAXATION. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. This course will give particular emphasis to the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, procedures and prablems as they relate to business and individuals. ( m e r e d I 961-62.) 72. SEMINAR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Coven p ~ b l e m sof special concern to business majors and serves as a capstone of previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students in areas of particular interest to them. SECRETARIAL STUDIES THESE COURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business ofices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Graduation major: 31 credits above I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 1, 52, 53-54, Business Administration I , 2, 3, 53. Business education major: 37 credits above I, including courses listed for graduation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits above I, including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I, 2, or I 5, 16. S i x credits less will be required on the majors or minor, if the student can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in course 3-4. I. ELEMENTARY TYPEWRTTING. M e r e d both semesters. I Cr. A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 2. INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING. 11. 2 Cr. Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week. 3-4.t ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND.I, n. 6 Cr. Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. 8. OFFICE MACHINES. Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. 2 cr. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week. 72 / Divisim of the Social Sciences Upper Division Courses 5 1. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING.Prereq. z or equivalent. I. z Cr. Further development of typewriting technique in ,business lemer arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legd documents. Open ro students having attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours per week. 5 z. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE. Prereq. z, 3-4, 11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephonhg, me of bwiness and legal forms, personality development, writing appIication Ieerers, nad making application for a job. Mimeographing also taughr for chose who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. 53-14.? ADVANCED SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11. 4 Cr. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to ofTer training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education. Non-teaching major: 33 credits; courses are I, z, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, ~ 7 , 66, 67, 71, 73. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 5-52; Physics 3; Economics 11; Sociology I; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14,and 54; Psychology 5 and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teaching minor: 22 credits, including I, 3 , 8, 39, 40, 42, and 44. Teaching major: 38 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33 and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are Education 91 and 92. I. CLOTHINGSELECTION, CAREAND REPAIR. I. 3 Cr. Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets, quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing and caring for clothing. Three single class hours per week. 2. CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION.11. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of dieerent fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory ,periods per week. 3. ART IN DAILY LIVING. I. 3 Cr. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. Division of tbe Social Sciences / 73 8. ELEMENTSOF NV~RITION. TI. A study of the nutrienrs n e c e s s q for maintenance of good health all of life starting from prcnaral needs and continuing through old emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three periods per week. 3 Cr. throughout age. Special class memsingle class 3 3. COLORAND DESIGN. I. 3 Cr. Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 36. CRAFTS. 11. 2 cr. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) AND MANAGEMENT,Prereq. 8 o r #. I, II. 3, 3 Cr. 39, 40. FOODPREPARATION Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service. Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory ,periods per week. 42. MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.11. 3 Cr. P, coprse applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. r Cr. 44. CHLLDDEVELOPMENT. 11. The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college fbr 10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 57. T ~ x m s . I. 2 Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratoxy hours a week. (Offered 1961-62.) 64. HISTORYAND APPRECIATIONOF ART. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. (Offered 1960-61 .) 66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING. 11. 3 Cr. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 74 / Division of the Social Sciences 67. FAMILYHEALTH. I. z Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problems within the family group. 71. HOMEMANAGEMENT PROBLEMS.I. z Cr. Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY.I. t Cr. Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipme-nt. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. 73. z Cr. 74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOME MANAGEMENT. U. The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I. z Cr. Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience also given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Many practical demonstrations are carried out in the home econ o m i c s department. T h e help studem in their personal develop ment, prepare them for the responsibilities of home-making and give training for a professional career. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics MR. NASH, Chairman ITLS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training In methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to inrerpret Natural Science in the light of the Word of to acquaint rhe student with the significance of science and rnathem~dccin 2 modern, changing world; ro emphasize a sound mind and a strong b d y : ra train for vocations ia ~ a r i o ufields; and to equip the student with r scientific bsckgmund which will enrich his life and the liws of his felbw men. a; DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY THE AIM OF ~ I I SDEPARTMENT is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least 3 Upper Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in Chemistrp. Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least one Upper Division course not including 60. ' I-2.i GENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of the broad principles of biology to meet the needs of non-science majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. For student nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3. HUMANANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4. 4. 7. GENERALBAC~ERIOLOGY. I. 3 Cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, diseases. Laboratory techniques. Designed especially for student nurses. TWO lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. I 3-14.? GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, 11. 8 cr. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, adalptation, and- reproduction of type animals. Biological principles are emphasized Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 76 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics 25-16.? GENERALBOTANY. So., Jr. I, 11. 8 Cr. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of rhe plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed o n botanical principles. Flowering plants are idenrified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periodr per week. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GENETICS. Prereq. 13-14, or 25-26. So., Jr. I. 4 cr. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 52. ECOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14 or 25-26. So., Jr. II. 4 Cr. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) Prereq. Chem. 6. 11. 4 Cr. 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two lectures and two double 1aboratory.periods per week. cr- PLANTS. Prereq. 25-26. Sr. 11. 3 56. TAXONOMYOF FLOWERING Taxonomy af flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.) 58. COMPARATIVE ANATOMYOF VERTEBRATES.Prereq. 13-14. TI. 4 Cr. A camparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1961-62.) 60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11. A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1960-61.) DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY IT IS THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Division of hTatural Sciences and Mathematics / 77 Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, ( 2 ) the study of medicine, dentistry, ~ h a r m a c ~medical , technology, nursing, and allied professions, ( 3 ) -graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics J , 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. Recommended for pre-medical students: I J , 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental students and majors in medical technology: J , 6, 32, 61; for graduate study: I 5 , 16, and all courses above 50. Majors will participate in informal, bi-weekly seminars during the junior and senior years. See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of the American Chemical Society. 3 Cr. 3. ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #. Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, and Fairview Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. INTRODUCTORY CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS.Fr. I, 11. 4, 4 Cr. For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists, and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 5, 6. AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY. Fr. I, 17, 16. INORGANIC TI. 4. 4 (3. For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry. 32. ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11. 4 Cr. Designed for pre-dental students, medical technologists, and home economics students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Upper Division Courses 5 3. 54. ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq. I 6. So. I, TI. 4. 4 Cr- The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Cbrrelations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 78 / Division of h7atural Sciences and Matkmatics 61. QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 6 or 16. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 72. ADVANCED ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54. Jr. 11. 4 Cr. Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spec,trophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. O NPHYSICALCHEMIS~RY.Prereq. 54 and Math 14. Jr. 78. I N T R ~ D U C ~TO 11. 4 Cr. For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochernistry, equilibrium, soluticns, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week. 82, 83. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54 and Math 52. Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr. For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. Three lectures per week. 84, 85. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY. Jr. II, Sr. I. I, I Cr. Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week. 86. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. II. 3 cr. Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry, and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week. 85 . INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES. Prereq. 61 and 83. Sr. 11. I Cr. A laboratory course, usually taken with Chem. 86. Instrumental analysis utilizing optical and electrochemical methods of measurement. Four hours of laboratory per week. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 78 or 82. Sr. 11. 4 Cr. Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the ~eriodictable, h~drides, and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. 90. 93, 94, 9 5 , 96. CHEMISTRYSEMINARS.Jr., Sr. I, 11. o Cr. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these informal bi-weekly seminars to discuess topics of general interest. 97, 98. CHEMISTRY RESEARCH. Sr. I, 11. Cr. Arr. During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff member. Division of ATlotarpl Sciences and Mathem~tics/ 79 DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS RECEXT DEYELCIPME~-TS in rhe field of phgsics make it imperafive dut excelleut training be provided for those who intend to continue their smdies in gradlute schml or who inturd ro p u m r a career in the teaching of physics. Ir is the zim of this department ro assure the needed training far both of these groups and m provide cht nun-science major with sugcient bckgrouud to make i t possible for him to foIIow, with some degrec of comprehension, rht dmtloprnents in the geld of science zs they come to him from the medium of &su'entXc publica&ns. Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 5 4 . Minor: I 6 credits. Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor. 2. D a s c m - r t v ~-~ST~ONOMY*FI, XI. 3 Cr. A study of our galaxy with parriculnr ernphasi on the origin of our wfar q r c m and the dkcribution and composition of the plancts aud srarr The location of wme of rhc more prominent consrcllarions and the use of the telesurpe znd specrrmrope will h scudied. J h r c e lcceures pcr week. P e d i c evening meetings ra observe the sky. 3. PRINCWLW OF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 3 Cr. A lecrure, demonstration-labratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, h a t , illecrriciry, magnetism, light and sound. Thii course is intended for studma in home economics and c l e m e n t a ~education, and others who Gsh some hasic information in rhc field of physics. T h e e lectures, one mo-hour hboratory. Students with high school physics m a y nor: receive credit for Physics 3 except hi). permission of r n m c w r . GENERAL PHYSICS. Prereq. Math I 3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3. Fr., So. I. 4 fi. A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 5. 6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11. 4 cr. This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses INTRODUCTION TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 3 Cr. 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. 11. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e8'/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per week. 52. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent 3 Cr. registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuiu, electrical instruments. Three hours lecture per week. 53. So /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics E L E C T R I C AND I ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 53 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent registration in Math jz. So., Jr. 11. 3 Cr. Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory. 54. OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51 Jr. I. 3 Cr. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refractior. by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1960-61.) 57. 61, 62. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51. Jr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle, motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension, motion in a conservative field. 63. 64. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. I , I Cr. Experiments will be penformed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS. registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and second laws of thermodynamics, h e ~ tengines. (Offered in 1961-62.) 71. 3 Cr. 72. MATHEMATICAL.PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I . Sr. II. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 1961-62.) . 73, 74. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in I , I Cr. an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. Combined Science Major f o r Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry y, 6, (or 15, 16) 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25-26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in Upper Division courses. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. I t aims to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them ef3icient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits. Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses. Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81 I. SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I. o Cr. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. For students who did not have higher algebra in high school. 2. SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11. o Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. 5. ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with .an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. 6. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY.Prereq. 5. TI. 3 Cr. Methods of representation. Graphical and alrtebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra 3, I 4. INTRODUCTION or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 5, 5 Cr. This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. I Upper Division Courses ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.Prereq. I 3, 14. So., Jr. I, 11. 5. 5 Cr. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made. 5 I , y 2. 53. SOLIDANALYTICAL GEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 51. THEORYOF EQUATIONS.Prereq. Math. y I. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. This course inc1,udes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other topics that aid in the solution of equations af higher degree. 6 I , 62. ADVANCED CALCULUS.Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I , TI. 3. 3 Cr. Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further ,the worthy use of leisure time, and to ~rovide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. e s /Division of Nat~iralSciences and Mathematics All students are required .to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the ~hysicaleducation program. One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major for men: 3 2 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51, 57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required. Major for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 23, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required. Minor, r r credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 51, 73, 74 for men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 17,1 8 , 73, 74 for women. PERSONAL A N D COMMUNITY HEALTH. Fr. Offered ,both semesters. 2 Cr. A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. 2. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11. Two hours per week. 3, 4. PHYSICAL ACTNITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11. Two hours per week. %, % Cr. 5. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND R E C R E A ~ O NFr. . I. 2 Cr. A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, pbysical education, and recreation. I Cr. 6. RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modified games. Two hours per week. 8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11. American Red Cross First Aid Course. I Cr. I I. TEAM SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) I 2. INDIVIDUAL AND DUAI. SPORTS. (Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts, table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. 2 , 2 Cr. 13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So. Theory and ~racticein zhe coaching and of6ciating of field hockey, soccer, baske~ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sern. 1960-61; I and I1 Sem. 1961-62.) 2 Cr. 17. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Women). So. Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Three hours per week. (Offered 11 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.) Divisia of Natural Sciences and Mathemtics / 83 \ I 8. INDIVIDUAL AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). So. 11. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, ,badminton, table tennis, s h d e board, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered I y 60-.6 I.) 23. RHYTHMS. So. I. Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. z Cr. z Cr. 29. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I. Instruction and application of technique and rules of 05iciating in football, hockey, basketball, baseball, and track. Upper Division Courses 5 1. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr. z Cr. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling, boxing, and wrestling. Three hours per week. (Offered II Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-61.) 57. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology 4. So. I. 2 Cr. This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of escient movements. 5 8. PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND ADAPTED PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq. Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11. z Cr. Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional and organic a~bnormalities and suggested adapted activi,ties for atypical cases. I Cr. 66. INSTRUCTOR'S COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. I. j Cr. Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health education and physical education curriculum. 73. ORGANIZATIONAND ADMINISTRATIONO F HEALTH EDUCATIONAN D PHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education and physical education. 74. 8 I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALI.AND BASKETBALL.Sr. I. 2 Cr. Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 82. COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALL AND TRACK.Sr. II. z Cr. Theory and techniques c*f coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor. 84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION.Sr. 11. I Cr. A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1961-62.) 86. COMMUNITY RECREATION.Jr., Sr. 11 z Cr. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. (Offered 1960-61.) Curriculums The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program in accordance with his major field of study and vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS THE COURSE OF STUDY given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion L, Z .2 2 English 1, 2 ............... . 3 3, 3 History or Sacfalogy .3 Foreign Lanwage ......... . 4 4 Natural Science ..3 or 4 3 or 4 Physical Education 3. 4 .... M M ............. ...... ....... JUNIOR SOPHOMORE I Sem, I1 Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............... .Z Foreign Language ......... -3 Social Science .3 Natural Science Electives ................... .P ............. ............- Cr. 2 3 SENIOR ISem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... .3 3 Speech 2 Social Science or History . 3 Electives ................... 10 12 - I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Fine Arts .................. . 3 Literature or Philosophy .Electives .................. .14 .. Cr. 3 14 THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY COMPLETIONOF THE PRE-SEMINARY curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Sonnack; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. .2 Basic Bible ................ Freshman English ......... . 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 Western Civilization ...... . 3 Physical Education ........ $4 Natural Science ........... . 3 Electives .................... 2 Cr. 2 3 4 3 95 3 2 SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. e. Religion .................... Z Fine Arts ...................Natural Science ........... ,Psychology ................. . 3 Foreign Language ......... 3 Typewriting ............... .1 New Testament Greek ... - 3 Electives ....................3 Cr. 2 3 3 Curriculums / 8 5 JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 .3 3 2 ..... ..................... N e w Testament Greek Speech History ..................... 3 Sociology or Economics or Political Science ........ - 3 Electives ................... .5 SENIOR I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Y o u t h W o r k in t h e Church2 Philosophy ................ . 3 English Literature ........ . 3 Electives .................... 8 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS THE PURPOSE OF T H ~ SCOURSE is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is. a teachers m vacation, week-day, and Srmday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arraned that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and a h a certzcate indicating that he o r she is a qualified parish worker, Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with the chairman of the department of religion. The suggested whedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it p o ~ i b l eto plan for a major in History. English: Philosophp, or Sociology. It i s also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Ce~ificateare italicized in the outline below. FRESHlYIAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. . ................ .Z Basic Bible Fi-eshrnan English .3 Natural Science ........--.-3 Typewriting ............... .I Physical Activities '5 Foreign Language ......... . 4 Sociology 1, 2 .............. . 3 ......... ......... I1 Sem. Cr. 2 3 3 2 'h 4 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Chzrrch History .-2 Speech 11 ................ ..2 3 Speech 12 ..................3 Foreign Language .3 General Psychology .3 3 Fine Arts ...................1 First Aid ..............-.... Natural Science ........... .3 2 Speech 16 ................. .Electives .................... 3 3 ........... ......... ....... - SENIOR JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 T h e Missionary Enterprise . Principles of Christian Education ................ .2 2 T h e Christian Churches T h e Lutheran Church ..... .% Social Psychology or Urban Sociology ................ .3 Acting 3 Crafts 2 Elementary Shorthand .... .3 3 Recreational Activities ..... 1 Electives .................. .6 4 .- ...- - I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Parish W o r k ............... .Y o x t h W o r k i n t h e Church 2 Educational Psychology ... .3 H y m n s and Music o f t h e Church .................. .2 Journalistic Writing .. .: ... 2 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 Fields o f Social W o r k ...... . 3 Secretarial Practice .........3 Electives .................. .8 6 - HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such as music, home economics, combined natural science, students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain teaching majors or minors include English, speech, music, history, social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics, chemistry, natural science, mathematics, and physical education. Minors are also offered in German, Scandinavian language and literature, French, Spanish, art, political science, and library science. FRESHMAN I Sem. II Sem. Cr. .2 Religion 1, 2 ............. English 1, 2 .............. . 3 History or Sociology ..... 3 Foreign Language .4 'Natural Science ....... . 3 or 4 Health ................... .Physical Education 3, 4 . . '$ ....... .JUNIOR Cr. 2 3 3 4 3 or 4 2 % SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............. .2 Foreign Language .3 Psychology .Natural Science ........ . 3 or 4 Fine Arts ................ .Electives in Major or Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... ............... Cr. 2 3 3 - 3 6 SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. 3 Religion ................... Education 71. 72 .......... .3 Education 73. 74 -1 Speech .................... Electives in Major or Minor ................ 10 ........ - Cr. 3 3 1 I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. 3 Education 76 .............. Education 78 .............. 3 Special Methods ......... .4 Education 97 ............. .4-5 Literature or Philosophy . . 3 Electives in Major or Minor ..................... 7 -- - Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 2 credits. On the recommendation of their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing, they may secure exemption from one or more of the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits; fine arts. 2 credits: natural science. 3 credits: social science. 3 credits: foreign iianPage, 6 credits. (At Ieast one yea; of foreign lambage must be taken in college, unless rhe student completed four pears of a language in high school) To be valid, approval of exemption mast be f i l ~ din the Registrar's a5ce prior to registration for the j d o r year. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning for elementary school teaching are required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated, substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are possible. Since the optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. The major in this program is Elementary Education; each student is required to take a minor in at least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental appreval. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... 2 2 3 Freshman English ......... .3 Western Civilization .3 3 Modern Foreign Language 4 4 Physical Science ....... .3 or 4 3 or 4 (Selected from Physics 3, Astronomy, Chemistry 5, 6. 32) Physical Activities ........ Yi 'h ...... JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Literature .................. 3 Child Psychology .......... .2 Art (Basic Design) ....... .Introd. to Music ....., .. ,.. Methods & Materials of the c&I ~ l e m e n t a -~SchoGl r~ culum (Music, Science & Health. Art, Mathematics. Physical Education) ... .3 Observation of Teaching . .I Electives .6 - .................. 2 SOPHOMORE ISm. Cr. Sem. Cr. - 3 2 Religion ................... .2 General Biology ...........9 Speech ..................... General Psychology ....... . 3 Geography ................. U. S. History .............. .3 Modem Foreign Language ..3 Health .................... . 2 .- SENIOR ' a 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. .2 Religion ................... Observation of Teaching . I Teaching of Reading ...... .3 Seminar in Teaching ....... Directed Teachine ......... Children's ite era cure .......3 Methods & Materials of the Elementary School Curriculum (Social Studies & Language Arts) ......... . 3 Government ............... . 3 Electives ....................2 Cr. . - VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to equip students for the teaching of home economics in high school, to prepare them for homemaking, and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. A cur~riculumfor a home economics education major Is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home economics departments (Smith-Hughes). Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. 88 / Curriculums FRESHMAN .. .............. 2 I Sem Cr Religion 1. 2 Physical Education ........ J'2 English ..................... 3 Sociology ................... 3 Biology 1-2. or 4 or 13-14' I1 Sem. Cr 2 . Yz 3 . Religion 3 4 ............... Psychology Foreign Language Physics ..................... Chemistry 5 or 5. 6. or I Sem . I1 Sem. Cr . Cr 2 2 3 4 4 3 . .................. .......... 5. 32 ..................... 4 .................. 0 4 ........ ........................- Marriage & Family RelationsChild Development .......... Food Preparation & Management ..................... 3 Art in Daily Living 3 Nutrition Clothing Selection ......... 3 Clothing Construction JUNIOR SOPHOMORE . I Sem Cr . Religion ................... .Foreign Language ......... 3 Speech S Economics ............. , Color and Design .......... - 3 Home Planning & Furnishing ........................ Family Health ............. 2 Textiles ..................... Z Educational Psychology ....3 Teaching i n Sec. Schools . Group Activity ............ .I .... IISem . Cr . 2 3 2 - - 3 -- .- - 3 1 SENIOR .. .................... 2 I Sem Cr Religion Literature Bacteriology ............... Special Methods ........... 2 Student Teaching ........ 4 or 9 Principles of Guidance .... .Issties in Contemp. Ed ..... .Home Management Problems2 Home Management Lab .....2 Advanced Clothing Construction ................. 2 .. I1 Sem Cr 2 3 4 2 3 3 Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four years. may be allowed certain modifications in the general education requirements . CHEMISTRY The following couise of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is recommended for students who plan to do graduate study in Chemistry . Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological sciences and the second year of a foreign language . FRESHMAN .. . I Sem. II Sem Cr Cr . Chemistry 15 16 ........... 4 Mathematics 13 14 ........ 5 Religion 1. 2 ................ 2 English 1. 2 ................ 3 History or Sociology 3 Physical Education 3 4 .... % ......... 4 5 . 2 3 3 I/, JUNIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Ct. Cr 4 Chemistry 61 72 .......... 4 . ............... Chemistry 82 Chemistry 84 ................ Chemistry 93 11 German 1-2 ................ 4 Mathematics 61 .a Physics ...................... Religion ..................... Fine Arts .................. 3 .............. ........... . SOPHOMORE I Sem. IISem . Cr . Cr ............ 4 4 5 4 2 2 4 ..- SENIOR . ........5 Chemistry 53. 54 Mathematics 51. 52 Physics 5. 6 ................ Religion 3. 4 .............. Speech ..................... Literature or Philosophy 2 3 . I Sem. I1 Sem . . Pr Chemistry 83 88 ............ 3 ~ h e m i s t G 85. 86 .......... 1 Chemistry 90 Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . A m . Chemistrv 95 . 96 ............ O ................... 2 Religion French 1-2 ................. 4 Physics ..................... 4 ................ . .. Cr 1 3 4 Arr . 0 2 4 . *Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition. foqds textiles or equipment as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offerlng special training in dietetics . Curriculums / 89 BUSINESS The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. FRESHMAN SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... .2 Freshman English .......... 3 Foreign Language ........ . 4 History or Sociology .3 Introduction to Business .. 3 Physical Education ........ % Natural Science ........... .- 2 3 Religion Foreign Principles of Economics ....3 Principles of Accounting . 3 Introduction to Statistics . .Natural Science ........... . 3 Speech ................... - 2 Sent. Cr. 2 3 . ...... JUNIOR ISem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... . 3 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 Psychology ................. 3 Business Law ............ . 3 Public Finance or Money and Banking ........... . 3 Corporation Finance or Marketing ................... 3 Electives .........,......... 7 7 - - - I Sem. Cr. .................... 2 Language ........ . 3 - SENIOR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3 Fine Arts ............... .2 or 3 Taxation or Cost Accounting ....................... 3 Industrial Management or Labor-Management Rela3 tions ..................... Seminar in Bus. Adrnin. .... 3 Electives ................10 or 11 7 - - Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science, History, Speech, English, College Algebra. LAW Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years of prelegal education at the college level. No particular course of study is required, but the student should select a broad program including courses in language, social science, and philosophy. A suggested twoyear curriculum for students planning to transfer to Valparaiso University is given below: FRESHMAN I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 .............. . 2 2 English 1, 2 ............... . 3 3 Foreign Language ........ .4 4 History 1, 2 ............... . 3 3 Natural Science ........... .4 4 Physical Education 3, 4 ....H % SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr, Cr. Religion 3. 4 .............. . 2 2 English Literature .J 3 Foreign Language .B 3 Health ..................... . 2 Logic ..................... . 3 Social Science ............ .3 3 Natural Science ........... . 4 4 ........ ........ SOCIAL WORK A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community 90 / Curriculums organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: ( a ) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate training, and ( b ) prepare students for further study in graduate schools oE social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work, and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are itdicized should be taken by all such students. FRESHMAN Religion English Hktory Foreign .............. I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. .2 .3 .3 Language .4 1r.trednCtian t o Sociology . . 3 Sociel R o b I m s Pn)~LcalEducation 3. 4 . . . .'h 1, 2 1, 2 1. 2 .............. ............... ........ ......... JUNIOR 2 3 3 4 - 3 lh I S m . IISem. Gr. Religion ................... . 3 Principles of Economics .3 Fields of Social Work ..... . 3 Criminology ............... . 3 Public Welfare ........... .Fine Arts .................. .Speech Electives ................ - 6 . Cr. -3 -3 3 2 5 SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 .............. . 2 American Government .3 Natural Science ........... . 3 Psychology .................3 Statistics .................... Rural Sociology ........... 3 Urban Sociology .......... .Foreign Language ........ . 3 ... - SENIOR 2 3 3 3 3 3 I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................. .Introduction to Methods o f Soc. Work ............... .Social Ps?/chology ......... . 3 Abnormal Psychology ...... History of Philosophy ... . 3 Electives in Upper Division Courses ..................10 - 3 3 3 3 4 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. The following program is suggested. FRESHMAN J S m . LISm. CT. Cr. Religion 1, 2 ............. . 2 English 1, 2 ................3 Chemistry 5-6, or 15-16 .... History or Sociology ..... .3 Foreign Language ........ .4 Physical Education 3, 4 '6 + .... 2 3 4 3 4 'h JUNIOR SOPHOMORE I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion 3, 4 .2 2 Chemistry 32, or 53-54 ... . 4 0-4 Biology 13-14 ............ .4 4 Fine Arts ..................3 Foreign Language .3 3 Electives .................. .3 ............. ......... SENIOR I Sem. IISem. Cr. Cr. Religion ................... . 3 Bacteriology Literature or Philosophy .. . 3 Chemistry 61 .............. 4 S ~ e e c h ..................... Social Science ............ . 3 Electives .................... 4 - 3 4 2 3 5 Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........ 32 Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital in their senior year. NURSING Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have or more years of c~flegework are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a iour-year school of nursing. Tl:u= who plan on a three-Year nursing program should try to select courses in college which T P ~ Unot duplicate the courses they will study in the schaul of nursil~gwhich they plan to attend. ut least one year of college. En many instances two FRESHMAN I Sem. II,Sem, Cr. Cr. Religion .................. .Z Freshman English .3 General Zoology ......... .4 Health .................... .1 Sociology ................. . 3 Elements of PTufrition ... .Physical Education ....... .I5 Electives ................... .2 2 3 ........ 4 SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Relieion ................... Cr. .2 or Politic& ~ c i e n c e3 ................ Psychology -3 C h ~ l d Care ,............... Gcneral Chand Qualitative Analpsf< .4 Phi,s~ral ducati in; .2 Fjrst Aid .................. . - Cr. 2 3 2 ... E!ectircs ....... - ................... .Z Special Progrnms in !Vmrsh~:The following courses of the School 01 h u r ~ i n gof the Lutheran Deaconess Hoepital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, arF offered a1 Aupburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing ~hould be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Rospitat Minneapolis, Minnesota. FIRST Y E A R I Sem. Biology 3 .......................... Biology 7 ......................... Chemistry 3 ........................ Psychology 7 ....................... CT. 4 ., 3 3 2 SECOND YEAR I Sem. CT. Sociology 5 ......................... 2 Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Swedish Hospital and Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, take some of their course work at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should be made directly to these hospitals. ENGINEERING A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below a ~ ~ l i etos .the fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering, and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra and solid geometry in high school. V . L FRESHMAN I Sem II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion 1, 2 ............... .2 2 English 1. 2 .-..-.......... . 3 3 Mathematics 13, 14 ........ .5 5 Mathematics 5, 6 ......... .S 3 Physics 5, 6 4 Physical Education 3, 4 .... ' 5 ................ SOPHOMORE I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr Cr. Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2 Mathematics 51, 52 .5 Physics 52 ................. Physics 53 -3 Chemistry 15, IS ......... Social Science ... , .........3 ....... - ................. 2 5 3 .+ Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or summer session. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school. FRESHMAN I Sem. II Sem. C r. --. .2 Religion ................. English 1, 2 .............. .a Chemistry 5, 6 ............. 4 Mathematics 13, 14 .5 Electives .................. .3 ....... SOPHOMORE I Sem. II Sem. Cr. Religion ................... Zoology Chemistry 52, 81 Physics 5, 6 ............... Electives .2 .................... ............ 44 Cr. 2 4 .4 .................. .a MEDICINE Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below. FRESHMAN I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 .2 Religion 1, 2 3 English 1. 2 ............... . 3 #emIsm 15. 16 .......... .4 Mathema:{IS. 14 ........ .5 Physical Education 3, 4 ....% History or Social Science . . 3 ............ JUNIOR SOPHOMORE C*. - Cr. 2 4 ......... SENIOR I S e n . II Sem. Cr. Cr. Religion .................... 3 Social Science or Historv . . 3 German ....................3 Chemistry 61, 78 .......... . 4 Physics 5, 6 ...............4 Literature or Philosophy .. .3 r Sem. rr Scm. Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2 German ....................Q Biology 13, 14 ............ .4 Psychology ................ .Chemistry 53, 54 .4 Speech 11 .......-........ . . 2 I s m . 11 Sem. cr. Religion ................... . 3 Social Science ............. Fine Arts ................. .Genetics ................... . 4 Electives .................. - 9 - Cr. Curriculums / 93 SECRETARIAL WORK The f i x ~ t pear of the following program p o v i d ~preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. ?I student ~ h has o had simila~cowses in high school may he admitted to adrancerl c l a s s on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline: of h e requirements for teaching bu9ine.s subjects in high school appears m d e ~Secretarial S t n d i ~ . FIRST YXAR I Sem. I1 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion ................... .3 Freshman Enalish ........ 3 3 Elementary ~fpewriting . . I Intermediate Typewriting ..2 Introduction to Business . . 3 Office Machines ........... *2 Elementary Shorthand ... - 3 3 Physical Education . . . . . . . .'4 I42 Electives ................... 5 5 SECOND YEAR I Sem. 11 Sem. Cr. Cr. 2 Religion ...................-2 2 Speech ..................... .Advanced Typewriting -2 2 Advanced Shorthand ..... .2 3 Principles of Accounting ...3 3 Secretarial Practice ........ Psychology ................ .3 5 Electives .................... 5 ... - Founded in 1869, Augsburg has served in the fieH of Christian higher education for over 90 years, now having nearly 5,000 persons on the Alumni Associatwn roster. Included are leaders and responsible citizens in. aU walks of life and in all parts of the world. Augsburg Theological Seminary INTRODUCTORY AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY is the training school for the pastors and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practicai training. In harmony with he-Principles of the Luheran Free Church it a i m s to stress particdarly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to tlre ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultit-nted and nurtured under t h e authority of the W o ~ dand the guidance of the Holy Spirit. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following : P. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminarp, including a personal ~taternentby the candidate concerning his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal con~iciions,and church m e d e ~ h i p . 2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college. 3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these should be from the candidate's local church. 4. A certificate of good health. These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary Faculty before July first. The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees. The first year of study is always considered a probationary year. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS THE NORMAL REQUIREMENT for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the following prerequisite subjects: Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. years P h i l o s ~ ~...h...~.................................................1 year Germs, or Latin, or Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 years In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of the Committee on Admissions. Augsburg Theological Seminary / 9 5 SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES IN ORDER THAT S ~ E N T Smap derive the greatest p o s d l e advantage from their theoiogical studies, it is recommended that h e i r college course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor and, in ar!di~n to (fie sabjccts i n a ' i c d above, include as many as possible of the folIowing: English Speech Psycholog ..History -.-....LL-----.L---. Youth Work Natural Science -. Sociology, or Economics, or Political Science, or Education .. Typewriting 1 . - .-1 - 2 years 1 year year 2 years 1 semester 1 year 1 year year When possible, it is recommended that elementary Hebrew be taken in the senior year of college. All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good academic record in their preparatory studies in college. TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING S ~ E N TARE S ADMITTED to the Seminet7; with the understanding that thdr studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. h i 7 arrangement to take a part of the theological course at another se&nav mnst have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Aupburg. Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing. EXPENSES SEMINARY STUDENTS pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per semester. This includes the general library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students living in colIege or seminary housing receive a special grant to cover the cost of roam ~ent.The cost of board k the same as for the College students. See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50 is papabk a month before graduation. CLASS ATTENDANCE A STDDENT IS EKPECTEII to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable absences map be excused by the Dean, Attendance at any conference involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean well in advance of the conference. 96 / Augshrg Theological Seminary EMPLOYMENT THEWORK in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation. However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more frequently than every other Sunday. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A CONDITION or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete will be recorded as a passing grade only if the average of previous work is sufficiently high. SEMINARY INTERNSHIP IN ADDITION to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer vacations between the beginning and c m clusion of the Seminary course. A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service period. The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amou,nt of practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in nearby communities. STUDENT ACTIVITIES ALL SEMINARY STUDENTS are members of the Concordia Society. A principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel senrice. During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project, the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission. The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities. Augsbxrg Theo?ogical Seminary / 97 The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Seminettes. They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects relevant to their vocation. The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called Concord. GRADUATIORr AND DEGREES THE SEMINARY COURSE consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows: 1. A minimum of 98 semester credits, including a seminar course in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and .Systematic Theology. 2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered. 3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average) throughout the three years of Seminary work. 4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the Faculty Committee on Service. 5. The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year. 6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons. The degree of Graduate i n Theology is conferred upon the stndents who have fulfilled the requirements listed above with an honor point ratio of not less than 1.0 (C average) in their academic work but who have not met all the normal prerequisites far a h i s i o n to the Seminary, or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their Seminary studies. Candidates for the Graduate in Theology degree are not required to write a thesis. Courses of Study' THEOLOGICAL ORIENTATION COURSE Junior Year I. THE BACKGROUND AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical origin of the Biblical writings. z Cr. OLD TESTAMENT A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar, 9-10. HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS. with the reading of selected passages from the historical books of the Old Testament. (Offered 1960-61.) 6 Cr. 11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the books of the Bible, and a careful exegetical study of selections from the Pentateuch. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 12. THE HISTORICAL BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the 3 Cr. historical books are studied. (Offered 1961-62.) 13. THE PROPHETISAIAH.A careful study of the Biblical data concerning the plitical and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 3 Cr. 14. THE PROPHETJEREMIAH.A study of the ~olitical, moral, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual freedom. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. PSALMSAND THE WISDOMLITERATURE. Place of the Psalms in the worship I . of Israel and the church. Religious development in the post-exilic period. The fundamental problems of life as posed in the wisdom literature. (Offered 196061.) 3 Cr. "With the exception of the Theological Orientation Course, offered annually for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle. Augsburg Tbeological Seminary / 99 16. OLD TESTAMENTTHEOLOGY.The major themes of the Old Testament approached topically: God's nature, names and self-revelation in history. Covecant, election, people of God, nature of man. Sin and forgiveness, judgment and salvation. Vorship, sacrifice, praise and prayer. (Offered 1960-61.) z Cr. 17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS. A review of Hebrew grammar. Lectures on principles of exegesis. Application of exegetical method to selected passages of the 2, z Cr. Old Testament. (Offered 1961-62.) A study of archaeological discoveries 19. SEMINARI N BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY. and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of n number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations od assigned topics and class discussion. ( W e r e d 1960-61.) I Cr. NEW TESTAMENT 20-21. NEW TESTAMENT GREEK. Two yean of Greek is a requirement for admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load. 22. INTRODUCTION m m E NEW T E S T ~ E N TA. survey of the contents of the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the various books. The proceu by whiih these books became a New Testament Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr. scripts and early versions. (Offered 1962-63.) 23. THE GOSPEL OF MARK.Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek, with selectbns from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry. Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline 3 Cr. of Jesus' ministry. (Offered 1962-63.) 24. THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's 3 Cr. appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1961-62.) zr. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and value, and relation to contemporary religious movements. Study of the Gospel in Greek and discussion of the themes 3 Cr. which pervade the Gospel. (Offered 1960-61.) 26. THE JEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered 3 Cr. 1960-61.) 1-12. roo / Augrburg Theological Seminary 01: PAUL. Survey of some approaches to 27. ASPECTSOF THE THEOLOGY Paul and a study of some of the basic themes of his theology. Selected portions of the Epistles examined in Greek. (Offered 1961-62.) 3 Cr. 28. INTERPRETATIONS OF ROMANS.Exegesis of the Epistle in Greek; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. Consideration of the Gospel as Paul relates it to the problem of Israel and the Christian life. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1962-63.) 2 Cr. OF THE REVELATION OF JOHN. The course aims at a 30. INTERPRETATION mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. 2 Cr. (Offered 1961-62.) CHURCH HlSTORY MR. SONNACK 40. THE EARLYCHURCH.The History of the Christian Church from the Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (190). The organization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins 2 Cr. with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1961-62.) 41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES.A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform. (Offered 1962-63.) 3 Cr. A study of the causes which led to the Protestant 42. THE REFORMATION. Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman 3 Cr. Catholic Caunter-Reformation. (Offered 1962-63.) This course covers the period 43. THECHURCHAFTER THE R~FORMATION. from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on 2 Cr. the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1960-61.) AMERICANCHURCHHISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches; church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state; revivals; demminationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America 3 Cr, is studied with special care. (Offered 1960-6.1.) 44. 45,46. THE HISTORYOF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.A study of the development of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1961-62.) z, z Cr. CHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY. A study Of the consti47. THE LUTHERAN tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr. SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY MR. OLSON OF THEOLOGY. An inquiry into the field, sources, and 50. BASICPRINCIPLES methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. AND ANTHROPOLOGY. A systematic examination of the teach5 I. THEOLOGY ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the 2 Cr. Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1960-61.) A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning 52. SOTERIOLOGY. Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit; 3 Cr. the order of salvation. (Offered 1961-62.) AND ESCHATOLOGY. A study of the nature and function 53. ECCLESIOLOGY of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered 2 Cr. 1961-62.) CHRISTIANETHICS.A study of the religious and ethical implications ~ 4 55. , of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to ,the application of Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 2, z Cr. A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given 56. SYMBOLICS. to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. AND RELIGIOUS CULTS. A comparative study SYMBOLICS 57. COMPARATIVE of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings 2 Cr. of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1962-63.) 58. THE THEOLOGICAL ISSUESOF THE SIXTEENTHCENTURYPROTESTANT REFORMATION. The basic theological differences between Roman Catholicism and historical Protestantism. The position of historical Protestantism with regard to divergent theological doctrines is discussed, evaluated, and compared with the corresponding position af the Roman Church as expounded primarily in the dogmatic definitions issued during and after the Council of Trent. (Offered 1959-60.) 2 Cr. 102 / A u g ~ h gTkological Seminary PRACTlCAL THEOLOGY All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field. A. Pastoral Theology 60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORALTHEOLOGY.This course deals with the B i U basis for the Christian ministry, the call and of Ehe pastor, hia public and private life, and the practical aspects of his wdrk in the church today. ( W e r e d 1960-61.) 2 0. 61. INTRODUCTION TO PASTORAL COUNSELING.A course dealing with the dynamics underlying human behavior. various pastoral counseling techniques are studied. The course attemprs to help the student recognize deviations of personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.) I Cr. 62. CLINICALPASTORAL TRAINING.The purpose of this course is to provide an opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through. interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes, I Cr. special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.) 63. THE CHRISTIANWORLDMISSION. The worldwide responsibility of the Church. Missionary motives, methods and, aims. Rapid survey of mission history and a study of the present missionary situation, with special attention given 2 Cr. to the emerging national churches. (Offered 1961-62.) 6j. PRINCIPLESAND PRAC~ICE OF PREACHING.Technical and psychological elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors. z Cr. The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS. lining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation 2 Cr. and constant practice in delivery. Middlers. 67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers 2 Cr. are studied. Seniors. C . Polity, Worship, und Parish W o r k 70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; officers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr. Augsburg T h ~ o l o g i c dSeminary / 103 CHURCH ADMINISTRKTION. A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of the pastor's duties. Effective office procedures. The practice and teaching of Christian stewardship. (Offered 1960-61.) I Cr. 71. 72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community. The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1962-63.) I Cr. The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy 73. LITURGICS. as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation I Cr. to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1962-63.) HYMNOLOGY. An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England, and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 196263.) I Cr. 74. D. Christian Education and Sociology Studies in the application of basic 76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCA.~ION. principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1962-63.) 2 Cr. THE CHURCH A N D SOCIETY.A study of the relation lbetween the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians, both the individual and the Church, and the activities and agencies by which these duties may be fulfilled. z Cr. 77. Emphasis upon preparation and practice in delivery of sermons is included in the homilectics course for Seminary Middlers. Personnel THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES Oficers of the Board THE REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President . MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-president MR. R. F. PAUTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary . MR. R. E. MYHRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer Term Expires in 1960 MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company MR. PHILIP C. HELLAND, Willmar, Minnesota Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota Term Expires in 1961 The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wisconsin Pastor, O u r Savior's Lutheran Church Austin, Minnesota MR. L. S. HARBO, Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota Term Expires in 1962 MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington Business, Berg Fuel Company The REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Church MR. R. E. MYHRE, Minneapolis, Minnesota Insurance Term Expires in 1963 The REV. L. 0. GJERDE, Minneafiolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota A. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota MR. HERBERT Investors Syndicate Life and Annuity Company Term Expires in 1964 The REV. ERLINGTUNGSETH,St. Paul, Minnesota Pastor, Roseville Lutheran Church MR. GEORGES. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota Education, University of Minnesota Personnel / r 05 MR. JEROME FORMO,Minneapolis, Minnesota Research, Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulator Company ddvisory Mern bers The REV. DR. JOHN M. STENSVAAG, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Lutheran Free Church DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Augsburg. College and Theological Seminary ADMINISTRATION BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Presided NORMANL. NIELSEN . . . . . . . . . ..Vice President in charge of Development MARTIN QUANBECK. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . PAUL G. SONNACK. . , . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of the Theological Seminary BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager PETER ARMACOST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of Students GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -Registrar; Secretary of the General Faculty MELVIN A. HELLAND .........- .Secretary of the Theological Faculty Acting Dean of the Seminary, 1958-60 AGNESB. TANG JERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Librarian . CARL R. HAMMARBERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing FRIEDELVINDMANN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Treasurer S. V . HJELMELAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Director of Development HAROLDKAMBAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations A. B. BATALDEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relatias; Manager of Musical Organizations IRVING HOEL . . . . . . . .Purchasing Agent; Szrpervisor of Buildings and Grounds RICHARDL. BERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Business Manager MRS. MARYRETA KARJA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Director of Food Services BJARNE LANDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C u ~ a t oof~ the Museum IVER B. OLSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Archivist DONOVANLUNDEEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions BETTY LUNDGREN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Assistant Registrar KARLIS ( ~ O L I N S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Librarian MARCELLUSJOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor ADAIINISTRATIVE STAFF Ofice Staff: Office of the President and Dean-June Nelson and Mrs. Gertrud Stechmann; Business Ofice-Lois Medin, Lilly Gerhard, Mrs. Randi Oen, and Irene Leland; Ofice of Registrar-Borghild Estness, Tena Mehus, and Mrs. Alice Panttila; Development, Public Relations and Admissions-Mrs. Ruth Hammarberg, Violet Myers, Mrs. Dorothy Bailey, Mrs. Irene Brown, and Adamarie Oaks; Personnel, Placement, and Employment-Marilyn Petersen and Mrs. Shirley Knox; Library-Mrs. Naomi Sorkness and Mrs. Erna Staub; Printing and Mailing-Valborg Bosmoe, Lillian Peterson, and Grace Fifield; Receptionist-Mildred Nelson. Resident Cozmselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Gordon Grimm; Gerda Mortensen Hall, Mrs. Irene G. Wolf, Elaine Green; Campus House, Mr. and Mrs. James Glasoe. Sujervisw of Hossekeeping: Olga Hermunslie; Manager of Grill, Arthur C. Engen. MEDICAL STAFF Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Myrna Hundtoft, R.N., Assistant Nurse. COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY - 1959-1960 Administration: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Helland, Fosse, Armacost, Nielsen. Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Kash, Thorson, Miss Segolson, Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, E. Anderson, R. E. Anderson, Chrislock, Hanwick. Library: Olson, Agre, Preus, Gisselquist, Miss Tangjerd, Ozolins. Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, M. Quanbeck, Sateren, Colacci, Holum. Student Personnel: Armacost, Hammarberg, Miss Mortensen, Nash, Miss Joel. Athletics: Soberg, E. Anderson, Kleven, Mickelberg. Social: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Stenstrom, Pearson, M i s Sonsteng. Irrstitutional Stdies: R. Anderson, M. Quanbeck, Dahlen, Thut, Miss Pedemn. Convocrrtions: Urdahl, Batalden, Torstenson, Mrs. Nicholl. (Student members also included in this committee.) Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Nielsen, Savold, Miss Lund. (Student members also included in this committee.) R-eligiow Life: P. Quanbeck, Miss Cole, Tollefson. (Student members also included in this committee.) Teacher Education: Sateren, Johnson, Thorson, Agre. Student Conduct: Chrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Nelson, Swenson. Faculty Personnel Policies: Torstenson, Fosse, Hemmingson, Urdahl, Holum. AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 19t r ; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, Giittmgen. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral work, 1928-30. A t Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938. MELVIN A. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testamenf A.B., Augsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar, 19t I -3 8 ; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary, Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941. RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B,. Th.B., Assisiant Professor of Old Testament A.B., Luther College, 1947; Th.B., Luther Seminary, 1952; Additional Study, University of Chic'ago. A t Augsburg since 1959. IVERB. OLSON,A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Systematic Theology A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Minnesota, I 945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. A t Augsburg since 1945. PHILIP A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Associate Professor of New Testament and Religion; College Chaplain A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 19 5 I ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1957. Pascoral work, 195 15 3. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, I 9 54- 57. At Augsburg since 1957. PAUL G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Professor of Church History and Religion (on leave). A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945; Th.B., 1947. Additional Study: University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. A t Augsburg since 1949. MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Lecturer in Hebrew and Theology, 1958-60. For statement of academic preparation and experience, see College Faculty listing. Io8 / Personnel DORRISFLESNER,Ph.D., Lecturer in Church History A.B., Carthage College, 1936; B.D., Hamma Divinity School, 1939; S.T.M., Wartburg Lutheran Seminary, 1950; A.M., University of Chicago, 195 3 ; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary, 1956. Professor of Church History, Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957. LAWRENCE M. GUDMESTAD, A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1942; S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1 9 5 5 ~ At . A u g k g since '955. AUGSBURG COLLEGE COURTLAND L AGRE,Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1937; Research Ohemist, 1937-40; U. S. Army, 1940-41; Research Chemist, 1941-46; Teaching, St. Olaf College, 1946-58; Univ. of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. L n a MAE ANDEREGG, M.A., Instructor in Education A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago, California; Teaching and Counselling, High Schools, 1945-46, 195 1-5 3; Teaching, E. Washington College, 1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior College, 195456; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959. ALBERTB. ANDERSON, A.M., Th.B., instructor in Philosophy A.B., encordia College, 1951; Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional study: University of Copenhagen. Teaching: Concordia College, 1954-5 5 ; Luther College, 1956. At Augsburg since 1956. (On leave 1958-60). ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basbtball Coach A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since 1946. RAYMOND E. ANDERSON, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy, 1946. At Augsburg since 1949. Personnel / 109 A.B., Dean of Students PETERH. ARMACOST, A.B., Denison University, 1957. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant at University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1959. HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, lnstructm in Sociology A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa, ~ 9 3 1 ;M. SOC. Work, University of W e w r a , I g S r . Teaching: Mission House College, Plpmourh, Wis., 1934-38: ELmhurst College. 1938-42; Lakeside S c b d for h y s , Seattle, Wmh., 1942-44. Assistant Execurive Secretary, Director d k i d Work Services, Laheran Welfare Society of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1954. LRL H. BREVIK,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Concordia College 19 5 I ; B.Tl., Luther Theological Seminary, 1954. Additional Study: Syracuse University. Teaching: Concordia College, 195456. Associate Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, 1956-. A t Augsburg since 1959. CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., 195 y. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.D., 1948-51. At Augsburg since 1952. GRACIACHRISTENSEN, A.M., instructor in English A.B., Hunter College, I 9 32: A.M., Radcliffe College, Study: University of Chicago. I 93 1. Additional Th.D., D.Litt., Profexsor of New Testament Greek and Latin MARIOCOLACCI, Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples, D.Litt., 1940. Teaching Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1931-40; Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campbasso, Italy, 1941-49. At Augsburg since 1952. AUENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor o f Speech A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools, I 936-5 6. At Augsburg since I 9 5 6. K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 193 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; Crosby-Ironton Junior College, 1940-41. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg since 1941. I Io / Personnel IVANDOSEFF,B.S., Instructor in Art B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: A r t Institute af Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8-19; Iowa State Teachers College, 1919-21; Luther College, 1922-23;Minneapolis A r t Institute, 1928-30; University of Minnesota, I926-5 3. At Augsburg since I95 5. JACK FISHER, S.M.M., I n s t r z ~ t o rin Organ B.M., University of Texas, 1946;S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary, 1948. A t Augsburg since 1955. BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.U. S. Army, 1943-46. Industrial Engineering work, I 949-5 3. A t Augsburg since I9y 3. DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Insfrumental Specialist (Brass Instruments) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934;A.M., 1941;Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943;University of Montana, 1947-48;Gustavus Adolphus College, I 948- 5 2. A t Augsburg since I954. ORLOUEGISSELQUIST, A.M., Instr~~cbor in,History A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956. Teaching: Bethel College, I954-56. A t Augsburg since 1956. W~LMM H. HALVERSON, Th.M., A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., P+ceton University, 1959. Teaching: Princeton Theological Seminary 1917-59.A t Augsburg 1955-56and since 1959. ANNA M. HALVORSON,A.B., A.M.B., Assistant Professor of B&ss Administration A.B., Jarnestown College, I 933 ; A.M.B., University of Denver, 195 I. Teaching: High Schools, 1934-5 2 ; Muskingum College, 195 3-56;Illinois College, 1956-59.A t Augsburg since 1959. CARLR. HAMMARBERG, A.M., Assistant A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1948.Additional study: Minnesota. Kan., 1948-53.A t Augsburg since Professor of Psychology 1932;A.M., University of Minnesota, Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg, 1953. Personnel / III THEODORE J. HANWICK,Ph.D., Professor of Physics B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1 9 3 3; KS.,Polytechnic Instirute of B w k l g n , iy17; Ph.D., hTew York University, r y p . Teaching: Polytechnic Inseinrre of Brmklpn, 1937-3 8 ; New York University, 193842; tT. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46; Rutgem University, r946-~6.Ar Augsburg since 1976. MAURINEM. C. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Home Economics a d Sociology A.B., Rice Institute, 1920; A.M., University of Colorado, 1938. Additional study: Texas, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1920-21, 193443, Lamar College, 1943-48, University of Minnesota, 1949-, Hamline University, 1949-58. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. RUBENG. HAUGEN,M.M., Instructor in \Voodwinds B.M., MacPhail S c h d of Music, i 9 p ; M*M., MacPhail S c h l of Music, I 9 5 I. Additional Study, Univcrsiq of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, rg yo-y z; B e c k Miitxry Academy, r g ~ r - g7; MacPhail School of Music since 1950. At Augsbarg since l y f g . MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. A. ROBERTHEMMINGSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Ennromics and Business Administrotion A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additiona! Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching University of Nebraska, 199657. At Augsburg since 1957. Ph.D., Associate Professor of Cbmistry JOHN R. HOLUM, A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 910-5 z; University of Maryland, 1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 1858-59. U. S. Armed Forces, 1955-57. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959. IRENEKHW KHIN JENSEN, Ph.D., Instructor in Histmy and Political Science A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University, Burma, 1949-70. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959. MILDREDV. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional Study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1947. I I2 / Personnel EJNAR0. JOHNSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 19 50. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway, and University of Washington. A t Augsburg since 1956. RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. HAROLDM. KAMBAK,B.A., Instructor in Journalism and Director of Public Relations A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional Study: University of Minnesota; American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of Public Relations, Augustana College, 195 6-5 8. At Augsburg since 195 8. KARLLN, ROBERT B.M., A.M., Instructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1910; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1959. Additional Study: Berkshire 'Music Center, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools, 1950-13 ; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-19; University of Minnesota, 1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959. RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., I n ~ t r u c t o rin Health D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42; O&cer, U.S. Navy, 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1955. MIMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947. BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 19223 5; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947. BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Langwrges AB., Voss S t a t e Callege, Norway, 1925: A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph;D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: High Schhoot, rg30-3 r ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. Ofice of Censorship, I 942-.+$. A t Augsburg since 1947. Personnel / I I3 CARL W. LANDAHL,M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music, Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern College, 1950-59. A t Augsburg since 1952. RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University o;f Minnesota. Teaching: Long Prairie High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1957. BERTHALILLEHEI,A.B., Instructor in English A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957. GERTRUDES. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science A.B., Augsburg Teaching: High Morris, 1945-47; 49. A t Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951. School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture, Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 1948since 1950. ERWIND. MICKELBERG, A.B., Instructor in Anatomy A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Atwater High School, 19 54-5 6. A t Augsburg since 19 5 6. F. C. MORTENSEN,Ph.D., Lecturer in Chemistry A.B., St. Olaf College, 1914; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1926. Teaching: Westminster College, Coe College, Pan American College, Macalester College. U. S. Army, nineteen years (retired with rank of Colonel). At Augsburg since I 9 59. GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women with rank of Professor B.S., University of Minnesota, I 923 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1928. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923. ARTHURNASH,Ph.D., Professor of Biology A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since 1922. EDORC. NELSON, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of Football and Baseball A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948. Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1946. I I4 / Personnel CATHERINE NICHOLL,A.M., Instrzrctor in English A.B., Hope College, 1953 ; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Teaching: Colby Jr. College, 1954-51; Bradford Jr. College, 1955-56; South Oregon College, 1956-57. A t Augsburg since 1957. NORMANL. NIELSEN,A.B., B.Th., Vire President in Charge of Development A.B., Augsburg College, 1944; B.Th., Luther Seminary, 1947. Additional Study: Boston University. Pastor: Minot, N. D.; Minneapolis, Minn. A t Augsburg since I 95 8. IVER B. OLSON,M.A., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. SULAMITOZOLINS,Cand. Phil., Instructor in French Cand. Phil., University of Marburg, Germany, 1948 KARLISOZOLINS,B.A., Th.B., Assoriate Librarian with rank of Assistant Prof essw A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 7 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 195 2. Additional Study: University of Marburg, Germany; University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 195 5. HOWARD E. PEARSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1977. A t Augsburg since I 9 5 6. ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Professor o f English A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School, 1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg 1932-44 and since 1946. KATHERINEPETERSON,M.S., Assistant Professm of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; MS., State University of Iowa, 1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-76. A t Augsburg since 1956. LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Edtccation f o 7 Women A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 195 3. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg since 1950. Personnel / II5 OVE J. H. PREUS,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English A.B., L&er College, 1 9 4 8 ; A,M., Unimrsiry of kliiinnesota, 1918;Ph.D., ,958. Additional Study: University of MonrpeIIier, Frmcc, 1949-50; University of Edinburgh, Scotland, 1 9 5 0 - T I ; Shakespeue Institute, Srratford, England, 1950. Teaching: Luther a l l e g e , r g ~ r - 1 2 ;St. Olnf Collcgc, I ~ J Z - T ~A . t Augsburg since 1 9 5 8 . MARTINQUANBECK, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Deun of the College A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933 ; Ph.D., 1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minn., 1929-36.Teaching: Waldorf College, 1936-38.Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean, 1942-46 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938. PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion; College Cha@lain For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. ROBERTT. SANDIN,B.D., Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy A.B., Bethel College, 1949;B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1974;A.M., University of Minnesota, 195 6; J?h.D., University of Minnesota, 195 9. Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 95 6-58; Northwestern College, 19 5 8-. At Augsburg since 1958. LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of Music A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Composition with Donald F e r g w n (Minneapolis), 1941-43. Teaching: High School, 1935-39.Music Director, Radio Station KUOM, University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Director, Civilian Public Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 1941-43and since 1946. A. MAYOSAVOLD, A.B., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Luther College, 1941.Additional study: North Dakota, Minnesota. Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D., 1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42and 1946-48.U. S. Armed Forces I 942-45; Glenwood Public Schools, I 948- 5 2. At Augsburg since R u m SEGOLSON, M.S., Professor of Hmne Economics B.S., University of Minnesota, 1927; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;University of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, summer 1936. At Augsburg since I 944. GEORGESOBERG, A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics A.B., Augsburg College, 1926;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926. PAULG. SONNACK, A.B., Th.B., Professor of Religion For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing. I I6 / Personnel R u m SONSTENG,A.B., Instructor in Home Economics A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Hinckley High School, 1955-56;Graduate Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1956-57.At Augsburg since 1957. ROBERTC. STENSTROM, M.A., Instructor in Physics and Mathematics A.B., University of South Dakota, 1957; A.M., University of South Dakota, 1958. Teaching: University of South Dakota, 1956-58. At Augsburg since 195 8. MERTONP. STROMMEN, Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944; Th.B., 1951;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955; Ph.D., 1960. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor: Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47.A.t Augsburg since (Xu H. SWENSON,A.M., Assirtant Professor of Sociology A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49,1950-5I. Probation Oflice, Hennepin County, 195 I-. At Augsburg since 1953. AGNESB. TANGJERD,A.M., Associatg Professor of Library Science A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920;B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939; A.M., 1944.Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, I 922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-36.Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. At Augsburg since 1940. P H ~ I PJ. THOMPSON,B.A., M.F.A., Instructor in Art A.B., Concordia College, I 9 5 5 ; F.A.M., State University of Iowa, 195 8. Teaching: State University of Iowa, 1957-58;Kokorno Extension of Indiana University, 195 8-59. At Augsburg since 1959. GERALDH. THORSON,Ph.D., Professor of English A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D., Columbia University, 19f7.U. S. Army, 1943-46.Teaching: Wagner College, 195I.A t Augsburg since 1946. JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1929;M.Mus., I 936. Additional study: Minnesota, Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27;American Conservatory of Music, 193 I44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47.Y W A War Prisoners Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46.A.t Augsburg since 1947. Personnel / I I7 VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota, Master Class Work with Silvio Scionti, Robyn hTormal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947. JOEL S. TORSTENSON, A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Sociology A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A..M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D., 1959. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 194 5 -47. A t Augsburg 193842 and since 1947. ADELEF. TURRITTIN, B.A., M.A., lnstructor in German A.B., University of Wisconsin, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Teaching: Minneapolis High Schools, I 9 5 3-5 8; University of Minnesota, 1947-49. A t Augsburg since 1958. B.A., M.Th., lnstrtlrtor in Religion HAROLDTOLLEFSON, A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1953 ; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 195 5. Additional Study: University of Heidelberg Pastoral work: Coon Rapids, Minn. At Augsburg since 1959. HELENULVESTAD, B.A., Instructor in Library Science A.B., St. Olaf College, 1931. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Jackson, Minnesota High School, Minneapolis Schools. At Augsburg since 1959. ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-55. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943. P. A. SVEEGGEN, A.M., Professor Emeritus of English (Deceased, October 29, 1959) A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1908-10; Ellsworth College, 1913-15. A t Augsburg 1915-19gz. MANIVALD ALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry (Deceased, November I , 19 5 8) Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 195 I. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg 1949-58. I I8 / Personnel ALICE LINDGREN,B.A., Graduate Assistant in Biology A.B., Augsburg, 1958. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-. OLIVERG. BERGH,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1948;B.Th., Augdburg Seminary, 195 I. Additional Study: Tokyo School of the Japanese Language and Culture, Luther Seminary. Teaching: Tokai Lutheran Bible Institute, 1956-57. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ROBERTH. BOYD,M.Th., Ph.D., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59;Profe~sor of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary. GLENN CARLSEN,B.A., B.Th., lnstructo~in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1953;B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1956. A t Augsburg 1958-59. WILLIAMM. CHASE,B.S., M.S., In~tructorin Business Administration S.B., Montana State College, 1953; S.M., Montana State College, 1957. Additional Study: Iowa State College. A t Augsburg 1958-59. DENNISJ. GRUNDMAN, B.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration A.B.B., University of Minnesota, 1958.A t Augsburg 1958-59. LYLE C. HALL,A.B., Instructor in Chemistry A.B., Luther College, 1956. Additional Study: State University of Iowa, University of Minnesota. At Augsburg, I 95 8 - 5 9. JOHN V. HALVORSON, C.T., B.Th., M.A., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59. Professor of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary. JOHN H. KRUGER,B.Min.E., M.A., lnstructor in Business Administration B.Min.E., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1958. A t Augsburg, 1958-59. WALTERC. LARSON,B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education A.B., Concordia College, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional Study: Chicago. At Augsburg I 958-59. BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music B.S., University of Minnesota, 1951.Additional Study: Minnesota. At Augsburg 1955-y6,1958-59. Personnel / I 19 GWENDOLYNMAYO,B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry A.B., Vassar College, 1954; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1958. Teaching Assistant: University of Minnesota, 19 54-56. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ZETTA OSWALD,B.S., Instructor in Anatomy S.B., University of Alberta, Canada, 1949. Additional Study: Minnesota. Teaching: Royal Alexander Hospital, Edmonton, Alberta; St. Michael's Hospital, Lethbridge, Canada. A t Augsburg 195 5-56, 1958-59. MARYBELLE RILEY, B.A., Instructor in Speech A.B., Wheaton College, 1955. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-59. ESTHERE. REINECKE,B.S., B.L.S., Instr~rctorin Library Science B.S., Northern State Teachers College, 1938; B.L.S., University of Denver, 1946. Additional Study: Colorado State College. At Augsburg 1958-59. PAULETTEROBETORYE,B.A., Instructor in Spanish A.B., Augsburg, 1954. Additional Study: Minnesota. At Augsburg 1958-59. DONALDSHAMBLIN,B.A., M.A., Instructor in Spanish A.B., Marshall College, 1952; A.M., University of New Mexico, 1957. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-59. SHELDONL. TORGERSON, B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1949; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1952; Dip.Sup., Alliance Francaise, I 9 5 3. Teaching: Manasoa Private School, Madagascar, 1954-58. A t Augsburg 1958-59. A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology MARVINE. TRAUTWEIN, A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Colummbia, 1940. Additional study: Harvard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42; Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. U. S. Amy Air Force, 1942-46. Staff, Education and Training OBicer, V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50 and 1953-55. A t Augsburg 1950-59. ROBERTE. WRIGHT, B.A., LL.B., Instructor in Business Administration A.B., Concordia College, 1951; LL.B., Valparaiso University, 1957. A t Augsburg 1958-59. Graduates AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1958 WITH THE Almquist, Anderson, Anderson, Anderson, DEGREE OF BACHELC IR ......... ....... James Arnold .Spicer Charles Harvey ..Minneapolis Eugene M. .Minneapolis Marilyn Jeanne . . . ..Menahga Bagley, Robert Lynn ............Gatzke Bark, Paul Arhur ..........Hudson, Wis. Beaman, Roger E. .......... .Minneapolis Belkholm, Gudwren Ellingson Minneapolis b w r ~Vsmon R. ........... Clarkfield Berg. Jack R. ............. . M i n n w Z b Berge. Gerald P. .Minneapolis Bergex. UVonne Cynthia Veblen. S. Duk, Bergtnm. R o w G. ..WinneupolLs Bloomquist, Daniel Rudolph San Francisco, Calif. Boe, Ronald L. ............. ..Minneapolis Boyum, Joyce Gertrude ... .Minneapolis .Wyoming Bullock, Richard W. Bullock, Robert L. ...........Minneapolis .......... ...... ........ ........ Minneapolis Carlson. Roger Alvin .Nopeming Cherne, John Edward Christenson, Erwin William Portefield, Wis. ....... Danielson, Harland Peter . .Cadott, Wis. Davidson. Glenn 0 . ..Charles City, Iowa Dodds, Donald Jack .Minneapolis Eichstadt, Harlen Emin .... .Lamberton Elias, LeRoi Thomas ...... .Minneapolis Erickson. Dennis H. .............. W S Erickson, Lynn Edwin Fairdale, N. Dak. Evavold, Dale Edward .......... .Ashby ........ Flak, Lorents J. ............Minneapolis Fleming, Micheal Hudson ......St. Paul Fristedt, Conrad E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis OF ARTS Johnson, Johnson, Johnson. Johnson, Johnson, Betty J. ..........Minneapolis C. Leroy ..........Minneapolis Gwendolyn Syble ...... Mentor Joy Lee Hutzell .. .Minneapolis Wayne Charles St. Paul ........ Kemmer. Grace Eileen Williston, N. Dak. ............Minneapolis ............Minneapolis Lindell, Alice M. Lindell, John L. Lundquist, Elyce Ellen ..........Buffalo Mackey, Lois R. ...........Mfnnmpolfa Matala, Jon W. .............Minneupolfa Miskowiec, John Jr. .JTinn@apo?is Myrvik, Donald A. ........ . M i n ~ ~ ~ p o l L ? ...... Nelson, Elaine Mae ..Blanchardville, Wis. Niederloh. Janet M. Chetek, Wis. ....... Oakvik, Gerlald Charles ....Minneapolis Ohlin, Paul Irving .......... Minneapolis Ollila, Junia Lois ....Lake Worth, Fla. Olson, Landis Jay ..........Minneapolis Olson, Magne B. ...........Minneapolis Olson, Patricia Ann Blanchardville, Wis. Olson, Phyllis Knudson .... .Minneapolis Olson, Richard Carl Minneapolis Olson, Roger A. .......... .Minneapolis Osberg, Lorraine Phyllis ..Minneapolis ........ Pearson, Lucille Evelyn ... .Minneapolis Petersen, Alan Helvig ..... .Minneapolis Peterson, Jerome F. ........ .Stanchfield ~ Radebach, Marshall D. ......Minneapolis Reesnes, Alfred B. Jr. ... .Minneapolis Rystad. Dennis 0. L. ...... .Minneapolis Saure, Mabeth Louise ......Fergus Falls Schmidt, Earl Amandus ....Crystal Bay Schnebaum. William ..... .Minneapolis Gllmme. Hugh Mfnnea?wI% Schulz. Davlci W. .Minneapolis Golie, Byron h'& ......... SacTerI Heurt Sideen. Wedey Thomas ...... .St. Paul G r t q . Bonita Mad IZemderaan Stme. Ronald J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Grmdmen. George Jon . B m k l y x . N.Y. Stenberg. Thomas Alfred, Jr. Gustafson, Raymond G. .. ...St. EIiletre Minneauolis Stiles, Joanne Darlene ....Circle, Mont. Hagen. E. James ...........MtaneUpoIis Studlien, LaVone Carolyn . .Minneapolis Hagen. Kenneth George ... .Minnwpulk Sylvester, Ione Lenore ....... .Starbuck Hanson, Jacqolyn Lorraine Duluth Sylvester, Lucille Johnson . .Minneapolis Harrington, Wayne Ervin .. .MinnenpIia Harris, David Owen ..... Granite Falls Thompson, Norman Ephriam Heide, Darla Kjelstrom ....Minneapolis Leonard, N. Dak. Heide, Philip W. ............ Minneapolis Tornquist, Lowell A. ...... .Minneapolis Hellzen, Carl LeRoy ......... .Minneapolis Turner, Gary E. ............Minneapolis Hofstad, Lois V. .. .Glenwood City, Wis. Wahlberg, Arden G. ........Minneapolis Holman, Harvey L. ........Minneapolis Wamik, Arnold H. ...........Minneapolis Hovland, Anna Jane Mora Welch, Robert M. .Minneapolis West, William Lemore .........Clarkfield Johnson, Arthur Neil .......Minneapolis .............. ........... ......... ...... ............. ......... . Graduates / 1 2I AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1959 W I THE ~ DEGREE OF BACHELOROF ARTS Aaskov, June A. Cumberland Center, Me. Allen, Lois L. ....................St. Paul Almquist, Paul Hempel ..........Spicer Andersen, Janet Louise ......Markville Andersen. Sara Jane Robbinsdale Anderson, LeAnn Karen ..Walnut Grove Anderson, Warren L. ......Minneapolis ...... ..... .Lamberton Batalden, Charlotte D. Benson, Norman V. ....... .Minneapolis Berg, Ann Louise ..... .Porterfield, Wis. Wanmka Berg, John Allen Berg, Lawrence J. ..........Minneapolis Berg, Norman R. ..........Robbinsdale .Lakefield Berkness, Vernon Orville Birkeland, Birgit Elizabeth Northpod, N.Y. Lamberton Burreson, Dennis Basil Byhre, Mary H. .Minneapolis ............ .... ...... ............. Carlson, Jerry D. ........... .Minneapolis Casperson. Carl Christian .Minneapolis Christensen, Paul James "Stewart Cooke, Janet Sylvia Spring Valley, Wis. . ..... Doren, Mary Mathilda ..........St. Eldridge, Patricia Darlene Fall, Ronald David Fering, Charles A. Paul ........Shafer .............. Ivanhoe Lambe~ton ........... Gibson, Dennis F. ...............Lamberton Grahn, Dale E. .Minneapolis Grahn, Theodore S. .........Minneapolis Grant, Gaylord 0. ..Minneapolis .Minneapolis Green, Richard Reginald Grill. Keith E. .Caruthers. Calif. Grupp, Delores M. .....LaCrosse, Wis. Gustafson, Robert Hugo .....Minneapolis ........... ........ .. ....... Haack, Milton Gustav ........Plainview Hagestuen. Donald John ......Starbuck Hanson, James A. .........Minneapolis Hawks, Franklin D. Willmar Heggem. Kenneth Clark .Minneapolis Heinonen, Margery Marie ..Minneapolis Hemingway, G. Jerome .Minneapolis Hill, Rodney Elmer Cokato .Spring Vallql, Wis. Hojem, Ruth E. Horn, James K. ...........Minneapolis .Minneapolis Home, Harry James Hulbert, Elsbeth M. New York, N.Y. ... ............ ... ... ............ ....... .... Jacobson, Johnson, Johnson. Johnson, Ronald Keith Marquette, Mich. Corrine Joann ......Northf eld Merton H. ...... .Minneapolis .Savage William Douglas ..... Johnson, William F. ..Ryderwood, Wash. Jorenby, Donald E. Blanchardville. Wis. Juliot, Norman L. ........ .Minneapolis Junkermeier, Larry K. ...........Spicm ....... Kambak, Harold M. .Minneapolis Kim, Ock Hyung . - .......... Seoul. Korea Kopka. Heinrich Pine River Kopp, Wilbur E. .Minneapolis Kvamme, Ardella E. .Minneapolis ............. ......... ..... Lake, Curtis M. .......... .Minneapolis Lange. Gary D. ............Minneapolis Lauen, LeRoy A. ............ .Minneapolis Lindgren, Gordon Edward ......Anoka Loftness, Lawrence D. .......Minneapolis Lundahl, Margaret (Peggy) A. Minneapolis Lundeen, Walter W. ..........Annandale Lyngdal, John Walter .Duluth ........... Manske, Myrtle J. ....... .Minneapolis Martinsen. John Phillip Menominie, Mich. Martinson, Bonnie Jane ....Minneapolis Matheson, Donald W. .Minneapolis Menken, Ruth E. ...............Litchjield Miskowiec, Ronald G. .... .Minneapolis Moen. Thomas Harold .Minneapolis Moritz, Robert D. ....Esthmille, Iowa ...... .... Neilsen, Harold Fredrich ..Minneapolis Nelson, Hubert J. .........Minneapolis Nelson, James Allen ........... .Dawson Nelson, James John .......Minneapolis Nordine, Shirley M. ........Minneapolis Newquist, Reidun Hartmark Minneapolis Nystuen, Joseph Philip ......Northfield .... Olsen, Willard L. Watertown, S.D. Olson, Donald C. .Minneapolis Olson, Douglas 0. .Minneapolis Olson, Lee B. ........... .Cannon Falls Overby, Richard N. ............Mound ......... ......... Palo, Hildegarde Hokanson ..Minneapolis Palo. Rudolph L. ..........Minneapolis Pearson, Vivian K. Skor .Minneapolis Peterson, Eugene S. .Jackson Peterson, Gerald Simon ... .Minneapolis Peterson, Nadia M. Christensen Minneapolis Peterson, Robert D. ....... .Minneapolis Pulkrabek, Carol Rose .St. Paul Pundy, Eileen Marion ......Minneapolis .. .......... ....... Quanbeck. David H. ........Minneapolis Quanbeck, Norman J. Bertha .......... Quanbeck, Stanley Dwight ..Minneapolis .............. Ashby .... ..Minneapolis Ringstad, David J. Romo, Luther Edward Sabo, Martin Olav ........Alkabo, N.D. ..... Sallen, Donald Arthur .Minneapolis Saugestad, Edwin J. .......Minneapolis Schwarzkopf, Inez Olson ..Minneapolis Selander, Arlene B. ............Cokato Shih, Tai-fu ............Taipei, Taiwan .Minneapolis Sletten. Richard Glenn Smith. William Albert ......Minneapolis ........Minneapolis Solomon, Morton B. Strand, Theodore Hagen Svanoe, Rennard Gale ....Minneapolis .... .Minneapolis .......... Thorson, Dale B. .Minneapolis Tischer, Talvryn T. ...... ..Minneapolis Torstenson, Gale L. .......... .Dawson ..Sun P ~ a i ~ i eWis. , Twiton, Mary Ann Walden, Klara A. .............Willmar Wennerlind, James William Minneapolis West, Stuart E. Cla~kjield Willmar Westphal, Carolyn J. .. ............... ........... ..... Zielke, Carolyn Margaret ..Minneapolis AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1958 WITH T H E DEGREE OF BACHELOROF THEOLOGY Gusdal, Delmar M. Erickson, Manitoba, Canada Halvorson, Arvin H. G a k s b u ~ g ,N. Dak. .Madela Nelson, Philip A. ............. Holmes. Arthur W. ....... .Ki~kland,Wn. .Hoffman Shiell, Wendell C. Shultz. Arthur ............ .Spokane, Wn. Steinbrecher, Wayne G. .Long Siding ........... ... AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1959 Dreyer, Earl E. ............Ferndale. Wn. Evavold, Charles A. .Battle Lake Fullilove, Harry H. ..London, England Nevin, LeRoy E. .Cumberland, Wk. ....... ..... Anderson Kenneth L. Anderson, Norman E. Hagestuen, Richard M. Swenson, Jasper .......Owatonna .......Lamberton ....... . S b b u c k .............Rendricks Enrollment Summary STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1958-1 959 College Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . _ Junior .................. Sophomore ............ Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (D H.! ..... , . . . Jr . Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F H.) ......... Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . Evening Students (only) .... TV Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total First Semester Men Women Total 83 107 117 191 32 30 45 68 167 11 37 32 113 152 185 358 43 37 32 46 99 14 12 46 2 1 - . . . . . . . . . . ., 533 99 12 11 Second Semester Men Women Total 78 109 113 175 32 29 46 64 153 14 107 155 177 328 46 A 558 TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT. Y 958-7959 Claw Men 85 Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Fr. Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Evening Students- (only) .......... 2 N Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . - Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 . Women Total 31 48 73 168 18 37 32 46 99 13 11 116 167 195 379 60 37 32 46 . 99 15 12 576 THEOL0GICA.L SEMINARY. 1958-1959 Semester I Men Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total .................. .6 7 9 1 Semester II Men 6 7 9 Total Men 6 7 9 - . 1 . 23 22 n TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1958-1959 College Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 Total - ............................. Seminary Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 - Total 23 . .................................. Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . 1175 2 . STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960 College Class Men Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Fr. Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (S H.) . . . . Evening Students (only) . . . . 2 36 44 89 171 13 42 29 45 95 21 127 144 203 436 50 42 29 45 95 29 - 615 585 1200 . . Total , ............ Second Semester Total Men Women 36 122 86 43 145 102 85 199 114 164 412 248 13 52 39 First Semester Women Total . TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT 1959-1961) Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jr . Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . -- . . . Fr Nurse !F . H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Evening Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . Women 36 44 90 176 18 42 29 45 95 26 . 601 Enrollment Summary / I2 5 THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 1959-1960 Semester I Men 7 Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - Total .................... Semester II Men 7 7 11 1 Total Men 7 8 11 2 . . 26 28 28 TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960 College Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 . - Total .......................... , ........ 1266 Seminary Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 0 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total 28 . .................................. Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . 1294 3 . SUMMARY OF GRADUATES Seminary Total ..................................... 679 College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2320 Graduates-1870-1957 Graduates-1958 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Graduates-1959 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Total ................................... 2538 3217 Index Page Academic Administration .......... " 3 5 Accounts. Payment of ............. - 1 7 Page Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9 Education. elementary .......... .65. 87 .......................6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Db Admission. College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 !.3 Admission. Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -94 Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . .36. 95 Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B. 9 Alumni Association. The ............. 11 Archives. The ...................... 11 Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58. 71 Athletics .......................... 32 Attendance. Chapel ................ 23 Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 95 Audio-visual Education ............. 13 Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Education. secondary . . . . . . . . . . . .67. 86 Electives .......................... 41 Elimination of Students ............ - 3 7 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2?, 96 Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . .91 Accreditation Administration Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Bwrd. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 B w r d of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Business Administration. Curriculum . . .89 Business Administration and Economics .69 Calendar Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 39 Expenses ................. .16. 17. 95 Faculty. The ............... Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . . Financial Information . . . . . . . . Finonciol Support and Control Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Education Requirements . . . . . .40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4 Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Church History [Seminary) . . . . . . . . -100 ............ Classification of Students 37 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Cc-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . .t 06 Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 96 Control. Financial Support and . . . . . . .10 Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Coordinator of Student Activities .... - 2 8 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42. 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41. Curriculums 42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39. Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses Discipline 49 ..................... -37 Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76. 88 Degrees ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 Cancellation Credits English. Department of Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Entrance Requirements. College ...... 35 ........ 97 92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..28 Distinction. Degree with ............. 41 ............. 43 Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3T. 53 Divisional Organization General Information Geography Graduates-(1 87@1959), Summary of 125 Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . .39, 97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Grants-in-aid Greek, New Testament . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Health and Physicol Education ....... 81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49. 98 High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . . 86 Health Service Historical Sketch ................... 7 .............. 6 0 History. Department of Home Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73, 87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3Q. 41 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 41 Homiletics Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Housing .......................... 26 Humanities. Division of the ..........48 Index / Page Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Introduction t o Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . .6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Journalism Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Laboratories. Natural Science . . . . . . . . 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 . Law, Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -89 Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Latin Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 I 27 Page 19 ............ ........................ Prizes. Scholarships and Probation Psychology 37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 ....................... 3 0 ........................... 8 ........................... 26 Publications Purposes Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24, 28, ........................... Recreation Refunds Registration Registration, 32 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -36 Change of . . . . . . . . . . . .3 7 Religion ond Philosophy, Division of . . .44 Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -23 Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41 Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I 6 Maiors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Mathematics, Department of . . . . . . . . . 8 0 Scandinavian Language and Literature 54 Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . ..15, 90 Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Medicine, Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . . 92 . . . . . . . .93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96 Secretarial Work Curriculum Membership in Educational Associations 6 Seminary, Ministry, Preparation for the . . . . . .84, 95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40 Missionary Work, Preparation for . . . .85 Seminary, Courses of Study Minors Seminary, Expenses Modern Languages, Department of . . . .54 Museum, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Seminary, Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Seminary, Graduation and Degrees . . . 97 Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Music, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . .32, 58 Admission . . . . . . . . . 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Social and Recreational Activities . . . . .24 Social Sciences, Division of the . . . . . . .60 Social Work Curriculum Sociology, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . .89 . . . . . . . . . . .63 Natural Sciences and Mathematics, Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . - 9 9 Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 4 . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Schools of . . . . 15 Speech, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . .28 Norwegian, Courses in Numbering of Courses Nursing. Affiliation with Nursing, Pre-Nursing Courses Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . . . 98 . . . . . . . . . .31, 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26, 98 Organizations, Student Orientation ........ 91 Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . Personnel Services. Student Philosophy. Department of Physical Education ..... ...... ............ Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . . Placement Service far Graduates . ............ ................ Plant. The Physical Political Science Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 102 Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 15 Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Student Government . . . . . . . . . . ..29, 96 Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . .25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 2 Svstematic Theolwv .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Symbols Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 . . . . . . . . . . . .86. 87 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25, 38 Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . -94 Teaching Curriculums Testing Theology. College Preparation far . .84. 95 Transfer and Advanced Standing Trustees. B w r d of Tuition and Fees . .36. 95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16. 17 University Courses ................. 37 Upper Division Requirements -41 ........ AUGSBURG IS CURRENTLY ENGAGED IN A MAJOR CAMPUS EXPANSION AND EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM PICTURED AT RIGHT is the campus master plan scheduled for completion by 1979. Objectives are timed to four 5-year phases. Total cost is estimated at $8,000,000. Goals for Phase I, ending in 1964, include an auditorium-gymnasium, student union, men's and women's dormitories, additional land acquisition and campus improvements. Goals for educational development during this same period include additional research and instructional equipment, strengthening faculty salaries and larger student scholarship funds. The first building objective, "Si Melby Hall," is under construction and scheduled for completion in early 1961. A $1,100,000 building, it will serve campus needs in physical education, inter-collegiate athletics, chapel services, convocations, student social life and church and community events. The development program states as its purpose "to challenge and enlist the active assistance and gift support of a continuously growing corps of friends in order to bring the college to the fulfillment of its destiny." Joining the administration, board of trustees and faculty for this purpox are volunteers representing the community, corporations, parents, alumni, students, church and friends of the college. These volunteers work with and through a Development Council. Opportunities for gift support are regularly made available in a manner matching the individual donor's interest and ability. Many are thus supporting the college through a gift-a-month patron plan, memorial gifts, the Thousand Dollar Club, or various special gifts iccluding bequests, life insurance and a life income plan with favorable tax benefits to the donors. The college seeks from each concerned friend of Christian Higher Education his special skill, thoughtful counsel, constructive evaluation and support in prayer on behalf of Augsburg. Inquiries concerning gift opportunities are invited and should be addressed to Mr. Norman L. Nielsen, Vice President for Development, Augsburg College, Minneapolis 4, Minnesota.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Catalog, 1956-1958
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1958 - 1959 and 1959 VOL. XX, NO. 1 - 1960 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bimonthly and one...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY Minneapolis 4, Minnesota Founded 1869 CATALOG RECORD FOR 1956 - 1957 and 1957 - 1958 ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1958 - 1959 and 1959 VOL. XX, NO. 1 - 1960 CATALOG NUMBER JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958 THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN Published bimonthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Enfered as second-class matter March 21. 1947, at the post osce at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912. LMLLNUAK 1957 1958 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F MAY JANUARY S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 8 91011121314 5 6 7 8 91011 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 15161718192021 12131415161718 11 121314151617 29 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 99 30 95 26 27 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 31 - OCTOBER FEBRUARY 1 2 3 4 5 1 6 7 8 9101112 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13141516171819 9 1011 1213 1415 2021 2223242526 161718192021 92 93 24 25 26 27 28 27 28 29 30 31 JUNE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15161718192021 22232425262728 29 30 MARCH NOVEMBER 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1213141516 9 1011 1213 1415 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 ~ 161718192021 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 $: 32; 25 26 27 28 29 JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6789101112 13141516171819 20912223242526 27 28 29 30 31 DECEMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 1 2 1 3 1 4 15161718192021 29 23 24 95 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL AUOUST 1 9 1 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 751 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 13141516171819 I011 1P13141516 20 21 22 23 24 25 96 t J 10 1990 21 29 23 27 28 29 30 g 2526Q7282930 M T W T F MAY JANUARY SEPTEMBER S S S M T W T F S 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910111213 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 14151617181920 11 121314151617 91222324252627 18192021222324 35 26 27 28 29 30 31 28 29 30 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12131415 16 17181920212223 $: 25 26 27 28 29 30 FEBRUARY JUNE OCTOBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 8 9 1011 191314 7 8 9 1011 1213 12131415161718 15161718192021 14151617181920 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 19 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 98 29 30 96 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER MARCH JULY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 1 9 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 1011 121314 5 6 7 8 9 loll 9 1011 12131415 15161718192021 12 1314151617 18 161718192021 22 92232425262728 192021 22232425 96 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 9 7 28 29 99 30 31 :: DECEMBER APRIL AUGUST I 2 3 4 5 6 1 9 3 4 1 7 8 9 1011 1213 5 6 7 8 9 1011 4 3 4 5 6 7 8 , 1415 161718 1920 19 13 1415161718 9 1011 1 2 1 3 7 4 1 5 21222324252627 192021 22232425 u 1 7 ' I 8 1 9 9 0 1 1 22 9 8 29 30 31 2627282930 g i g 9596372%29 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 4 Academic Calendar - General Information 5 ---- Financial Information 14 Student Community Life The College - - Academic Administration - 21 34 --34 - 42 Curriculums - Courses of Study 53 Division of Religion and Philosophy 55 Division of the Humanities ....-. 59 -- Division of the Social Sciences Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics General Requirements 96 -.--. Courses of Study . 96 1 0 0 ----- Board of Trustees Administration 86 ...........-...----- -- The Theological Seminary 107 - ,.--lo8 -109 Committees of the Faculty The Faculty -- Graduates Student Enrollment Index 72 1 D -m - 1 0 - -120 1 2 3 .--.I26 , CALENDAR 1958 - 59 and 1959 - 60 FIRST SEh4ESTER Sept. 11-16 Freshman Days Sept. 10-15 Sept. 11, 16 Registration Sept. 14, 15 Sept. 17 College classes begin Sept. 16 Sept. 17 Seminary convenes Sept. 16 s p t . 17 Late registration fee Sept. 16 Oct. 24-26 Homecoming Oct. 23-21 Nov. End of first half of semester Nov. Nov. 27, 28 Thanksgiving recess Nov. 26, 27 Dec. 19, 4:zo p.m. Christmas ,recess begins Dec. 18, 4:zo p.m. Jan. j, 8:00 a.m. Classes resume Jan. 4. 8:00 a.m. Jan. 19-23 College examinations Jan. 20-26 Jan. 20-23 Seminamry examinations Jan. 21-26 Jan. 23 First Semester ends Jan. 26 Jan. 16-29 Registration for Second Semester Jan. 18-Feb. 12 I2 I SECOND SEMESTER Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m. Classes begin Feb. 3. 8:00 a.m. Feb. 2 Late registration fee Feb. 3 Feb. 12 Lincoln's Birthday Washington's Birthday April 3 End of first half af semester Feb. 22 April I Maroh 2j, 4:20 p.m. Easter recess begins April 13, 4:zo p.m. March 3 I , 8:oo a.m. Easter recess ends April 19, 8:00 a.m. May Seminary Commencement May 27 May 25-29 Collage Examinations May 27-June 3 May 30 Memorid Day May 30 May 31 Bac,cala.ureate Service June 5 June College Commencement June 6 22 I GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSE Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian en\''Ironment. In addition to securing a general education at the college level, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, social work, medical technolog!-, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields. Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church. LOCATION Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of hlinneapolis. rrithirl t r a l k i ~ pJ i s t a n c ~uf the main I~usir~ess section 01 tl~rcil!. Science Hall. containing the administration cifficeh. is located at lhe corner nf 5 e ~ e n t hStreet and Twenty-first A\eriue South. .Iugshurg studenb have tlic a d r a ~ ~ t a gofe getting their ~ o l l t : ~ ceducalion : i n a metropolitan renter pulsating with industrial. social. and cultural activitira. They hare acre33 to libraries. museums. a11tl art ccrllcctiarls. The! m a v hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of relieil~ui life and nctitily. Out5ta11dii1gleaders in many Gelds both from ,,her part9 of hrncrica and from fureipri ct~untriesare frequent vi~iit~rb. College students iu t l ~ r . Twill Cities have abundant opportunity tn contact conternporar?- :llnerican life a t one of its foc:aI points. ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency for colleges and universities. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the training of secondary school teachers. The teacher education program in home economics has been approved for the preparation of teachers of federally aided high school departments in this field. AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SE~ARY HISTORICAL SKETCH Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the seminary moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The college was established when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other professions. The latter course, however, was later discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was. graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921. Recent years, especially since the close of World War 11, have witnessed a greatly increased enrollment and a corresponding expansion of physical facilities both in campus area and in buildings. In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses to meet changing needs. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College continue to function in close cooperation and as integral parts of one institution. Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served since that time. FUNDAMENTAL AIMS The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the Seminary, are integrated with this principle. Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedly in the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline necessary to make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to see all things through the eyes of Christ." To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty: T o lead the student to a deeper understanding; and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end that he may become both an effective participant in the work of the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way of life. AIJGSBURGCOLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding of our fellow men throughout the world. T o develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world. T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men. T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character. T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of humanity. T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality. T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of the best in-the fields of the fine arts. T o guide the student in the understanding of social relatio'nships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity. T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely. T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing for the study of theology. T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency in the various relationships of life. To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social and personal satisfaction. To instruct the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CORTTROL From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with two others, in 1890, resulted in the affiliation of Augsburg with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by unity of purpose and ideals for more than half a century. The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President and the Faculty. In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has materially increased with the growth and development of the College, the chief financial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle oI friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the school. Since 1951, business and industry have given significant support through the Minnesota Private College Fund. Augsburg welcomes and invites support on the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education. MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution. It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the Council of Minnesota Private Colleges. THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of Directors. The Alumni Office is located in Science Hall. THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION The Augsburg Foundation is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by join,t action of the Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Since 1956 its activities have been closely coordinated with the development program of the college. EDUCATIONAL PLANT BUILDINGS The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms and offices, the Chapel, and the museum. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium, and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel. The George S v e r d r u ~Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located in one section of the Librarv building. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing of Gerda Mortensen Hall, provides comfortable modern housing for 45 women students. The beautiful new Gerda Mortensen Hall located at 6th Street and 24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely modern housing for 125 women students, as well as apartments for the resident 'head and her assistants. Morton Hall and Miriam House are smaller dormitory houses, each accommodating about 20 students. The Gymnasium, a temporary structure, was erected in 1947 for the College of the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha? been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and married student housing. The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949. The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited. Professor Landa is the curator. AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY THE ARCHIVES Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed the archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup Library in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the achives were provided. Here are now found a large collection of periodicals, old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist. The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close .to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the ground floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 325 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections ir! the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Augsburg students make extensive use of all these libraries. The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located on the third floor. To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is located on the ground floor of the Library. Varied equipment is available for classroom use and other college activities. This equipment includes: movie projectors, slide and filmstrip projectors, a sound amplification system, a tape recorder, an Episcope, phonographs, and a microcard reader. Records, slides, maps, filmstrips, and microcards are also housed in this center. Science Auditorium, as well as several classrooms, is equipped with facilities for projection. SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean. Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospitals. SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the Sophomore year. FINANCIAL INFORMATION A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog. GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Tuition (Covers instruction, library, etc.) ..................................$250.00 Student activity fee (Covers school paper, annual, and other . 9.00 student projects) Health fee 6.00 5.00 Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) ..... Key deposit (refundable) 1.00 Locker (optional) 1.00 Mail box fee .. . .50 . Total .$272.50 Books are estimated at $25.00 to $M.00. Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $12.00 for each additional credit hour a week per semester. Special students will pay at the rate of $22.00 per credit hour up to 11credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay the regular tuition charge. The fee for auditing a course is one-half the fee charged when it is taken for credit. Students and auditors enrolled for 7 to 11credit hours of class work per week pay one-half of the student activity, and health fees. ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER1 Room Board (estimate) 1 Subject to change. ..-$68.00 to 85.00 - 180.00 A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost. Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of $150.00 of meal book coupons per semester. women students $125.00. SPECIAL FEES Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) ...................... Change of registration after the beginning of the second week of classes . .... Registration with the Placement Bureau Placement fee, depending upon the method of placement .... $3.00 to Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary.. Final examinations taken at another hour than the one ....... scheduled -.... .......... ....... Examination making up an incomplete or a condition ............ Comprehensive examination -. . . Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) .................... MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER Piano $35.00 Voice 35.00 .40.00 Organ 40.00 Brass or Wood wind (private instruction) Private instruction, per lesson . .. 3.00 .......... 14.00 Brass or Wood wind (class instruction) . 8.00 Piano studio rental (one hour per day) 20.00 Qrgan rental (one hour per day) 4.00 Voice studio rental (one hour per day) Choir ................................................................................................ 5.00 Concert Band 5.00 COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER1 4.00 Art 1. 2 2.00 Art7, 8 .3.00 Home Economics 2, 36, 75 . 5.00 Home Economics 39, 40 Biology 60 ....................................................................................1.OO. 2.00 2.50 Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, 56 -........ . . 5.00 Biology 7N, 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54 . 1 Subiect ta change AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY 1 Chemistry, 3N, 4 Chemistry 5, 6, 53, 54, 61, 62, 66, 71, 91, 92 Physics 3, 5, 6, 6 , 73, 74 . . Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, 52 Secretarial Studies 1, 53, 54 Education 97 A 5.00 7.50 5.00 .. 2.50 1.50 15.00 .. . , Note: These fees cover cost of material and repair of equipment but not breakage. ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1 Resident students General expenses .......................................................................$272.50 Room and Board ......................................................$ 2 . 0 0 to 265.00 Special, music, course fees, and books .................... 27.50 to 75.50 Total, approximately ............................................. 548.00 to 613.00 Off-campus students -General expenses . Special, music, course fees, and books --A Total, approximately - $ 2 7 2 . 5 0 27.50 to 75.50 300.00 to 348.00 These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or personal expenses. PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment plan." In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration in September and again in February, a payment of $200.00 in the case of resident students and $100.00 for off-campus students. The balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration. The college reserves the right to with-hold transcript of record or diploma until all college bills have been paid. 1 Subiea to change. REFUNDS Tuition and fees for a student cancelling his registration before the middle of any semester will be charged at the rate of 10 per cent per week or fraction thereof, except for matriculation and special fees, which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of the semester. Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester room rent. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid, and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify for financial aids. The college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off the campus. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students in the Seminary. The Charles and ~lloraCrouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. T h e John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. T h e Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES Forty Freshman Scholarships of $300 each are available to outstanding high school graduates. Half of the $300 is applicable on the tuition for the second semester of the Freshman year. The remainder is divided between the Sophomore and Junior years provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who s h w s outstanding promise or achievement i-n -the -a-rt of singing. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. The Keith E . Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholar- ship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. T w o Luthran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of the prize is $50.00. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College or Seminary. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. The Celiu Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church. The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to $250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or rrledical study. 20 AUGSBURG COLLEGE^ AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY GRANTS-IN-AID A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student must make application, providing information about his own and his family's resources and anticipated expenses. EMPLOYME!NT SERVICE The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work. Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average. Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each spring by the Employment Service. Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices. STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus. It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in each life. All students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and administration. The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program' that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this ' council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings. This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society. The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and serdice. A highlight of the year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the Theological Seminary. Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of Social Activities, assisted by a Comlnittee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus. Social dancing is not approved of at Augsburg. "No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to the use of leisure time in general. STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE 'C MUSICAND THE FINEARTS Augsburg's location in Minneapdis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and the University Theater drama programs. A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing programs, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued from the Student Personnel Office. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services to students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide counseling- at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and financial needs are given consideration. As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the S t d e n t Personnel Committee. These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study. The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively. - - Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test are available for all students. Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality through counseling sessions. Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College Chaplain, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences. The collegt physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health. Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their latent ability. Students who distinguish themselves acad'imically are named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild o j Honor and Lambda Iota T a u recognize students who have excelled in several areas. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshinan Days. College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally standardized test. Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and vocational aims are discussed. Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster. The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment. Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed, including psychiatric referral. Infirmary rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. The Health Service is housed in a first floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence hall. Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to take a course in personal and community health. - - In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. All students not living at home must live in college operated or college approved housing and take their meals in the college dining room. Under certain conditions students may make other arrangements after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Single students are not permitted to live in apartments. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after. the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service at a reasonable cost. This service is required of all women students. An optional linen service is available to men students. Gerda Mortensen Hall, the residence for women, located at Sixth Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, houses 160 women and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and a room with grill service available to all students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses 150 men and also contains the college dining rooms and the student health service. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $15 are required of all single students residing outside the Twin Cities. This deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. For new students it should accompany the Admissions Deposit. Rooms for new students are assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present students must make room application and submit the deposit by May 15. After May 15 reservations for present students are assigned on the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit if the cancellation is received by August 1, and half refund if it is received by September 1. City or suburban students may make application for residence housing. Their names will be placed on the waiting list, and they will be assigned to rooms in regular order as vacancies occur. The room deposit of $15 is required and is refundable in full should no room become available. PLACEMENT GRADUATE The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement fee are charged. EMPLOYMENT STUDENT An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work. OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES COORDINATION The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty sponsors are approved by the Coordinator. The program af student activities is a primary responsibility of the Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council. Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the function of the Student-Facdty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities. A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by the office of Student Personnel. COMMUNITY STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE The Christian life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ. Although the claims of this life may not be indentical to, in fact may go far beyond, the claims of any particular community, every community operates under some standards of life and conduct that give character to it. Out of the religious and cultural traditions of Augsburg has grown a way of life which is approved by the college and which it regards as helpful in the development of its particular type of community. Those who elect to enroll at Augsburg are expected to be guided by these general standards of conduct. Confidence is placed in the individual student, but his habits and conduct are matters of sincere concern and attention. It is the aspiration of Augsburg to strengthen in each student the highest standards of honesty, integrity, and charity in all his relationships and activities. Although the college does not accept full responsibility for the enforcement of all regulations as they pertain to the off-campus life of the student, it is concerned about his behavior in every situation. It also recognizes the original jurisdiction of the parent in the home. Disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Committee on Discipline through the office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. The college reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable. In dealing with the alcohol problem, Augsburg seeks to have its students refrain from all use of alcoholic beverages. It specifically forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored event. Any student who appears under the influence of alcohol is subject to severe disciplinary action. Every student is expected to know the college regulations, those stated in the catalog as well as any additional ones that may be issued for a given year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Augsburg Student Society, comprising the whole student body of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity. The administration of student government is delegated to the Student Council, a representative group elected by the Student Society and the various classes. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representative on the Council. Augsburg is a member of the National Student Association. The Student Council directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual One Appeal Campaign, Leadership Training workshops, Courtesy Week, and Political Action Week. Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister program. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provide.; opportunity for the women to develop a degree of seIf government. It aims to create a sense of harmon? and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standard5 of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is affiliatd with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student activities. PUBLICATIONS The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student stsff. The Faculty adviser teaches courses in journalism. Staff members enrolled in the class earn academic credit. Augsburg's yearbook, the A u g b u r g h , pra~-idesa pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artietic dwign a5 we11 as in photography. The top staff members of the Augsburg Echo and the Augsburgian constitute the Board of Publication. A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual S t u d e ~Handbook a r ~ dDirectory. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed as the occasion demands. r AUGSBLJRG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY STUDENT CLUBS The Alpha Delta Theta, Sigma Chapter, is a professional sorority open to students preparing for medical technology. Membership is based upon scholarship, character and professional potential. The Aristotelian. Society unites those who have a common interest in scientific knowledg,e and experimentation. Thus they may develop their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse some of that spirit of interest throughout the college. The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among the student body. The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Camera Club is composed of camera fans who meet regularly to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language and people of the various countries. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. The F ~ u r eTeachers of America, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is the only requirement for membership. The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all aspects of home and community life. The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Social Service Club is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECHOIR The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Varsity Band and Imstrumental Ensembles. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGECANTORIANS This Women's Chorus participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours annually. THE MALECHORUS The Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity. FORENSICS Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests. THE 'A" CLUB Membership in the "A"- Club is limited to men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college. recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive pIay can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-, creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in. any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. HONORS AND AWARDS The 1925 Class Cup i n Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A . Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the -basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science Hall. The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities. - - The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg College. AUGSBURG COLLEGE ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION ADMISSION PROCEDURE Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record, if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an admissions deposit of 815.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions. The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition, is partially refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn by the applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September 1 and for the spring semester by January 15. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the high school record or previous college record. The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years of high school include four units of English, or three units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, one uuit of mathematics and one or two units of science. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English achievement test. Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence of sufficient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials. For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The General Educational Development tests are available to service men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar. The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate they may have difficulty in doing college work. TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg only under special circumstances. Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of comprehensive examinations. ADMISSION OF VETERANS Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits. The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application for entitlement when they enroll at the college. In order to receive credit for experience in the military services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should regi..qter on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1.00 per day after classes begin. No student may registe~f o r OF enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours per semester in order to make it up. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester. The privilege of registering for more than 1'7% credit hours may be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration, he must obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change. Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F. No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course may not be cancelled after the first six weeks of classes. A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the first week of classes. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in order to remain in good standing. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registration will not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. CLASSIFICATION In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. PROBATION AND ELIMINATION The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained. A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer with their teachers. Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must be approved by the Dean of the College. A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record is made of the total absences of each student for the semester. Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned. A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give no examination before he has this statement. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making u p an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the offiee of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office. GRADE VALUES 3 honor points per credit A-Superior, &Very good, 2 honor points per credit C-Satisfactory, D-Passable, F-Failure, 1 honor .point per credit no honor points per credit minus 1 honor point per credit GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program. Lower Division Requirements 1:or a general college education and as a basis for study in professional fields, students are required to complete the following credits in lower division courses: Religion Each semester, 2 credits English 6 credits Course 1-2. Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits above Freshman English. 3 credits Course 11. Fine Arts 2 credits H.Ec. 3, 64, Mu. 7, 3, Phil. 60, Sp. 29, or any literature course satisfies this requirement. Foreign Langzmge 8 credits Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and students with majors in Home Economics are exempted from this requirement. Social Sciences Hist. 1-2; 21, 22; or Soc. 1, 2. 6 credits Natural Sciences 8 credits Health and Physical Education 3 credits Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 63 for P. E. 2. Orientation is required of all Freshmen. Major and Minors A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in the quality of work he does in the Lower Division. It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics, Biology, Physics, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education. For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see devartmental statements. Electives Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or above. At least thirtv credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Total Credits and Honor Points The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each c:.edit. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one semester. Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A. English Proficiency In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate 2 proficiency in the writing and speaking of English. Residence Requirement To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the concluding year for such a degkea in residence. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows: Distinction Honor point n& Summa Cum Laude Magna Cum Laude Cum Laude To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above. CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in plann,ing a program which will prepare him for the vocation of his choice. THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not include a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the Freshman year. The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr. Stensvaag; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland. Sophomore Freshman . Basic Bible Orientation . . Freshman English . Foreign Language .. Healcth . European Civilization Physical Education . Electives 4 I 6 8 z 6 I 4 Junior New Testament Greek Speech . . . History . Sociology or Economics or Political Science or Education . Electives . .. Natural Science Psychology Foreign Langua,ge . Typewriting . New Testament Greek Electives . 8 4 6 I 8 6 Senior 6 6 6 6 8 32 .... . Religion Youth Work in the Church Philosophy . .... .... English Li,terature .. Electives . . . . . . z 2 6 6 16 32 The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in Greek, and 14 smester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian. PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker. Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser. The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below. Freshman Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . .6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 8 Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Sociology ..... . 3 Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Orientation ................. I Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 - Sophomore Religion . . . . . . . Beginning Speech . . . . . Types of Public Speech . Foreign Language . . . . General Psychology . . Health . . . . . . . . . . First Aid . . . . . . . . . . Electives .......... 32 Junior The Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . z Principles of Christian Education . 2 The Christian Churches . . . . z The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . r Social Psychology or Urban Sociol......... 3 OgY - Actiltg , , , , . . . 3 Story Telling . . , . . . .I Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . 6 Recreational Activities . . . I Electives . . . 10 Senior Parish Work ............ z Youth Work in the Church . . z Edt~caticmal Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Hymns and Music of the Church z Fzindamentals of Jozrmalism . . . . . z Crafts . . . . . . . . . . :', . . . . . . . . s Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . 3 Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fine Arts , , ........ 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. - HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high schools offer work. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business education. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 European Civilization . . . . . . . - . . . 6 Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foreign Language or Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Educational Psychology . . . . . Teaching in High School . , Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Major or Minor . . . Senior ............... 4 Religion Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education. 3 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or I Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 Sophomore VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS f o r k in the Deparhent of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, ta e q i p them for the teaching of home economics in high school. and to give them the first two years of the training required for such vocations as dietetics. institution manage~ e n t home . economics and journalism, and home manomics in business. Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the program when she begins her college work. X curriculum for a home economics education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally aided secondary school home economics departments. Courses in italics are not required for a general home economics major. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Orientation . . . . . . - - - . . . - . . .I P.hysica1 Education . . . . . . . . . I English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or 6 Zoology* or Anatomy . . . . 8 or 4 Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Clothing Constraction . . . . . . . 2 - 3 4 or 33 Junior Religion . . . . . . . , . . . . 4 Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3 Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Tefiching in Secondary Schools . . . . 3 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Color and Design . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . 3 Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . z Sociology or Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . 3 Sophomore Religion .................... 4 Pspcholagy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Marriage and Family Relations . . 3 Principles of Physiscs . . . . . . . . - - 4 Chemistry 5-6* or Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 4 Child Development . . . . . . . . . z Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o or z - Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .. 4 Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3 Issues in Contemporary Education . 3 Home Management Problems . . . . . 2 Home Management La'bora.tory ... 2 Advanced Clothing Construction . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects. *Strongly recommended for students who contemplate graduate study in home economics or work in the areas of nutrition, foods or textiles research. BUSINESS The program in business administration is intended for students who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. Sophomore Freshman Religion Freshman English Foreign Language Principles of Accounting Introduction to Business Orientation Henlrh Physical Education Elective Junior . Religion United States History . .. Business Law Public Finance or Money and . . . . Banking Taxation or Cost Accounting Electives Religion Psychology . . , Speech . . .... Principles of Economics Introduction t o Statisti,cs Natural Science . . Electives . . 3 3 13 Senior Religion . . . 4 Business Finance or Marketing . . 3 Industrial Mana)gement or Labor3 Management Relations . . . Seminar in Business Administration . 3 Fine Arts , . . 3 Electives . . . 16 32 32 4 6 3 - - LAW The following two-year program is suggested for students who plan to study law. Freshman Religion . . . Freshman English Principles of Accounting . . Sociology . European Civilization . . Orientation General Psychology Pihysical Aotivities Sophomore Reli,gion Christian Ethi,cs . Principles of Economics American Government . Logic . . . ... . Introduction to Philosophy History or Literature .. Natural Science . . SOCIAL WORK A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions are available in pubIic agencies an federal, state, county, and municipal levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community organizations; in goup work, case work, or community organization. In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate employment in social work positions that do not erequire post-graduate training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools of social work. Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group w o ~ k ,and case work. The following courses are recommended for students interested in Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all such students. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman English . . . . European Civilization American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6 Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Sociology Social Problems . . . . ........... Foreign Language . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . Physical Education . . . Health . . . . . . . . . . . . Elementary Statistics Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . Criminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives 3 Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Urban Sociology ............... 3 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 6 3 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Introduction to Methods of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Social Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . 3 Fine A ~ t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .16 32 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested. Sophomore Freshman ................ 4 Religion Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Chemistry $-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I Foreign Language - . . . . - . . . . . . . . 8 Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Onganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Zoology .............. Health . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . Elective . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 .8 4 3 8 2 3 Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Chemistry 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Bacteriology . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 - Lectures, lzboratory and ~ractical work at General or Swedish Hospita1 for twelve months . . . . . . 3 2 - Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital in their senior year. DI ACONATE A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high schod teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women and the Registrar. NURSING Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have at least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the school of nursing which they plan to attend. Freshman , ~ , Religion . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . .6 General Zoology . . . . . . 8 Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elements of Nutrition . - 3 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - , ~ Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .4 History or Political Science . . . . . . 6 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives ................7 - 33 34 The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota. First Year Anatomy and Bacteriology Chemistry . Psychobgy . Second Year Physiology . . . . . . . . 4 . . . . . . . . ., . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . . , . . . . . . . . . .2 I2 Sociology . . - . . . . . . 2 2 Students enrolled in the School of Nursing at Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis, take courses in Chemistry, and Human Anatomy and Physiology at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should be made directly to Swedish Hospital. ENGINEERING A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below applies 'to the fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra and solid geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I - Sophomore Reli3gion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . .. l o Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear . . . . . . . . 4 Physics . . . Electricity and Magnetism .. 4 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Psychology or Sociology I , 2 . 4 or 6 - Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or summer session. DENTISTRY Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school. Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . .lo Orientation .............. I Health . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . z Physical Education . . . . . , .. I Sophomore Religion .......- European Civilization . . . Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . ... General Physics . . . . 4 6 8 8 8 MEDICINE Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply. Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below. Sophomore Freshman Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . - 4History or Philosophy , , , , 6 Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0r.ganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 35 33 - Junior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 4 Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 German . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Quantitative Analytical C,hemisrrg j General Ph,ysics . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 34 - Senior Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 4 Sociolagy . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . 3 Fine Arts . . . . , . . .- . . , . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . - . - 4 Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..1 4 32 SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Secretarial Studies. First Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . . . I Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . 2 Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . 6 Orientation . . . . . . - . . . . . - . - . . . I Physical Education . . . . . . . . . .I Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - Second Year Religion . . . . . . . . . . . Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . Advanced Typewriting Advanced Shorthand . Psychology . . . . . . . Secretarial Practice . . Offi,ce Machines . . . Consumer Education . Electives . . . - , . . . . . COURSES OF STUDY COURSES OFFERED Descriptions of the courses offered in 1958-60 are given on' the following pages. Unforeseen circun~stances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to be offered. Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors. Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit for one semester without completing the other. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation courses, the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 1 8 weeks in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester. DIVISIONAL ORGANIUTION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY Religion Philosophy DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITIES Greek, Latin, Hebrew English, Journalism, Speech German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish Music, Art DIVISIONOF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES History, Political Science, Geography Sociology Psychology, Education Library Science Business Administration and Economics Secretarial Studies Home Economics Biology Chemistry Physics Mathematics Health and Physical Education DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY MR. STENSVAAG, Chairman the individual is apprised of Through the study of religion and the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The student is challenged to accept this point of view-to relate himself to Christ as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth. Department of Religion The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in Christ, and to nurture the Christian life. All full time students are required to register for two class hours per week in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies. Registration in New Testament Greek satisfies this requirement. Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or minor. I, 2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the study of the Gospel of Mark and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted to the study of two or three books in the New Testament, including Romans, and of ;brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the emire New Testament. CHURCHHISTORY.I. 2 Cr. A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership. 3. z Cr. 4. THE CHRISTIANFAITH IN THE MODERNWORLD.II. A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and rival .faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the present conflicts and crises in Western culture. 5. THEMISSIONARY ENTERPRISE. I. 2 Cr. The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered 1959-1960.) 7. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIANEDUCATION. I z cr. Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history, objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation Bible School teaching. 2 Cr. 8. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH.11. The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ until the present are studied. Special reports, class discussion. g. CHRISTIAN ETHICS.I. z Cr. The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and presemation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life. lo. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11. See Course l o under the Department of M&c. 2 cr. 23. GROUPACTMTY. See Course 53 under Education. I Cr. Upper Division Courses 5 I , 52. COMPARATIVE RELIGION.I, 11. 2, z Cr. A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or twelve of the great non-~hristian religions of the world. 5 3. THECHRISTIAN CHURCHES.I. z Cr. This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal position, and practices of the vafious branches of the Christian Church. 54. THE LUTHERANCHURCH.TI. 2 Cr. A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran Free Church. 2 Cr. 56. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH.11. A study of ~rinciples,methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere. 57. QROBLEMS IN CHRISTIANL.IVING. II. 2 Cr. A consideration of some of the fundamental questions connected with living the Christian life: such as, the assurance of salvation, the devotional life, standards of conduct, the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the local congregation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied. 5 8. PARISHWORK.I1 s Cr. This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. It ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work. I. Sr. 2 G. 59. GODAND MAN IN THE OLDTESTAMENT. The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms. 60. THE MESSAGE OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11. Sr. 2 cr. A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters to the Ephesians and the Hebrews. Department of Philosophy The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student in becoming familiar with the thoughts of the great men and intellectual movements in the history of Western civilization, to create an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life. Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 2 5 , 26, 41,42, 58 are required for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor. 35. 'LFrmo~ucm TO ~ I L O S SO. ~ I. . 3 Cr. By means of reading selected scarce materiaf, supplemented bp cIassroom lecture and discussion, zhe srudmc is acquiinted with rhe terminology of philosophical discussion. Selected phitowphkal problems are rreated, including the of ethics, mer*ph~sics, and theory of knowledge. 26. LOGIC.SO. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. Topics considered include: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic. 41, 42. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. I, n. 3. 3 Cr. !in historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. U,pper Division Courses 2. $2 n. RELIGION.I, under Department of Religion. COMPARATIVE See course 5 I, 2, 2 Cr. j 5. CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I. 3 fie An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant. Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism, Marxism, ,positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered I 9 5 8- 5 9.) n. 56. KIERKFGAARD. Prereq. 41 or 42. 3 Cr. A study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his ccntribution to theory of knowledge as it relates to philosophy of religion and theology. (Offered 1958-59.) cr. 5 8. PLATO.Prereq. 41. 11. 3 A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including selected portions of the Republic. (Offered 1959-60.) 3 Cr. 60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART. 11. The spirit and substance ofi art and the art experience in their various forms through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1959-60.) 3 Cr. 61. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from the viewpoint of philowphy and psychology. (Offered 1959-60.) Jr., Sr. 11. 74. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHOUGHT. See course 74 under Political Science. 3 Cr. I , I Cr. 81, 82. SEMINARIN PHILOSOPHY. Jr., Sr. I, 11. An advanced discussion of a thinker or topic chosen by the instructor and students. Arranged when there is sufficient demand. (OfEered 1918-59.) DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES MR. THORSON, Chairman It is the purpose of the Division of Humanities to transmit to the students a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures as chese are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith. Department of Ancient and Classical Languages The courses in classical and ancient languages aim to give the students a real insight into our classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures. A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard ,prerequisite for adrnission to most theological seminaries. N e w Testament Greek Minor, I 6 credits. I-Z? ELEMENTS OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK.I, 11. 8 Cr. 111 adldition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar of the Greek language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of ,the Greek text of Ithe New Testament with the description of the main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions. 5 r, 52. ADVANCED NEW TESTAMENT GREEK.I, 11. 3 , 3 Cr. Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax ai the Greek text. 53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS. I, 11. I , I Cr. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text. ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Latin 8 Cr. I-2.t BEGINNING LATIN. Fr. I, II. Grammar, easy prose, composition. 3, 4. GSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE. SO. I, n. 3, 3 Cr. Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Gallic War and Sr. Augusthe's Confessims. (Offered I 9 5 9-60.) Hebrew E3-E4.1 HEBREW FOR BEGINNERS.I, n. 6 Cr. See Course 9-10 under Theological Sminary. S f , 86. HEBREW EXEGESIS. I, 11. See Course 17, I 8 under Theological Seminary. 2,2 cr. Department of English The Department of English aims to train students in the proper use of English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the development of the literature of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature. The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary schools and for graduate study. Freshman English is required of all students. The department annually may exempt a few well qualified students from this requirement. Those exempted from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English. Major: 27 credits pbove Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 52, 61, 62, 74, and one of the ,following: 59, 81, 83, or 85. Minor: zo credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, $2, 61, and 62. Teaching major: 27 credits a'bove Freshman English, including courses listed for the non-teaching major plus 71. Teaching minor: 2 0 credits above Freshman English, including courses listed for the non-teaching minor plus 71. A minor in speech, library scien.ce, or a foreign language is recommended for those who plan to teach English in high school. Students who plan to do gaduate work in English should include courses 76, 78, and 92. $Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete Loth semesters. A. IMPROVEMENT OF READING. I, 11. o Cr. A developmental program for students who wish to improve speed and comprehension in reading. Open to all students. I-2.f FRESHMANENGLISH.I, 11. 6 Cr. A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper. Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance English tests are 'placed in special sections meeting five hours a week. 21. MASTERPIECES OF WORLDLITERATURE. Prereq. 2. I. 2 Cr. Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Recommended for non-English majors. 25. EXPOSITORY WRITING.Prereq. 2 . I. r Cr. Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis of models. 26. CREATIVE WRITING.Prereq. 2. 11. 2 Cr. Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects. 31. F O U N D A ~ OOF N SLITERATURE. Prereq. 2. I. 3 Cr. Study of Greek and Roman masierpieces, tracing the influence of the classical tradition in modern British and American literature. MEDIEVALAND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE. 3 Cr. Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. 11. English literature from Beowulf through Shakespeare. Some attention paid to non-English works. 3 2. Upper Division Courses 50. CORRECTIVE WRITING.hereq. 2. Offered both semesters. I Cr. Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Required of all students who rank low in the sophomore Cooperative English Test. AMERICAN LITERATURE. 2, 2 Cr. Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. I, 11. The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. 5 I, 5 2. 5 7. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.1. See course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. z Cr. icontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. L AUGSBURG COLLEGE rn DRAMA. 11. 5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN See course 56 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 2 Cr. Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I. z Cr. 57. THEBRITISH NOVEL. The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and their novels. (Offered I 9 59-60.) POETRY.Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I. 59. CONTEMPORARY Analysis of: the techniques of modern poetry. (Offered 19y 8-59.) z Cr. BRITISH LITER~TURE OF THE SEVENTEEN^ AND EIGHTEENTHCENTURIES. 3 Cr. Prereq. 3 I . I. The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion of literary movements and historical backgrounds. 61. OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY. Prereq. 3 I . 11. 3 Cr. Gr. BRITISHLITERATURE Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of prose and poetry. TO MODERN ENGLISH.Prereq. z. I. z Cr. 71. INTRODUCTION The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study of language. t Cr. 72. LITERARY CRITICISM.Prereq. 2 . 11. A study of basic :texts, winh emphasis on principles and issues which have special relevance for modern thought. (Offered I 9 5 9-60.) 74. SHAKESPEARE. F r e q . 3 2 . 11. 3 Cr. Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and the historical background. 76. MILTON. Prereq. 61. H. z Cr. A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Otfered 1959-60.) 78. CHAUCER.Prereq. 3 2 . 11. 2 Cr. Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages. Emphasis on The Cmterbu~yTales. (Offered 1958-59.) z Cr. 8 I. MODERNDRAMA.Prereq. 3 I . 11. A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Ibsen. Representative plays studied as literature and as theater. (Offered 1958-59.) 8 3 . MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 3 I. I. 2 Cr. The irmpo~tantli,terary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and nota'ble productions. (Offered 1959-60.) AMERICAN LITERATURE. Prereq. 5 I, 5 2 . 11. 85. CONTEMPORARY Major writers since World War I. (Offered 1959-60.) 2 Cr. 2 Cr. 92. ENGLISHSEMWAR.Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11. Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Intended for students preparing for graduate study in English. TEACHING OF ENGLISH. I. See course 93 under Education. 93. 2 Cr. Journalism I. FUNDAMENTALS OF JOURNALISM. I. 2 Cr. An introduction to the theory and practice of journalism, with emphasis on reporting and writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing. 2. EDITING THE SMALLPAPER.I1 2 Cr. The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective advisers of high-school publications. (Offered 1959-60.) 5 . Echo STAFF MEETINGS.I, 11. I, I Cr. Students who are regular members of The Augsburg Echo stag and who may receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These meetings are also open to members of Course I. Hour arranged. A, Augsburgian STAFF MEETINGS.I, 11. I , I Cr. Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the schduled weekly stag meetings. 5, 7 . Department of Speech This department aims to foster in students those speech skills whidh contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of h e literature and drama. The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student teach speech in the secondary schmls and to take graduate work in speech, radio, theater, or speech pathology. ta All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech is designed especially for this requirement. Major: 21 credits above Speech I I , including courses Also required is Phil. 26. English is recornmenKed as a minor. Minor: 1 5 credits above Speech I I. For Education students courses 66 and 76, and st least one course f r m each of ~ h following e groups: 12,5 1 ; 31, 32; 61, 62. II Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fcight should contzct the head of rhe department for individual attention. i I. BEGINNING SPEECH.Fr., So. Offered both semesters. 3 Cr. A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with emphasis on informative speaking. I z. TYPES OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I . Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, interpretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Participation in various speaking activities. I 5. STORYTELLING. I. I Cr. Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and practice in story telling. (Offered I 9 5 8- J 9.) 21-2z.t INTERCOI-LEGIATE DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students. 2 Cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debate tournaments. ZJ, 26. PUBLICSPEAKING SEMINAR.Open to all students. I, 11. I, I Cr. Advanced work in public speaking. Participation in collegiate oratory contests. Arranged. TO DRAMATIC ARTS.Open to all students. I. 3 Cr. zg. INTRODUCTION An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and dramatic production. (Offered I 9 J 8- 5 9.) 3 I. INTERPRETATIVEREADING.SO. I. 3 Cr. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various kinds of prose, .poetry, and drama. (Offered 1959-60.) 32. ACTING.SO. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to the art of .acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. Upper Division Courses 5 I. GROUPDISCUSSION. Jr., Sr. I. z Cr. Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1958-1959.) 5 j. RADIOSPEECH.Jr., Sr. I 2 Cr. Exercises and projects in preparation and prodnction 04 radio programs. (Offered 19j9-60.) +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must conlplete both semesters. 61. ARGUMENTATION A N D DEBATE.Prereq. I I . Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. Applications of logic in public address. Preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1959-60.) 62. PERSUASION. Prereq. I I . Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. Applications of psyahology in public address. Preparation and delivery of persuasive speeches. (Offered 195 8-59.) 2 Cr. 64. STAGECRAFT. Jr., Sr. 11. A stu'dy of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. (Offered 1559-6b.) 3 Cr. 66. STAGEDIRECTION. Prereq. 3 2 . Jr., Sr. 11. Theory and ,practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning anmd conducting rehearsals. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.) 76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY. Jr., Sr. I1 3 Cr. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction ,to principles and methods of speech correction. OF SPEECH.Sr. I. 95. TEACHING See course 95 under Education. 2 Cr. Department of Modern Languages This ~ e ~ a r t m e n aims t to impart to the student the knowledge of a modern language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and' a mastery of tshe rules of grammar and rpronunciamtion. It furthermore seeks t o develop an interest in the histony, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning, and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage. A special ai,m is to provide language facility and technical training for such a plan to teach, study theology or become candidates for higher academic degrees. German Minor, so credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGG E F ~ A NI, . 11. 8 Cr. A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the student attains a reading knowledge. 3,4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY.I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the study of easy prose and poetry. fantinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Upper Division Courses 5 I, 1Z. GERMANLITERATURE. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. (Wered 1919-60.) Scandinavian Language and Literature 24 credits. I-2.t BEGINNINGNORWEGIAN.Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation. j, 4. INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN. SO. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition. (Offered I 9 18 - 5 9.) I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY.I. 3 Cr. A !brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of Norway as the core. (Offered 1919-60.) r 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. 3 Cr. A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered I 9 19-60.) Upper Division Courses 5 5 . THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN NOVEL.Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr. The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma La.gerl@f, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1958-19.) DRAMA.Jr., Sr. 11. z Cr. 56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN The course includes dramas 'by Bjgirnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 19 18-19.) French Minor, zo credits. I-2.t BEGINNING FRENCH.I, 11. 8 Cr. The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from French literature. (Offered 1919-60.) 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH.I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, composition, and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French literature. ( m e r e d 195 8-59.) +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Upper Division Courses y I. SURVEY OF FRENCHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr. A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nimeteenth centuries. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.) FRENCH PHONETICS,CONVERSATION, AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 Cr. A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation, honet tic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and composition. (Otfered only as an honors course for selected students.) 52. Spanish Minor, 20 credits. I-2.i BEGINNINGSPANISH.I, 11. 8 Cr. Stresses pronunciation, the essentials of grammar, elementary conversation, and background reading in Spanish on the Latin American countries. 3, 4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language. Upper Division Courses 5 I. SURVEY OF SPANISHLITERATURE. I. 3 Cr. A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. (Offered 1959-60.) 52. SPANISHCONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. 11. 3 Cr. A course aiming to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation 2nd composition, including original themes. Laboratory, including audio-visual aids, in'tegrated with classroom work and instruction. (Offered 1959-60.) TEACHING OF MODERN LANGUAGES. Sr. I. See course 73 under Education. 73. z Cr. +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Department of Music The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is aflorded students who are interested in the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters. Emphasis is laid upon (the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church. Graduation Major, 36 credits, including courses I , 2, 7, 8, I 5-16, 55-56, 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64;4 credits from 10, 77, 78; and 8 credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ. Teaching Major, 3 2 credits in addition to 88, 89; including courses I, 2, 7, 2 credits from 77, 78; and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ. 8, 15-16, 55-56, 57, 58, 61-62' or 63-64'; Two public recitals, at least one of which must be in the junior or senior year, is required of all music majors. Graduation Minor, 26 credits, including courses I, 2, 7, 8. I 5-16, 78; 4 credits from 10, 15-56,57, 58, 77 and 2 elective credits; and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in private lesms in either vocal or instnunend music. Teaching Minor, 22 credits in addition to 88, 89; including courses I, 2, 15-16,55, 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64;and 4 credits in applied music. Two credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir or the Concefit Band. One credit is given for membership for one year in the Women's Chorus or Male Chorus. Credit in Choir is not granted for less than two com(p1ete semesters within an academic year. One credit per semester is granted to studeqts taking a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voi'ce, #piano,organ, brass, or woodwinds. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 3 , 2. THEORY, I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. A 'basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the prinoiples of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms: aural skills: sight reading, dictation, and part singing. Should be taken ,concurrently with I 5-1 6 whenever possible. . *A student wirh a major for teaching should 'be prepared for both vocal and instrumental work. Unless he takes 'bo& technique courses, his work in applied music, excepting the required credits in piano, must be in instrumental music if he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers for I n s t m e n t a ~ lTechnique. AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC.I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. ;, 8. HISTORY ,4n historical approach to the appreciation of the world's greatest musi,c. Supplemented by musical scores and record illustrations. For students with or without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before regisrering &or 8, or have consent of instructor. 10. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11. 2 Cr. A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the ginera1 student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors, and pre-~heologicalstudents. The course is accepted as fulfilling the requirements of a course in religion. 15-16.? HARMONY.I, II. 4 Cr. Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given melodies as well as opportumty for simple creative writing. Upper Division Courses HARMONY. Prereq. z, I 6. I, 11. 2, 2 Cr. 5 5, 56. ADVANCED Continuation of the work begun in Course 15-16,with advanced work in harnlonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation, advanced ,chord formations, #theuse of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. Prereq. z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent. 57, 58. CONDUCTING. Jr. I, 11. 2, r Cr. course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for those who wish training in church choir administration and direction. Students in music education are advised to take the course in their junior year. 61-64.? INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE. Prereq. z. I, II. Sr. 4 Cr. Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher an,d director for work in band and orchestra. 65-64.? CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. 2. I, 11. 4 Cr. Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice as related to singing, preparing the prospective public school music teascher and director for work in vocal music. 77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. I. Sr. 2 Cr. Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species. - f(=ontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 78. MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq. 2, $5, and 7 7 or consent of instructor. TI. Sr. 2 Cr. A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of the harmonies constituting any musical composition. 88. TEACHING OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC. Jr. TI. See course 888 under Education. t Cr. OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I. 89. TEACHING See course 89 under Education. 2 Cr. I, z Cr. cr. I %. % c r . %, %, Cr. o Cr. These organizations exist not only for fihe benefit of the music student but for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes to ,participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. I , I Cr. PREPARATORY PIANO.I, 11. Keyboard fundamentals. Major and harmonic minor scales, sight reading, hymns, and simple repertory. I , I Cr. INTERMEDIATE PIANO.Prereq. Prep. Piano or equiv. I, 11. Melodic minor scales, chords, and arpeggi. Repertory including Bach-Carrol, Burgmuller Opus 100, and Sonatina album. I , I Cr. ADVANCED PIANO.Prereq. Interm. Piano or equiv. I, 11. Technique as needed, using Cramer, Loeshorn, Bach Two-Part Inven,tions, Sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, etc. Repertory from Classical, Romantic, and Modern Composers. I , I Cr. ELEMENTARY ORGAN.Prereq. Prep. Piano or equiv. I, 11. General coordination and technique of playing the organ. Study of the Baoh Eight Little Preludes and Fugues, Dupre's 79 Chorales, and hymn playing. I , I Cr. ADVANCED ORGAN.Prereq. Elem. Organ or equiv. I, II. Technique as needed. Repertory from pre-Bach, Baroque, Romantic, and modern organ composers. I'OICE. I, 11. I , I Cr. Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, brea,th control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week. :Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. % BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, TI. or % or WOOD-WIND INSTRUMENTS. I, 11. I Cr. I Cr. Private or class instruction in these instruments is offered as follows: a) Private instruction+nk per semester. I credit. thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent) b) Class instruction-ne thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent) per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. f/Z credit. Opportunities for participation in Brass, String, and Woodwind ensembles are offered each year on a non-credit basis. Art I . 2. MODELING AND SCULPTURE. I, 11. 2, z Cr. Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and animal Iforms. Plaster casting. 3. ART IN DAILYLIVING.I. See course 3 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. 7, 8. PAINTING.I, 11. 2 , z Cr. Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems in line, form, space, color mixing, and practic,al problems. Upper Division Courses AND APPRECIATION OF ART. 11. 64. HJSTORY !ke course 64 under Department of Home Economics. 3 cr. tcontinuation course. To receive credir. for this course, a student must complete both semesters. DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES It is the general purpose of t h e work in this division m improve rhe student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation 0: rheir imporeance 2nd value, especially in their Chrktian interpretation. T h e work pmceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division i s therefore mwldsd to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation. Department of History and Political Science The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for .teaching in secondary schools. History Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in history x p l a n to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor. I-r.? EUROPEAN CIV~IZATION. Fr. I, 11. 6 Cr. This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to the present. Desfgned to lay the foundation for future work in History. I I. SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY. I. See Course I I under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 Cr. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY. SO., I, TI. 3. 3 Cr. A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present. 2 1 , 22. Upper Division Courses 3 Cr. AND THE REFORMATION. Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I. 5 I . THE RENAISSANCE A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture. (Offered 1959-60.) 3 Cr. TO 1800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11. 52. ENGLAND Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. (Offered 1958-59.) f-Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 53. LATIN-AMERICAN HISTORY. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. A swdy of Latin America and its development. (Offered lr58-59.) 3 Cr. $4. MODERNRUSSIA.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Particular emphasis on the period since Peter the Great. (Offered 1958-59.) UNITEDSTATES.Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. 5 5 . CONTEMPORARY The United States drom about 1900 to 'the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1959-60.) DIPLOMACY. Prereq. 6 cr. in Hist. or Pol. Sci. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 56. AMERICAN A consideration of foreign relations of the United Sta,tes from the Revolutionary War to ,the :present. Seminar offered in connection with .ahis course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1959-60.) 61. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A cu1,tural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. (Offered I 9 5 8 - 59.) 62. HISTORY OF CANADA. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. The development of Canada from early exploration to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered I 9 59-60.) 64. MEDIEVALHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The medieval period of Europe and the Mediterranean area. (Offered 1958-59.) 71. FRENCH REVOLUTIONAND EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE. 3 Cr. Prereq. 12 credits in Hist. Jr., Sr. I. Poli,tical, economic, social, and cultural developmen,t in Europe from 1789 to I 850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, *he Revolution of 1848. (Offered 1959-60.) credits in H i t . Jr. Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Politi,cal, economic, social, and cultural ,deveIopment in Europe from I 848 to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, che rise of imperialism, and the ,background of World War I. (Offered 1959-60.) 72. LATENINETEENTHCENTURY EUROPE.Prereq. 74. HISTORYOF POLITICAL THOUGHT. Jr., Sr. 11. 12 3 Cr. Sec course 74 under Political Science. CENTURY. Prereq. 1 2 cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. 8 I , 82. THETWENTIETH A survey of recent developments in (the world, extending from che ourbreak of Vorld War I to vhe present. Seminar offered in connection wich this course may 'be taken for one ~d~ditional credit ,per semester on approval of instructor. (Offered 1958-59.) SEMINARIN NORTHWESTHISTORY.Jr., Sr. I. Prereq. consent of instructor. 2 Cr. A st,udy of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A research paper is required of each member of the class. (Offered 1958-59.) 99. Political Science Minor, I1 credits. I, 11. 6 Cr. 41-42.t AMERICANGOVERNMENT. A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments; citizenship; and popular control of government. Contemporary issues are stressed. Upper Division Courses S THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I. 53. POLITICAL P A R ~OF 3 American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. (Offered 1958-59.) &=r. 16. AMERICAN DIPLOMACY.11. See course 56 under History. 3 Cr. 6 I. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 4 1-42 or Econ. I 5 for Political Science minors. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics. 74. HISTORY OF POLITICAL THOUGHT. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr. -4 study of .political philosophy and its influence and historical signi,ficance from ancient Greeks to the present. (Offered I 959-60.) OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I. 81. TEACHWG See course 85 under Education. 2 Cr. Geography 14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY. Fr., So. II. A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. 3 Cr. Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics 15, 16; Political Science 41-42. Minor in Social Science Requirement: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42; and 3 credi,ts in Economics. -'Continuation Course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. Department of Sociology The objectives of this Department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of' Christianity to effective social service. Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History 1-2, or 21, 22. Minor, 1 5 credits including k i o l o g y I , z. Required in addition are History 1 - 2 , or 21, 22. Introduction to Statistics is re~om~mended for majors and minors in k i o l o g y . For other recommended courses see under Social Work curricu1,un. I. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLQGY. Fr., So. I. 3 Cr. fin introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques, and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society. 2. SOCIALPROBLEMS. Fr., So. 11. 3 Cr. The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study. TO STATISTICS. Fr., So. 11. 4. INTRODUCTION See course 4 under Business Administration and Economics. YN. SOCIOLOGY. I. 4 course in general sociology for nurses. 16. MODERNSCANDINAVIA. 11. See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature. 3 Cr. 2 Cr. 3 Cr. 2I. RURALSOCIOLOGY. SO. I. 3 Cr. Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the problems of contemporary rural America. 22. URBANSOCIOLOGY. SO. n. 3 Cr. Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors, cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships. AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS. 11. 42. MARRIAGE See course 4 2 under Department of Home Economics. 3 Cr. Upper Division Courses 51. CRIMINOLOGY. Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime. RACERELATIONS A N D MINORITY PROBLEMS. Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 5 The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered I 9 5 8-5 9.) 56. RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11. LABORAND MANAGEMENT 3 Cr. An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic society. (Offered 1959-60.) 57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and fanctions of social work. A survey of private and publjc social agencies in the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies. 60. PUBLICWELFARE.Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including a survey of c o n t e m p o r a ~public welfare and social security. (Offered 1958-59.) 61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. I , Psy. 5, 6. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audiences. 62. ABNORMAL SSYCHOLOGY. See course 62 under Psychology. 3 Cr. 64. INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. consent of in3 Cr. structor. 11. Principles and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for students who anticipate entering the field of social, work. (Offered 1959-60.) Department of Psychology and Education Psychology Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program to assist in the adjustments tha* the in-coming student needs to make. The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more ,adequately understanding, p r e d i c ~ g ,and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his fellow men. I. ORIENTATION. Required. Fr. Offered both semesters. I Cr. Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work as college students. I t includes units on orientation to the college, methods of study, irnprovemeht of reading speed and comprehension, and vocational and educational guidance. 5 , 6. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. I, TI. 2, 2 Cr. A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general prin- ciples, metho& and problems of psychology are discussed. The second semester emphasizes mental health and the application of the principles of psychology to other problems of everyday life. 7N. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY. I. An introductory course intended for nurses. 2 cr. Upper Division Courses SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY. I. See course 61 under Department of Sociology. 61. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. ABNORMALPSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. f , 6. Jr., Sr. 11. The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and psychotic behavior. Modem methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. Community organization for mental hygiene. 62. Education The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's certificate on the junior and senior high school level, as well-as for further study in the field of education. Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Edu,cation. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are also taught on the high school level. All students admitted to the teacher education curriculum must secure two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 5 1 and $ 2 . I n addition to the regular lower division requirements, students in teacher education are required to have four semester hours in general psychology, these credits to be ,completed before taking Ed. 5 I . N o student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education. 3 Cr. PSYCHOLOGY. Prereq. Psy. 1, 6. Jr. I. y I. EDUCATIONAL .4 study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school context. $2. TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS.Prereq. I . Jr. II. 3 Cr. This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction. 53, $4. GROUP ACTIVITY. I , I Cr. This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education 5 i , $ 2 ; Religion 7 , 57. $ 8 ; Physical Education 6 , I I , 1 3 , 1 4 , 8 1 , 8 2 . The nature of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and may include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the work is connected. A student may not receive more than 2 credits in Group Activity. 3 Cr. 56. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I . Sr. 11. A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate .for student guidance, including counseling. 58. ISSUES m CONTEMPORARY EDUCATION.Sr. II. 3 Cr. The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy of education is stressed. 73. TEACHING OF MODERNLANGUAGES. Sr. I. z Cr. 79. TEACHING OF NATURALSCIENCES.Sr. I. z Cr. 8 I. TEACHING OF BUSINESS.Sr. I. z Cr. 83. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. z Cr. 81. TEACHING OF SOCIALSTUDIES. Sr. I. 67. TEACHING OF HEALTHEDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION. Sr. I. z Cr. $8. TEACHING OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11. z Cr. 89. TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I. z Cr. 91. TEACHING OF HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. I. z Cr. 92. EVALUATION AND ADULTEDUCATION IN HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. 11. 2 Cr. 53. TEACHING OF ENGLISH.Sr. I. 2 Cr. y5. TEACHING OF SPEECH. Sr. I. z Cr. z Cr. Courses 7 3 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching; this means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a major or a minor in the field and Education 52. 4 to 5 Cr. Prereq. $ 2 . Sr. I. 97. STUDENTTEACHING. Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college supervisor and selected critic teachers. Library Science The dollowing courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of bmks for the school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher. Minor, I6 credits. 3 Cr. OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY. So., Jr. I, 11. 5 ~ - 5 6 . t BASICFUNC~IONS Designed to &paint the student with the place of the library in the school and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards; relations with school admin,istration, faculty, students, and community; the budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit, second. +Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 57-58.? ELEMENTARY MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I, 11. 4 Cr. Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, prin,ciples and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered I 9 5 8- 5 9.) 59-60.? SECONDARY MATERIALS. Jr., Sr. I. 11. 6 Cr. Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; and other non-book materials, standard dists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1959-60.) I Cr. METHODS.Prereq. 5 6 . Sr. I. 6 1. PRACTICAL Giving the student practice experience in school limbraries; teaching the use of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. 2 Cr. 62. READING GUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11. Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. Department of Business Administration and Eccrnomics, and Secretarial Studies The objective of this department is to help students gain a broad knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. Such knowledge and perspective are necessary for success in specific positbns in our complex business world and .should provide the background to facilitate advancement, with experience, to positions of respons2bility. A degree with a business major is a common requirement of business firms and government agencies. Together wich secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching major or minor, and it ,prepares for graduate work in business. Furcher, it recognizes the need for trained people in &e social sciences and presently offers a minor in economics. Business Administration and Economics Major in Business Administration, 36 credits, including courses I, 16, 53, 72. 2, 3, 4, 15, In addition, History 21, z t and Psychology 5, 6 are required. Minor in Business Administration, 21 credits, including courses I , 2, 3, I 5, 16, and six credits in Upper Division courses. Minor in Economics, I 5 credits, including courses from 4, 51, 56, 6 1 , 62. I 1, I 6, and nine credits I, 2. P ~ C I P L EOF S ACCOUNTING.Fr. I, 11. 3, 3 c r . An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions; and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting. Two lectures and one double laboratory hour per week. 3. INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS. Fr. I. 3 Cr. An introductory survey of business and business management including a study of the variety, nature and interrelationsship of problems of business operation. Finance, personnel, production, marketing, internal organization and control, and governmental relationships are a few of the :topics covered. 4. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. SO. 11. 3 Cr. A course in scientific met,hods of dealing with the collection, organization, comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing gaphs and tables, as well as fin,ding measures of central tendencies, variability, correlation and sound methods of sampling. I 1: I 6. PRINCIPLESOF ECONOMICS. SO. I, 11. 3. 3 Cr. The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and public poli,cy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic poli,cy problems. Upper Division Courses 3 Cr. 5 I . MONEY AND BANKING.Prereq. 2, 4, I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I. The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1958-19.) 5 3 . BUSINESSLAW. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations. 54. MARKETING. Prereq. z, 4, 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. Marketin,g :from a businessman's standpoint, winh emphasis on ways in which management decisions are made con,cerning product .planning, merchandise selection, channels of distribution, promotional activities, pricing and selling. (Offered 1959-60.) RELATIONS. Prereq. 56. LABORAKD MANAGEMENT See course 56 under Department of Sociology. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 3 Cr. MANAGEMENT.Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 18. INDUSTRIAL The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management objectives. (Offered 1958-59.) 59. COST ACCOUN.I?NG. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. Essential features of accounting for manufaoturing concerns with particular reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; order method; process costs; and cost reports. (Offered 195 8-59.) 3 Cr. 61. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. I. Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and ,the impact of governmental finance on economic activit,~. 62. BUSINESSFINANCE.Prereq. 59. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr. The various objectives in financing of private businesses, with major emphasis on administrative tools of finance and means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements. (Offered 1958-59.) 6 3 . TAXATION. Prereq. I , z. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr. This course will cover several types of taxation, wich particular emphasis on the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, proced,ures and problems as they relate .to business and individuals. (Offered 1959-60.) Sr. 11. 3 Cr. 72. SEMINARIN BUSINESSADMINISTRATION. This seminar will cover special problems of concern to business majors which are not considered in the regular curriculum. Lectures will be given by local business leaders. The course will encourage advanced study by students in areas of particular interest to them. Secretarial Studies These courses are pIanned to prepare students for stenographic =nd secretarial positions in business o&ces, to assist in the preparation &or the teaching of buiness edmcation in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Graduation major, 31 credits above I , including z, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Eusiness Administration I , z, 3, 53. Business education major, 37. credits above I including courses listed f o r grad,uation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits a~bove I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I , 2, o r I 5 , 16. I. ELEMENTARYTYPEWRITING. Offered both semesters. I Cr. A course f o r the development of the fun.damental skills of typewriting. Three hours per week. 2. INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING. 11 2 Cr. Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week. SHORTHAND.I, 11. 6 Cr. 3- 4 . t ELEMENTARY Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four hours per week. i-.Gntinuation course. T o receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters. 8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters. 2 Cr. The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week. Upper Division Courses TYPEWRI~NG. Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I. 2 Cr. 5 I. ADVANCED Further development of typewriting technique in business letter qrrangernent, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documents. Open to students having attained a speed of 50 words per minute. Four hours ,per week. 52. SECRETARIAL PRACTICE.Brereq. 2, 3-4,11. 3 Cr. Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who include this as a part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week. ADVANCED SHORTHAND. Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11. 4 Cr. 5 3-54.f Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week. 81. TEACHING OF BUSINESS. Sr. I. See course 8 I under Education. z Cr. Department of Home Economics The objectives of .the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; second, to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recom.mended for general education. Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I, 2, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57, 66, 67-71, 73. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics I 5, k i o l o g y I, Biology 4 or 13-14,and 54, Psychology 5, 6, and 3 additional credits in Social Science. Non-teachin,g minor, 22 credits including courses I, 2, 3, 7, 39,40, 42, and 44. Teaching major, 3 8 credits; courses listed for n o n - t e a c h g major plus 3 3 and 75. I. CLOTHINGSELECTION, CARE, AND REPAIR.I. 3 Cr. -4 study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing. Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile f2brics suitable for different uses are topics considered. 'Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a sudent must complete both semesters. n. 2. CLOTHINGCONSTRUC~ON. z Cr. This course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton and rayon. It includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors. Two double lrboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per week. 3 Cr. 3. ART IN DAILY LNING. I. A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all students. E. ELEMENTS OF NUTRITION.11. 3 Cr. Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries will be analyzed. 3 3. COLOR AND DESIGN.I. 3 Cr. A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging, and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 11. z Cr. 36. CRAFTS. Laboratory experience in various crafts which can 'be done at home or at camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double lrboratory periods per week. (OfTered 1959-60.) PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATION AND MANAGEMENT. Prereq. 8 or permission of instructor. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr. Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and f m d preparation. Three double laboratory period9 a week. 39, 40. 42. MARRIAGE AND FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS. 11. 3 Cr. A course applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours. 11. 2 Cr. 44. CHILDDEVELOPMENT. A study of the care and training of the young child as to his physical, mental, and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period per week. Upper Division Courses 57. TEXTILES. I. r Cr. Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection, use, and care of common household an,d clothing textiles. Two double laboratory hours a week. (Offered 1959-60.) 64. HISTORY AND APPRECIATION OF ART. 11. 3 Cr. A study of the historical development of archi,tecture, decoration, costume, furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled and field trips arranged. ( m e r e d 1958-59.) 66. HOMEPLANNINGAND FURNISHING. 11. 3 Cr. This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting, arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per week. 67. FAMILYHEALTH. I. r Cr. Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to individual health problem within ,the family group. HOMEMANAGEMENT PROBLEMS. I. 2 Cr. Con~i~deration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and COordinating ohe resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. 71. 73. HOME MANAGEMENT LABORATORY. I. 2 Cr. Actual experience in ,the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment.. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs .to be detemined by the group. 74. CONSUMEREDUCATION AND INCOMEMANAGEMENT. 11. 2 Cr. The wise choice of consumer goods and s e ~ i c e savailable on the market and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use of money income. 75. ADVANCED CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION. Prereq. z. I. 2 Cr. This course provides labrstbry experience in making garments in wool. More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience in planning and constructing garments for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1958-59.) Sr. I. 91. TEACHINGO F HOME ECONOMICS. See course 91 under Education. z Cr. EVALUATION AND ADULTEDUCATION IN HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. 11. See course gz under Education. 2 92. Cr. AUGSBURG COLLEGE DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS It is the purpose of the division of Natural Science to provide training in scientific methods and techniques; .to interpret Natural Science in t h e light of the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of Natural Science in a modem, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives of his fellow men. Department of Biology MR. NASH, MR. URDAHL,MR. MICKELBERG The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure ,time, and to prepare for vocations or graduate study. Major, 24 credits, at least 8 credits in Upper Division courses; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2, 3 ~ 7~ , do not count toward the major or minor. I-2.t THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. 8 Cr. The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciences. Five periods per week consisting of lectures, lecture demonstrations, laboratory work, and discussions. A N D PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. I. 4 Cr. 3N. HUMANANATOMY A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on structure. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3N. 4. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Fr. 11. 4 Cr. A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on h t h structure and function.. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for Biol. 4. I. 3 Cr. 7 ~ .GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. ' 1 course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 8 Cr. 13-14.? GENERAL ZOOLOGY. Fr. I, II. A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology, physiology, ada~tarion,and reproduction of type animals. Biological ~rinciples are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. ?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete tmth semesters. 4. 4 Cr. 25, 26. GENERAL BOTANY.SO., Jr. I, TI. A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed on botanical principles. Fiowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single laboratory periods per week. 3 2. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES. Prereq. 1 3 - 14. 11. 4 Cr. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate ,phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Upper Division Courses 4 Cr. 51. GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25, 26. So., Jr. I. A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four le~turesper week. (Ogered 1959-60.) 4 Cr. Prereq. I 3-14 or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. 11. 5 2. ECOLOGY. A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory period or field trip per week. (Offered 1959-60.) ;Cr. Prereq. I 3-14. Sr. I. 5 3. GENERALENTOMOLOGY. A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offend 1958-59.) 54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY. Prereq. Chem. 5-6. 11. 4 Cr.. A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. TWO lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. 3 Cr. OF FLOWERING PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11. 56. TAXONOMY Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and' one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1958-19.) 60. BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES. Sr. TI. I or 2 Cr. Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing projects useful to teachers. (Offered 195 8-59.) OF NATURAL SCIENCES.Sr. I. 79. TEACHING See course 79 under Education. z Cr. Department of Chemistry I t is the purpose of this department ,to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways (by d i u h this has {been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity .to examine the chemical aspect of ehe structure, the power and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomp1ishmen.t~of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic exa,ples of effective ways to handle certain types of ,problems. Courses in this department are designed to prepare students for teaching ,chemistry in secondary schools, {to provide background for graduate study in chemistry and f,uroher study in medicine, dentistry, engineerin,g, nursing, pharmacy, ,medical technology, and other related fields. Major, 25 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2,3N and 4 do not count tow,ard the major or! minor. Pre-medical students are required to com,plete the following courses and should take them in the order shown: Fr. 1-6;Soph. 53-54;Jr. 61, 66. Medical technologists should complete, in the order shown: Fr., 5-6; Soph., 53-14; Jr., 61.Prospective teachers of chemistry in secondary schools should complete 5-6 and 53-54;61 and 66 are highly recommended, and may ,be substituted for 53-54.Prospective chemists and graduate students should complete 5-6, 53-54, 61,62, 71, 91-92. 1-2. THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. For course description see Department of Biology. 8 Cr. j ~ CHEMISTRY . FOR NURSES. Fr. I. 3 Cr. A lecture and laboratory course coverin'g subjects related to nursing in the fields of inorganic, organic, physiological and pa~hola~ical ohemistry. Designed to meet 'the needs of the ,&hools of N'ursing of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital and Swedish Hospital. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory ,per week. 4. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY. Fr. 11. Prereq. High School algebra (or 4 Cr. permission of instructor). A lecture and laboratory course designed for the non-major and to meet the needs of students in home economics. A study of laws and theories of chernistq with descriptive material selected from the fields of inorganic, organic, physiological and physical chemistry. Students who complete 1-6 may not receive credit for Chem. 3N or 4. Students who had chemistry in high school may not receive credit for Chem. 4 except by permission of instructor. Three lectures and two hours of laboratory per week. 5-6. GENERALCHEMISTRY AND QUALITATNE ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or equiv., or concurrent registration in Math. I. Fr., So., I, 11. 8 Cr. A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week. Upper Division Courses 53-54. ORGANICCHE~IISTRY. Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr., I, 11. 8 Cr. A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Correlations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction meohanisms. Laboratory work in study of technique and in the preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 61. Q U A N ~ T A T I VANALYTICAL E CHEMISTRY. Prereq. 5-6,and ability t o use logarithms. (Students receiving less than C in 5-6 may register with y Cr. ,permission of instructor only.) So., Jr., Sr. I. Classical methods of gravimetric and volumetric ana1,ysis. Study of ionic equilibrium. Three lectures, one hour of recitation and six hours of laboratory per week. 62. INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS. Prereq. 61. (Students receiving less than C in 61 may register with permission of instrucmtor only.) So., Jr., Sr. 11. 4 Cr. Modern menhods of anaNlysis. Electrochemical and optical met.hods; emphasis on use of instruments. Recent developments in analytical methods. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. 66. TO PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. Prereq. Math. 14, Chem. 61 and INTRODUCTION Physics 6. Jr., Sr. 11. 4 Cr. A course designed t o meet the needs of pre-medical students. A kinetic approach to gas laws, liquids, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions, colloids, and electrochemistry. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Students completing 91-92 may not receive credit for 66. 71. ORGANIC QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS. Prereq. 5 3-54. Jr., S r I. 4 Cr. Methods of q~alita~tive analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. A study of theories and mechanisms of substitution and elimination reactions. Two class discussions and six hours of laboratory per week. 91-92. PHYSICALCHEMISTRY. Prereq. Math. $2, Chem. 61 and Physics 6; Ghern. 53-54 is himghly recommended. Jr., Sr., I, 11. 8 Cr. A course &or ,prospective graduate students and chemists. An advanced course in ph'ysical chemistry emphasizin.g ,the thermodynamic approach to the properties of matter. Gas laws, liquids, solids, solutions, !phase rule, thermodyna,mics, kinetics, and electrochemistry. Three lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered on demand, 1959-60.) Department of Physics Recent developments in the field of Physics make it imperative that more than adequate training be provided for those who intend .to continue their studies in graduate school 04 who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of ,physisics.It is the aim of this department to assure the needed training for both of these groups and to provide the non-science major with sufficient background to make i't !possible for him to fallow with some degree of comprehension the developments in .the field of science as they come to hi,m from # h emedium of semi-scientific publications. Major, 28 credits, including courses 5 I , 52, 63, 64, 73, 74. Minor, 16 credits. 1-2. THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11. For course description see Department of Biology. 3. PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I. 8 Cr. 4 Cr. A lecture demonstramtion-laboratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, heat, electrici.ty, magnetism, 1igh.t and sound. This course is intended for students of home economia but may be taken by others who wish. some basic information in ,the field of Physics. Three lectures, cwohour 'laboratory. Students with high school physics may nat receive credit for Physics 3 except by ,permission of instructor. 5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Mach I 3 or concurrent registration in Macth I 3. Fr., So. I. 4 Cr. A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and hea,t. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11. 4 Cr. This course is a continuation of Phys. and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one ,two-hour laboratory period per week. Uspper Division Courses N ATOMICAND NUCLEARPHYSICS.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I. I N ~ O D U C T I OTO 5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. I. 4 Cr. The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "eY'/m, radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Four hours lecture per week. ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 1 or concurrent 52. E L E C T R I C IAND 4 Cr. registration in Math. 5 I.So., Jr. 11. Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical instruments, electmnics. Four hours lecture per week. 61. OPTICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51. Jr. I. 4 Cr. Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference, diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1958-59.) 62. MECHANICS. Prereq. 6 .and Ma&. 5 I . Jr. 11. 4 cr. Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle, motion o'f a rigid 'body, work, kinetic energy, vibra~tions in one dimension, motion in a conservative field. (Offered 1958-59.) 63-64. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. z Cr. Experiments will be performed in electricity and ,magnetism, atarnic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. (Offered 1958-59.) 71. HEATAND THERMODYNAMICS. Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent registration- in Math. 5 I . Jr., Sr. I, 11. 4 Cr. A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and secon,d laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 1959-60.) 72. MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS.Prereq. 6, and Math. 51. Sr. II. 4 Cr. Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics wirh applications to various fie1:ds such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism, optics. (Offered 1959-60.) 73-74. ADVANCED PHYSICSLABORATORY. Prereq. concurrent registration in an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11. z Cr. Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. (OSered 1959-60.) OF NATURAL SCIENCES. Sr. I. 74. TEACHING See course 79 under Education. t Cr. Combined Science Major for Teaching Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 and either 53-54 or 61, 66; Biology 13-14 and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6. Department of Mathematics The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge of mathematics sugcient for solvi,ng the simpler problems of life, also to afford studens in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. It aims to open to those who major in the subject a wider horizon with experience chat will make them e6cient workers in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study. Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits. Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 'do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other ,courses. I. SECOND COURSEALGEBRA. Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I. 3 Cr. Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. Students who had higher algebra in high school may not receive credit for this course. i . SOLID GEOMETRY. Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. TI. 3 Cr. Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume ~hrmulas developed. Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week. 5 . ENGINEERING DRAWING.Prereq. 2. I. 3 Cr. Elements of drafting with an i n t d u c t i o n to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours o week. 3 Cr. 6. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIP~VE GEOMETRY. Prereq. 5. TI. Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a week. 13, INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11. 5. 5 Cr. This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane analytical geometry. 14. Upper Divisi0.n Courses ELEMENTARY CALCULUS AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Prereq. I 3, 14. so., ~ r I, . 11. 5, 5 Cr. Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are developed and applications made. 5 I, J 2. 53. SOLD ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY. Prereq. 14. Sr. I. 3 Cr. Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic surface and transformation are given their proper emphasis. 3 Cr. OF EQUATIONS. Prereq. Math. 51.Sr. ll. 54. THEORY This course includes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree. OF MATHEMATICS. Sr. I. 83. TEACHWG See course 83 under Education. z Cr. Department of Health and Physical Education The aim of the Department of Heal,th and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of che physical education program. One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students. Major for men, 32 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, I I, 12, 23, all upper division courses. Biology 4 also required. Major for women, 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, I?,23, 17, $8,66, 73, 74, 84, 86. Biology 4 also required. Minor,, 2 1 credits, includinmg courses 2, 3, 4, 1, 6, 8, 1 I, 12, y 1, 73, 74 for men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 73, 74 for women. 2. PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH.Fr. Offered both semesters. 2 Cr. -2 study of modern concepts and practices of health and heakhful living applied to the individual and the community. ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 3, 4. PHYSICAL II. ACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I, 3, 4. PHYSICAL n. %, % Cr. INTRODUCTION TO HEALTHEDUCATION, PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND RECREATION. Fr. I. 2 Cr. P, brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of heal,th education, physical education, and recreation. 1. 6. RECREATIONAL A c m m s . Fr. II. I Cr. Theory and practi,ce in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and modified games. Two hours per week. K. F ~ AID. T Fr., SO. 11. American Red Cross F i a t Aid Course. I Cr. I I. TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES.(Men). So. I. 2 Cr. A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and :rolleyball. Three hours per week. I 2. INDIVIDUALAND DUAL SPORTS.(Men). So. 11. 2 Cr. Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shbffleboard, handball, Aerial darts, table tennis, horsehoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. 2, 2 Cr. 13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN.So. I, TI. Theory and practice in the coaching and o6ciating of field hockey, soccer, basketball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (OfTered 1959-60.) 17. SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (Women). SO. I. I Cr. Theory and technique of t e a ~ h i n stunts ,~ and tumbling. Two .hours per week. (Offered 1958-59.) AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. 11. 2 Cr. 18. INDIVIDUAL Theory and practice in teaching skatin~g,skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffleboard, acchery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Otfered 1958-59.) 23. RHYTHMS.So. I. Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. I Cr. (Men). So. I. 2 Cr. 29. OFFICIATING. Instruction and